Products & SOLUTIONS Full-Line Product Catalog. Splicing Equipment. Test Equipment. Consumables & Tools. Cable Connectivity.

Transcription

1 Top Brands Quality Equipment Total Solutions Products & SOLUTIONS Splicing Equipment Test Equipment Consumables & Tools Cable Connectivity Cable Assemblies Outside Plant Cable Management Active Components 2016 Full-Line Product Catalog Premise Security Part of the Group

2 Company Profile Since its formation in 1995, FiberOptic.com has become the number one on-line provider of fiber optic products, training and rental solutions. The Fiber Optic Marketplace, LLC began as an on-line business to business portal for the fiber optic community, and has expanded its business both domestically and internationally. The company s customers include Fortune 500 companies, telecommunications providers, the military, installers, contractors and educational institutions from across the globe. In addition to efficient product distribution, FiberOptic.com offers classroom, on site and on-line training courses for individuals interested in fiber optic theory and installation. Experienced fiber optics instructors conduct training classes throughout the year at our location in Breinigsville, Pennsylvania. On-site training programs are also available for groups of six students or more. The company also offers equipment rentals including fusion splicers and OTDRs. The Fiber Optic Marketplace, LLC is committed to maintaining excellent customer service and client relations. As we continue into the future, the company will continue to offer expertise in the field of fiber optics by providing customized solutions for our customers project requirements. We will continue to uphold our status as the number one on-line provider of fiber optic products, training and rental solutions. SHIPPING OPTIONS Same day shipping for in-stock products ordered before 3PM EST. You choose your shipping method: UPS, FedEx, DHL or U.S. Postal Service Global shipping VALUE ADDED SERVICES We are here to provide you with solutions and products to fulfill your project needs Free account set up with your first purchase Equipment Rentals Free Professional Technical Support available 9AM-5PM EST Chat on-line with a Professional in Real Time Global Training With Over 3,000 Products in Stock we are guaranteed to meet any of your fiber optic needs HOURS OF OPERATION FiberOptic.com has Professional Sales Representatives ready to take your order Monday through Friday, 9AM - 5PM Eastern Standard Time or place your order on-line through our web-site. TO PLACE AN ORDER Web: Phone: 1- Fax: If we have your address on file, orders will be confirmed automatically via . For sales assistance 1-2

3 Table Of Contents Active Devices Media Converters Media Converter Chassis 174 PacketLight Waveready 176 Small Form Pluggables 175 Adapters Adapter Plates - Loaded Adapters/Couplers 141 Bare Fiber Adapters 142 Channel Analyzers Cleaning Supplies Alcohol, Isopropyl 107 Cassette Cleaners 109 Canned Air 107 Cleaning Kits 110 End-face Cleaners 110 Wipes 107 Cleavers 32 Connectors Unicam 118 Fast Connectors 119 LightCrimp 120 CrimpLok 120 Thread-Lock Kit 121 Hot Melt 121 Splice-On Connectors 122 Enclosures Rack Mount Wall Mount Ethernet Testers Fusion Splicers Precision Rated Optics 8-12 AFL/Fujikura Sumitomo Inno Fitel Inspection Probes Mechanical Splices 34 Microscopes 101 OTDRs EXFO AFL/NOYES VIAVI Precision Rated Optics Outside Plant Splice Trailers 148 Splice Tents 149 Fiber Blowers 150 Fiber Pullers 152 Splice Closures (Dome & Terminal) Sno Shoes 166 Patchcords Singlemode 125 Multimode 126 Specialty 127 Pigtails 143 Security Products Cameras 182 Digital Video Recorders 183 Management Software 183 Power Meters & Light Sources EXFO Precision Rated Optics Splice-on Connectors 122 Splice Sleeves/Protectors 34 Splice Trays 138 Test Equipment (Copper) T3 Innovation copper/network testers 94 VIAVI copper/network testers 97 Test Equipment (Optical) Attenuator 93 Copper 97 Launch Boxes 72 Multimeter 90 Optical Fiber Identifiers PON Meter 93 Test Kits Visual Fault Locators 103 Tool Kits 116 Tools Cable Strippers Cutters 113 De-Ribbonizers 112 Fiber Strippers 112 Magnetic Cable Kits 114 Scissors 115 Shears 115 Screwdrivers 114 Scribes 115 Splicer s Knife 115 Tweezers 115 Visual Fault Locators 103 LEGAL NOTICE All products are sold FOB shipping point. Items will be shipped UPS ground, freight collect or third-party bill unless otherwise requested by purchaser. Please advise method of shipment and preferred carrier when order is placed. We discourage mandatory carrier requirements which have an adverse effect on service and delivery. Check your order immediately upon arrival. All damages must be noted on delivery receipt. Any claims for damage or loss of items while in transit must be filed with the carrier. For purchasers with established credit, terms are net 30 days from date of shipment. Payments must be in U.S. dollars and cash discounts are not allowed. Our remit to address is The Fiber Optic Marketplace, One TEK Park Suite 220, 9999 Hamilton Blvd. Breinigsville PA Items being returned must first be approved by FiberOptic.com and must be shipped freight prepaid. Returned goods are subject to a 25% restocking fee. Custom orders are not refundable. Discounts and promotional pricing can not be combined. Limit one discount per item. Any liability for consequential or incidental damages is expressly disclaimed. FiberOptic.com s liability is limited to, and shall not exceed, the purchase price paid. Catalog prices and configurations are subject to change without notice. 3

4 KNOW. YOUR. NETWORK. Broadband Asset Management System FiberBase is a flexible system utilizing Oracle s state-of-the-art relational database technology. FiberBase provides extensive documentation of all cable sheaths down to the individual conductor and all of the equipment to which the sheaths are terminated or through which the signal passes. FiberBase supports various network configurations and all types of telecommunications hardware from all vendors, including both Inside Plant and Outside Plant equipment. Hierarchically List Your Fiber Assets from Map Regions to Signals on a Cable Perform Complex Queries on Your Network Infrastructure Reduce Paper Waste Locate Outages Quickly and Accurately from OTDR Traces Integrate with Networking Monitoring Services Document Prevent Respond Save $ Enterprise System A client-server arrangement that allows information from one client workstation to be shared across a broad ESorganizational structure. Cloud Services An optimal solution for companies looking to obtain the benefits of a Network Asset Management Solution without the difficulties and costs CSassociated with managing such a robust environment. As a result FiberOptic.com s relationship with Adtell, we are able to share these exclusive benefits with you when you sign up for the FiberBase Solution Provider Package (SPP). For every dollar you spend on FiberBase licensing you will be given a SPP Credit that can be used to purchase products, training and services within the Adtell Group. FiberBasenms.com Powered by 4 fb A Product of

5 Rental Equipment (Splice & Test) RENTAL EQUIPMENT Don t see what you re looking for? FiberOptic.com offers a complete line of rental solutions. Visit us at our rental website Call us at, or at Rentals@fiberoptic.com to request a quote. Get a FREE* PRO-CKTK-BASIC Tech Kit when you rent from FiberOptic.com PRO Go-Kit Rental Solutions Dual TM Optical Loss Test Set Quad *Applies to rentals one (1) month or greater only TM Optical Loss Test Set RENTAL EQUIPMENT 1 Week $ Week $ Week $ Week $ Week $ Week $ Call for Additional Configurations TERMS & CONDITIONS Cleaver is provided with the splicers, spare set of electrodes are also available for purchase. If required, OTDRs are supplied with choice of adapter and launch cable. (FC or SC standard) One test cable is provided with each power meter and light source. Rental periods starts the day the customer receives the product and ends the day the customer ships it back to our facility. No cancellations will be granted after the product has been shipped. Renter agrees to use equipment safely and return the product in as good condition as when originally received. If in default, renter agrees to pay the Fiber Optic Marketplace, LLC for any loss or damage of rental equipment. It is the renter s responsibility to return the rental unit via a traceable means (e.g. UPS). Rental promo is applicable to rentals of four consecutive weeks or longer 5

6 RENTAL EQUIPMENT Fusion Splicers PRO Splicer Rates Active Cladding 1 Week $ Week $ Week $ Core Alignment 1 Week $ Week $1, Week $1, Mass/Ribbon 1 Week $ Week $1, Week $1, PRO-790 The PRO-790 is lightweight (4.5 lbs) and can fit in the palm of your hand. The PRO-790 offers adjustable fiber holders which can accommodate 250μm, 900μm and 3mm fiber. Additionally, an SOC (Splice-On Connector) holder is also available. To accommodate the growing use of splice-on connectors, the PRO-790 even features a custom heat-oven holder designed specifically for splice-on connectors. OFS-935C The PRO OFS-935C is the perfect splicer for ANY job. This splicer has it all, from the easyto-use touch screen interface to the rock solid core alignment splicing. With an innovative design and engineered with precise manufacturing technology, the OFS-935C gives users an unmatched experience. RENTAL EQUIPMENT OFS-950S Active Cladding 1 Week $ Week $ Week $1, The Precision Rated Optics OFS-950S Fusion Splicer contains a built-in automatic thermal stripper, cleaner dispenser, one-step precision cleaver and dual-oven heater. The OFS-950S features touch-screen operation and over 300 splice cycles per battery charge. The OFS-950S can splice any single fiber, single-mode or multi-mode fiber and is fully compatible with splice-on connectors! Other Manufacturer Splicer Rates Core Alignment OFS-950R 1 Week $1, Week $1, Week $1, The OFS-950R Ribbon Fusion Splicer addresses the high demand for ribbon splicing, which is becoming more common in the industry. The OFS-950R Ribbon Fusion Splicer boasts an ergonomic all-in-one design which allows a technician to complete all five splicing operations (stripping, cleaning, cleaving, splicing and sleeving) quickly and conveniently. Mass/Ribbon 1 Week $1, Week $1, Week $1, Fujikura 21S Type-39 70S 70R 6

7 Test Equipment RENTAL EQUIPMENT PRO OTDR Rates Dual Wavelength 1 Week $ Week $ Week $ PRO-5350 The PRO-5350 OTDR is the new generation of intelligent OTDRs for use in fiber communications systems. With an increase in optical network construction in cities and suburbs, there is often a need for higher power OTDRs. The PRO-5350 Series is specifically designed for such applications. Quad Wavelength 1 Week $ Week $ Week $1, PRO 5Q The PRO-5 Series has a 36dB dynamic range and a 1 meter dead zone. These specifications, and a full set of operational modes (such as: one button fault finder, construction, real time and full manual) make it perfect for testing and troubleshooting requirements, in LAN networks to Metro networks. Other Manufacturer OTDR Rates Dual Wavelength EXFO FTB-1 NOYES M200 EXFO FTB200v2 Viavi T-BERD Week $ Week $ Week $1, Quad Wavelength 1 Week $ Week $1, Week $1, RENTAL EQUIPMENT PRO PON-301B OLM-202A OLM-202B EXFO FOT-930 PRO PON-301B 1 Week $ Week $ Week $ Handheld Rates PRO OLM-202 Series 1 Week $ Week $ Week $ EXFO Max Testers (Set) 1 Week $1, Week $1, Week $1,

8 PRECISION RATED OPTICS FUSION SPLICERS -790 Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The PRO-790 Fusion Splicer is a rugged, compact fusion splicer that quickly splices 250µm, 900µm and 3mm fiber, as well as Splice-On Connectors. The PRO-790 has an 8-Second splice time, 3.5 LCD monitor and is ruggedized for heavy field use. With an onboard oven capable of accommodating Splice-On Connectors, the PRO-790 is extremely versatile. Sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the PRO-790 comes with a 1-year Manufacturer warranty and carrying case. SPLICING EQUIPMENT PRECISION RATED OPTICS SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Fiber Diameter Average Splice Loss Return Loss Tension Test Splice Time Sleeve Lengths Sleeve Heating Time Splicing Programs Alignment Splicing Method Fiber Holder Monitor Interface Languages Data Storage SM, MM, DS, NZDS, G655, G657 Cladding Diameter: µm; Coating Diameter: 100~1,000µm 0.01db (MM), 0.02db (SM), 0.05db (DS/NZDS/G.655/G.657) 60dB 2.0N (Standard) 8 Seconds 25mm, 40mm, 60mm 35 Sec. Automatic Settings Core Alignment (PAS Technology) Arc Splicing Bare Fiber, Pigtails. Patch Cords. Splice-on Connectors (SC) 4.3 Color TFT USB English, Chinese, Russian, Spanish, Portuguese 10,000 Splice Results Electrode Lifespan >/= 5,000 Operating Temperature -0.4 º F ~ 122 º F (-18 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -40 º F ~ 176 º F (-40 º C ~ 80 º C) Power Supply Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (LxWxH) Warranty Lithium Polymer Battery, DC Adapter (12v) Battery Capacity: Approximately 150 Splices and Oven Uses 0 ~ 95% (Humidity), 0 ~ 5000m (Altitude), 15mph (Max. Wind Velocity) 4.8 x 4.8 x 5.1 / 4.5 lbs (122mm x 122mm x 130mm / 2.04 kg) w/batt Standard 1-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Extended Warranty Available) Ask about our extended warranty and loaner programs for PRO splicers! Features Compact and Ruggedized Color, 3.5 LCD Monitor PAS Technology 8-Second Splice Time USB Interface for Data Transfer PRO-790 PRO-790 Fusion Splicer $5, The Kit includes: PRO-790 Splicer, FS-C20 Cleaver, Power/ Battery Accessories, Spare Electrodes, Fiber Holders, Dual Hole Strippers, Drop Cable Strippers, Work Light, Cooling Tray, Alcohol Pump Container, Fiber Transfer Tool, Transit case, Straps (Splicer and Case), Manual OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES FS-C20 Fiber Optic Cleaver $ FS-C20REPBL FS-C20 Cleaver Replacement Blade $ FS-ELEC-790 Replacement Electrodes (Pair) $ FS-790-SOC-SC Fiber Holder SC Splice Connector $ FS-BAT-7490 Internal Battery for PRO-790 $

9 OFS-904S PRECISION RATED OPTICS FUSION SPLICERS Active Cladding Alignment Fusion Splicer The OFS-904S is the most popular active alignment fusion splicer from Precision Rated Optics and is perfect for FTTx applications. With excellent portability and reliability, customers experience convenience in any place, especially manholes, small cell huts or tight telco closets. The OFS-904S increases productivity with fast splicing and heating times. A dynamic operational interface and automatic splice mode give the user added efficiency. The OFS-904S offers SOC capability, providing superior performance with reduced insertion loss and back reflection. The OFS-904S is economical, durable and backed by Precision Rated Optics service and warranty in the United States. The OFS-904S is the perfect addition to any PRO Go-Kit! SPECIFICATIONS Splicing Method Average Loss Return Loss Splice Time Electrode Lifespan Applicable Fiber Cleaved Length Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Active Alignment DAA (Digitalized Active Alignment) (SM)0.03dB, (MM)0.01dB, (DS)0.05dB, (NZDS)0.05dB, (G.657)0.03dB >>60dB 12s average SM I SM 7s Quick mode >3,500 arcs SM(ITU-T G.652, MM(ITU-T G.651 ), DS(ITU-T G.653), NZDS(ITU-T G.655), IT-G657A, IT-G657B 0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm, 2.4mm, 3.0mm, FLAT(indoor cable) Coating Diameter< 0.25mm = 5-16mm. Coating Diameter > 0.25mm = 8-16mm Minimum um um Heating Programs Factory Installed Mode: 3, User Installable Mode: 23 Heating Time Protection Sleeve Data Output Typical 18sec 40mm, 60mm, SDC-3.0, SOC-0.9 Micro HDMI-USB Master Device Splice Programs 8 User Modes, User Installable Mode : 70+ Splice Memory Battery Up to 2000 Records Typical 200 Cycles (Splice & Heat) / Single Battery <2 Batteries Standard> Power Supply AC V Input or DC 9-14V Monitor Cameras Magnification Fiber Display Size/Weight (WxDxH) Wind Protection Operating Environment Storage Conditions Pull Test Color 4.3 LCD Monitor, with Touch Screen (Tempered Glass) 2 CCD Camera System XY : 150 Times, X/Y: 300 Times X/Y or XY, single X.Y 4.8 x 4.88 x 5.43 in / 2.88lb (122 x 124 x 138mm / 1.31Kg w/o Battery) The Max Wind Speed 15m/s Elevation: 0-5,000 Meters, Temp: 5 ~ 140 F (-15~60 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity Temp: -40~176 F (-40~80 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity, Battery: -4~86 F ( C) N (Standard) Features 4.3 Touch Screen Waterproof, Dustproof, Anti-Shock SOC Compatible 4 Motors Active Clad Alignment OFS-904S OFS-904S Core Alignment Splicer $6, The Kit includes: Splicer, Power Cord, Car Charger, SOC Heater Block, Shoulder Strap, Cleaver Softcase, USB Cable, Cooling Tray, SOC Holder, User Manual CD, Cleaver, AC Adapter, Spare Electrode, 2 Battery Packs, Hand Carrying Case. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES FS-FF-50GB Fiber Optic Cleaver with Waste Bin $1, FS-FF-50GB FS-FF-50GB Replacement Blade $ FS-ELEC-FFE-6 Replacement Electrodes (Pair) $ FS-FF-CH Splice-on Connector Holder $ FS-FF-BAT Rechargeable Battery for OFS-904S $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT PRECISION RATED OPTICS 9

10 PRECISION RATED OPTICS FUSION SPLICERS OFS-935C Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The PRO OFS-935C is the perfect splicer for ANY job. This splicer has it all, from the easy-to-use touch screen interface to the rock solid core alignment splicing all at a price that is thousands less than other comparable brands. With an innovative design and engineered with precise manufacturing technology, the OFS-935C gives users an unmatched experience. Splice with confidence no matter what harsh environmental condition you encounter. The OFS-935C offers SOC capability, providing superior performance with reduced insertion loss and back reflection. The OFS-935C is economical, durable and backed by Precision Rated Optics service and warranty in the United States. The OFS-935C is available in three configurations, and is a perfect addition to any PRO Go-Kit! SPLICING EQUIPMENT PRECISION RATED OPTICS SPECIFICATIONS Splicing Method Average Loss Return Loss Splice Time Electrode Lifespan Applicable Fiber Cleaved Length Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Economical & High Performance Core Alignment Splicer (SM)0.02dB, (MM)0.01dB, (DS)0.04dB, (NZDS)0.04dB, (G.657)0.02dB >>60dB 9s average SM / SM 7s Quick mode >3,500 arcs SM(ITU-TU.625. MM(ITU-TU.651 }, DS(ITU-T G.653}. NZDS(ITU-T.655}, G657A, G657B 0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm, 2.4mm, 3.0mm, FLAT(Indoor cable} Coating Diameter< 0.25mm ~ 8-16mm, Coating Diameter> 0.25mm = 16mm minimum 100~1,000 um 80~150um Heating Programs Factory installed mode: 9, User Installable mode: 23 Heating Time Protection Sleeve Data Output Splice Programs Splice Memory Battery Power Supply Monitor Cameras Magnification Fiber Display Size/Weight (WxDxH) Operating Environment Wind Protection Storage Conditions Pull Test Typical 18s 40mm, 60mm, SOC Connector HDMI Factory Installed Mode: 33, User Installable Mode: 70+- Up to 2,000 Records and 2,000 Splice Images Typical 200 Cycles (Splice & Heat} / Single Battery AC V Input or DC9-14V Color 4.3 LCD Monitor, with Touch Screen (Tempered Glass} 2 CCD Camera System XY style: 150 Power, X/Y: 300 Power X /Y or XY, Single X.Y 5.47 x 4.84 x 5.11 in / 3.06lb (139 x 123 x 130mm / 1.39Kg w/o Battery) Elevation: 0-5,000 Meters, Temp: -40~176 F (-40~80 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity The Max Wind Speed 15m/s Temp: -40~176 F (-40~80 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity, Battery: -4~86 F ( C) N (Standard) Features 4.3 Touch Screen Waterproof, Dustproof, Anti-Shock SOC Compatible OFS-935C-K1 OFS-935C-K2 OFS-935C-K3 OFS-935C Fusion Splicer Standard Package OFS-935C Fusion Splicer Standard Package + Fiber Cleaver OFS-935C Fusion Splicer Standard Package + Fiber Cleaver + Spare Battery + Car Charger + Spare Electrodes $7, $8, $9, The Standard Package includes: Splicer, Power Cord, Stripper, AC Adapter, Battery, SOC Holder, SOC Heater Block, Cooling Tray, Electrode Set, Shoulder Strap, USB Cable, User Manual, Hard Carrying Case. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES FS-FF-50GB Fiber Optic Cleaver with Waste Bin $1, FS-FF-50GB FS-FF-50GB Replacement Blade $ FS-ELEC-FFE-6 Replacement Electrodes (Pair) $ FS-FF-CH Splice-on Connector Holder $ FS-FF-BAT Rechargeable Battery for OFS-935C $

11 OFS-936S Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The OFS-936S, with its portability and reliability, gives customers unexpected convenience under any splicing conditions. The fast heating and six motor alignment splicing get the job done quickly with stability. The OFS-936S offers SOC capability, providing superior performance with reduced insertion loss and back reflection. The OFS-936S works for you in tough conditions, including wind, moisture, dust. With cutting-edge design and engineered with precise manufacturing technology, the OFS-936S gives users a unique experience. The OFS-936S is SOC compatible and yields superior performance with reduced insertion loss and back-reflection. The OFS-936S is economical, durable and backed by Precision Rated Optics service and warranty in the United States. PRECISION RATED OPTICS FUSION SPLICERS SPECIFICATIONS Splicing Method Average Loss Return Loss Splice Time Electrode Lifespan Applicable Fiber Cleaved Length Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Core Alignment DWACAS (Digital Wavelength Automatic Core Alignment System) (SM)0.02dB, (MM)0.01dB, (DS)0.04dB, (NZDS)0.04dB, (G.657)0.02dB >>60dB 12s Average SM / SM 7s Quick Mode >3,500 Arcs SM(ITU-T G.652, MM(ITU-T G.651 ). OS(ITU-T G.653). NZDS(ITU-T G.655), IT-G657A, IT-G657B 0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm, 2.4mm, 3.0mm, FLAT(Indoor Cable) Coating Diameter< 0.25mm 8-16mm, Coating Diameter > 0.25mm=16mm Minimum 100-1,000um um Heating Programs Factory Installed Mode: 11, User Installable Mode: 23 Heating Time Protection Sleeve Data Output Splice Programs Splice Memory Battery Typical 18s 40mm, 60mm. SOC Connector Micro HDMI - USB Master Device Factory Installed Mode: 33, User Installable Mode: 70+ Up to 2,000 records and 2,000 Splice Images Typical 200 Cycles (Splice & Heat) / Single Battery <2 Batteries Standard> Power Supply AC V Input or DC 9-14V Monitor Cameras Magnification Fiber Display Size/Weight (WxDxH) Wind Protection Operating Environment Storage Conditions Pull Test Color 4.3 LCD Monitor, with Touch Screen (Tempered Glass) 2 CCD Camera System XY Style: 150 Power, X/Y : 300 power X/Y or XY, single X.Y 4.8 x 4.88 x 5.43 in / 3.06lb (122 x 124 x 138mm / 1.39kg w/o Battery) The Max Wind Speed 15m/s Elevation: 0-5,000 Meters, Temp: 5 ~ 140 F (-15~60 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity Temp: -40~176 F (-40~80 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity, Battery: -4~86 F ( C) N (Standard) Features Fastest Heating Time (18sec) SOC Compatible 4.3 Touchscreen Smallest Splicer OFS-936S OFS-936S Active Alignment Splicer $10, The Kit includes: Splicer, Power Cord, Car Charger, SOC Heater Block, Shoulder Strap, Cleaver Softcase, USB Cable, Cooling Tray, SOC Holder, User Manual CD, Cleaver, AC Adapter, Spare Electrode, 2 Battery Packs, Hand Carrying Case. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES FS-FF-50GB Fiber Optic Cleaver with Waste Bin $1, FS-FF-50GB FS-FF-50GB Replacement Blade $ FS-ELEC-FFE-6 Replacement Electrodes (Pair) $ FS-FF-CH Splice-on Connector Holder $ FS-FF-BAT Rechargeable Battery for OFS-936S $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT PRECISION RATED OPTICS 11

12 PRECISION RATED OPTICS FUSION SPLICERS OFS-936R Ribbon Fusion Splicer With innovative design and precise manufacturing technology, the OFS-936S gives users an unparalleled experience. Cutting-edge splicing improvements and new technology greatly reduce splicing and heating time. Its advanced estimate method and core alignment technique ensure the accuracy of splice loss estimation. Additionally, its small size, compact design and reliable protection shell make it suitable for any operating environment. A dynamic operation interface and automatic splice mode gives the user added efficiency. SPLICING EQUIPMENT PRECISION RATED OPTICS SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fiber Fiber Count Cladding Diameter Cleaved Length Splice Mode/Heating Mode Typical Splice Loss Splice Time Tube Heating Time Splice Result Viewing Method Magnification Protective Sleeve Splice/Heating pre Battery Electrode Life Display Optical System Size/Weight (WxDxH) Operating Environment Storage Conditions Pull Test Terminals SMF(G ), MMF(G.651), DSF(G.653), NZDSF(G.655) Single to 12 Ribbon Fiber Single: 125 / 160 to 3mm by Fiber Holder System Ribbon : 125 / Ribbon Fiber Thickness 0.25 to 0.4mm 13mm 100 Splice Modes I 32 Heating Modes (SM)0.03dB, (MM)0.02dB, (DS)0.08dB and (NZDS)0.08dB Measured by Cut-back Method Relevant ITU-T and IEC Standards Typical 15 Sec Typical 20 Sec Last 2000 Splices 2 Axis CMOS Camera with 4.3 Color LCD 33x and 60x Magnification 60mm, 40mm Typical 120 Cycles with LBT Splices 4.3 Color Super Clear Touch Screen with Temper Proof Glass No Mirror 4.88 x 4.84 x 5.43in / 4.18lb (124 x 123 x 138mm / 1.90kg) Elevation 0-5,000 Meters, Temp: 14~140 F (-10 ~ 60 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity Temp: -40~176 F (-40~80 C), 0-95% Relative Humidity, Battery: -4~86 F ( C) 1.96 to 2.25N (Standard), 4,4N (Optional) USB 2.0 (Mini- 8 Type) Connector for PC Communication Features Fastest Heating Time (18sec) SOC Compatible 4.3 Touchscreen Waterproof, Dustproof, Anti-Shock OFS-936R OFS-936R Active Alignment Splicer $12, The Kit includes: Splicer, Power Cord, Car Cigar Cable, SOC Heater Block, Shoulder Strap, Hot Jacket Stripper, Cleaver Softcase, USB Cable, Cooling Tray, SOC Holder, User Manual CD, AC Adapter for Stripper, Cleaver, AC Adapter, Spare Electrode, 2 Battery Packs, Hand Carrying Case. 12

13 FSM-12S Fixed V-Groove Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 12S is the world s smallest, lightest and most portable fusion splicer available today. Despite its incredibly small size, this ruggedized, fullfeatured unit offers unmatched versatility for splicing in the most challenging environments. The innovative transit case and work tray provide multiple options for the best utilization of available work space while the long life battery provides power for up to 100 splice cycles which include application of the splice protection sleeve. AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS The Fujikura 12S incorporates features typically found only in more expensive models. The large 4.5" monitor provides a crystal clear image, even in the brightest sunlight, for evaluating splice quality. The electrode life has been extended to 3,000 splices, minimizing downtime for replacement and stabilization. Software updates are accomplished via the internet allowing users to quickly update their software as new splice programs become available. The fully ruggedized chassis provides for shock, dust and moisture protection while the two camera observation system provides for accurate fiber alignment and loss estimation calculations. The Fujikura 12S is also fully compatible with the FuseConnect line of fusion installable connectors. Backed by the best service team in the industry, the Fujikura 12S is the ideal splicer to use when portability, ruggedness, versatility and reliability are needed for your n splicing application. SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fiber Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Splicing Time Tube Heater Splice Mode / Heating Mode Tension Test Result Storage Magnification Viewing Method Number of Splice/ Heat with Battery Electrode Life Operating Condition Rugged Features Dimensions Weight w/battery Warranty Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DSF (G.653), NZDS (G.655) 125 μm 160 μm to 3 mm by fiber holder system 5 mm to 13 mm 0.05 db (SM), 0.02 db (MM), 0.08 db (DS) and 0.08 db (NZDS) Typical 15 sec with SM Typical 30 sec with FP-03 (60 mm) sleeve Total 100 splice modes / 30 heating modes 1.96 to 2.25 N Last 2,000 splices 100X magnification 2 axis CMOS camera with 4.47 inch color LCD Typical 100 cycles with BTR-10 3,000 splices Altitude: 0 to 3,660 m above sea level, Wind: 15 m/sec Temperature: -10 to 50 deg C, Humidity: 0 to 95% RH, non-dew Shock resistance: 76 cm (30 inch) bottom surface drop Dust resistance: Exposure to dust (0.1 to 500 μm dia. Alumina Silicate) Rain resistance: H=10 mm/hr for 10 min 121W x 162D x 57H (mm) / 4.76 W x 6.38 D x 2.24 H (inches) 776 g / 1.71 lbs. 1 Year Warranty Ask about our extended warranty and loaner programs for splicers! Features World s smallest splicer at 4.76"W x 6.38"D x 2.24"H Fully ruggedized for shock, moisture and dust resistance Transit case converts to easy to use workstation Dual camera, fixed v-groove alignment technology Extended life electrodes Long life battery (100 splices/shrinks per charge) S Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer $4, The Kit includes: Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-10 Battery Pack (installed), FH Fiber Holders (Pair), ACC-09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (Pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container, SD01 Screwdriver and CC-29 Transit Case S Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer Kit 1 $5, The Kit includes: Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer, CT-30 Cleaver, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-10 Battery Pack (installed), FH Fiber Holders (Pair), FH Fiber Holders (Pair), ACC- 09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (Pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container, SD01 Screwdriver and CC-29 Transit Case S Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer Kit 2 $5, The Kit includes: Fujikura 12S Fusion Splicer, CT-10 Cleaver, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-10 Battery Pack (installed), FH Fiber Holders (Pair), FH Fiber Holders (Pair), ACC- 09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (Pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container, SD01 Screwdriver and CC-29 Transit Case OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES S CT-30 Cleaver (for single to 12 ribbon fibers) $1, S FH (250 μm single fiber) $ S FH Fiber Holders (900 μm single fiber) $ S FH-60-DC250 (250 μm drop cable) $ S FH-FC-20 (900 μm within 2.0 mm sheathing) $68.45 S FH-FC-30 (900 μm within 3.0 mm sheathing) $68.45 S BTR-10 Battery Pack $ S ELCT2-12 Electrodes $ S ADC-19 AC Adapter $ S ACC-09 Power Cord $18.50 S AP-01 Alcohol Container $37.00 S CC-29 Transit Case $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA

14 AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS FSM-19S Fixed V-Groove Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 19S is a low cost, fixed v-groove single fiber splicer with similar features found on the Fujikura 70S. Incorporating the proven ruggedized features pioneered by Fujikura, the 19S has added automated and enhanced user control features to increase splicing efficiency. A user programmable, automated wind protector expedites the splicing process by automatically closing to initiate the splice process, and opening upon splice completion. Fully programmable auto open sheath clamps open one sheath clamp, after the tensile test, to prepare the fiber for removal. A new automated clamshell design tube heater applies heat to both sides of the splice protection sleeve resulting in a faster shrink time. Ruggedness and durability are greatly enhanced by a mirror-less optical system and "severe-impact resistant" monitor. An innovative transit case doubles as a built-in or mobile workstation and makes splicing easier than ever before SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fiber Cleave Length Typical Average Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Method Splicing Modes Splice Loss Storage of Splice Result Fiber Display Magnification Viewing Method Operating Condition Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DS (G.653), NZDS (G.655) 125 μm 100 μm to 1,000 μm 5 to 16 mm 0.05 db with SM, 0.02 db with MM, 0.08 db with DS, 0.08 db with NZDS, measured by cut-back method relevant to ITU-T and IEC standards SM FAST mode: 11 seconds; SM AUTO mode: 11 seconds; AUTO mode: 11 seconds Automatic, real-time and by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode, manual arc calibration function available 100 preset and user programmable modes Estimate Based upon dual camera core alignment data Last 2,000 results to be stored in the internal memory X or Y, or both X and Y simultaneously. Front or rear monitor display options with automated image orientation 320X for single X or Y view, or 200X for X and Y view Dual cameras with 4.73 inch TFT color LCD monitor 0 to 3,660 m above sea level, 0 to 95%RH and -10 to 50 C respectively Mechanical Proof Test 1.96 to 2.25N Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Protection Sleeve Length Splice/Heat Cycles w/ Battery Power Supply Terminals Wind Protection Dimensions Weight Built-in tube heater with 30 heating modes; auto-start function 17 seconds with FP3 (40), 5-16 seconds with Fujikura micro sleeves 60 mm, 40 mm, micro Typical 200 cycles with power save functions activated Auto voltage selection from 100 to 240 V AC or 10 to 15 V DC with ADC-18, 14.8 V DC with BTR-09 battery USB 1.1 (USB-B type) for PC communication. Mini-DIN (6-pin) for HJS-02/03 and SH-8 tube heater Maximum wind velocity of 15 m/s. (34 mph) 146 W x 159 D x 150 H (mm) / 5.75 W x 6.25 D x 5.9 H (inches) 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs) with AC adapter; 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) with battery Features Automated and programmable wind protector Fully ruggedized for shock, dust and moisture Li-ion battery with 180 splice/heat cycles per charge 5 mm cleave length for splice on connector or small package needs Sheath clamp or fiber holder operation On-board training and support videos Internet software upgrades Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation S Fujikura 19S Fusion Splicer $5, The Kit includes: ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Pot, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 19S With Cleaver $6, The Kit includes: CT30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual, and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 19S With Cleaver and Battery $7, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap 14

15 FSM-19R Ribbon Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 19R is equipped with a precision, fixed v-groove for splicing single fibers or ribbon fiber up to 4 fibers. Incorporating the proven ruggedized features pioneered by Fujikura, the 19R has added automated and enhanced user control features to increase splicing efficiency. A user programmable, automated wind protector expedites the splicing process by automatically closing to initiate the splice process, and opening upon splice completion. AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS A new auto-start clamshell design tube heater applies heat to both sides of the splice protection sleeve resulting in a 18-second shrink time for4-fiber ribbon. The result is a total splice process time of approximately 29 seconds! Ruggedness and durability are greatly enhanced by a mirror-less optical system and "severe-impact resistant" monitor. Battery capacity is now 140 splices/ shrinks. An innovative transit case doubles as a built-in or mobile workstation and makes splicing easier than ever before. SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DS (G.653), NZDS (G.655) Fiber Count Single, 2, 4 Cladding Diameter 125 µm Coating Diameter Ribbon: 0.25 mm to 0.4 mm; Single: 250 µm and 900 µm Fiber Cleave Length 10 mm Typical Average Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Method Splicing Modes Splice Loss Storage of Splice Result Fiber Display Magnification Viewing Method Operating Condition Mechanical Proof Test Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Protection Sleeve Length Splice/Heat Cycles w/ Battery Power Supply Terminals Wind Protection Dimensions Weight 0.05 db with SM, 0.02 db with MM, 0.08 db with DS, 0.08 db with NZDS,measured by cut-back method relevant to ITU-T and IEC standards SM FAST mode - 11 seconds; SM AUTO mode - 15 seconds; Auto mode - 15 seconds Automatic, real-time by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode, manual arc calibration available 100 preset and user programmable modes Based upon dual camera cladding alignment data Last 2000 splice results stored in the internal memory X or Y, or both X and Y simultaneously; front or rear monitor display options with automatic image orientation 90X Dual cameras with 4.7 inch TFT color LCD monitor with anti-reflective coating 0 to 5,000 m above sea level, 0 to 95% RH, -10 to 50 C respectively 1.96 to 2.25 N Built-in tube heater with 30 heating modes; auto-start function Typical 40 seconds with FP-5 sleeve, 17 seconds with FP3 (40), 5-16 seconds with Fujikura micro sleeves 60 mm, 40 mm, micro Typical 140 cycles with power save functions activated Auto voltage selection from 100 to 240V AC or 10 to 15V DC with AC Adapter, 13.2V DC with battery USB 1.1 (USB-B type) for PC communication, Mini-DIN (6-pin) for HJS-02/03 Maximum wind velocity of 15m/s (34 mph) 146 W x 159 D x 150 H (mm) / 5.7 W x 6.3 D x 5.9 H (inches) 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs) with AC adapter; 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) with battery Features Automated and programmable wind protector 18-second automated tube heater Fully ruggedized for shock, dust and moisture Li-ion battery with 140 splices/shrinks per charge On-board training and support videos Internet software upgrades Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation S Fujikura 19R Fusion Splicer $5, The Kit includes: ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH-50-4 Fiber Holder, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 19R With Cleaver $7, The Kit includes: CT30 Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH-50-4 Fiber Holder, FH Fiber Holder, FH Fiber Holder, HJS-02 Stripper, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 19R With Cleaver and Battery $7, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT30 Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH-50-4 Fiber Holder, FH Fiber Holder, FH Fiber Holder, HJS-02 Stripper, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap 15 SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA

16 AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS FSM-22S Active Cladding Alignment Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 22S active cladding alignment fusion splicer bridges the long standing gap between core alignment and fixed v-groove fusion splicer technology. Moveable v-grooves eliminate splicer errors due to dust and other contaminants. Despite its incredibly small size, this ruggedized, fullfeatured unit offers unmatched versatility for splicing in the most challenging environments. The innovative transit case and work tray provide multiple options for the best utilization of available work space while the long life battery provides power for up to 200 splice cycles which include application of the splice protection sleeve. The Fujikura 22S incorporates features typically found only in more expensive models. Removable sheath clamps allow the use of fiber holders if desired. Software updates are accomplished via the internet allowing users to quickly update their software as new splice programs become available. The fully ruggedized chassis provides for shock, dust and moisture protection. The Fujikura 22S is also fully compatible with the FuseConnect line of fusion installable connectors. Backed by the best service team in the industry, the Fujikura 22S is the ideal splicer to use when portability, ruggedness, versatility and reliability are needed for your splicing application. SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fiber Cleave Length Typical Average Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Method Splicing Modes Splice Loss Storage of Splice Result Fiber Display Magnification Viewing Method Operating Condition Mechanical Proof Test Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Protection Sleeve Length Splice/Heat Cycles w/ Battery Electrode Life Power Supply Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DSF (G.653), NZDS (G.655) 125 μm 100 μm to 3000 μm 5 mm to 16 mm 0.03 db (SM), 0.01 db (MM), 0.05 db (DS) and 0.05 db (NZDS) Typical 9 sec with SM Automatic, real-time and by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode, manual arc calibration function available Total 100 splice modes Based on dual camera cladding alignment data Last 2,000 splices 4.7 inch TFT color LCD with X or Y view or both X and Y view simultaneously 200X magnification for X/Y view 2 axis CMOS camera Altitude: 0 to 3,660 m above sea level, -10 to 50 C, Humidity: 0 to 95% RH, non-dew 1.96 N 30 heating modes Typical 30 sec with FP-60 (60 mm) sleeve 60 mm, 40 mm, micro Typical 200 cycles with BTR-11 3,000 splices Auto select from 100 V to 240 V with AC adapter, 14.8 V DC with installed battery Terminals USB 2.0 Wind Protection Dimensions WxDxH Weight Maximum wind velocity of 15 m/s. (34 mph) 120 x 189 x 71 (mm) / 4.72 x 7.44 x 2.8 (inches) 1.14 kg (2.51 lbs) with battery Features Dual camera, active cladding alignment technology World s smallest active clad alignment splicer Fully ruggedized for shock, moisture and dust resistance Transit case converts to easy to use workstation Extended life electrodes Long life battery (200 splices/shrinks per charge) Auto start tube heater S Fujikura 22S Fusion Splicer $5, The Kit includes: S21A Sheath Clamp, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-11 Battery Pack (installed), ACC-09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container,SD01 Screwdriver and CC-32 Transit Case S Fujikura 22S With CT-30A Cleaver $6, The Kit includes: CT-30A Cleaver, S21A Sheath Clamp, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-11 Battery Pack (installed), ACC-09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container, SD01 Screwdriver and CC-32 Transit Case S Fujikura 22S With CT-06A Cleaver $6, The Kit includes: CT-06A Cleaver, S21A Sheath Clamp, ADC-19 AC Adapter, BTR-11 Battery Pack (installed), ACC-09 Power Cord, ELCT2-12 Spare Electrodes (pair), Operation Manual on CD, Quick Reference Guide, AP-01 Alcohol Container, SD01 Screwdriver and CC-32 Transit Case 16

17 FSM-62S Active Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 62S provides active core alignment splice loss performance while utilizing a conventional wind protector and tube heater design. An alternative to the fully automated core-alignment model 70S, the 62S includes an autostart feature for both the splicing and tube heating process that minimizes the steps necessary to process splices. With a shrink time of 23 seconds with standard splice sleeves, the 62S ensures a high level of productivity. Incorporating the proven ruggedized features pioneered by Fujikura, durability is greatly enhanced by a mirrorless optical system and severe impact resistant monitor. Battery capacity is 200 splices/shrinks. The transit case doubles as a built-in or mobile workstation and makes splicing easier than ever AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fiber Cleave Length Typical Average Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Method Splicing Modes Splice Loss Estimate Storage of Splice Result Fiber Display Magnification Viewing Method Operating Condition Single-mode (G.652 and G.657), Multimode (G.651), DS (G.653), NZDS (G.655) 80 μm to 150 μm 100 μm to 1,000 μm 5 to 16 mm 0.02 db with SM, 0.01 db with MM, 0.04 db with DS, 0.04 db with NZDS, measured by cut-back method relevant to ITU-T standards ULTRA FAST mode: 6 sec; SM FAST mode: 7 sec; SM AUTO mode: 10 seconds with SM fiber Automatic, real-time and by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode, manual arc calibration function available 100 preset and user programmable modes Based upon dual camera core axis alignment data Last 10,000 results stored in the internal memory X or Y, or both X and Y simultaneously. Front or rear monitor display options with automated image orientation 320X for single X or Y view, or 200X for X and Y view Dual cameras with 4.7 inch TFT color LCD monitor 0 to 5,000m above sea level, 0 to 95%RH and -10 to 50 C respectively Mechanical Proof Test 1.96 to 2.25N Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Protection Sleeve Length Splice/Heat Cycles with Battery Electrode Life Power Supply Terminals Wind Protection Dimensions WxDxH Weight Built-in tube heater with 30 heating modes; auto-start function Typical 23 seconds with FP-03 sleeve, 17 seconds with FP3 (40), 5-16 seconds with Fujikura micro sleeves, 15 seconds with slim 60 mm and 40 mm sleeves 60 mm, 40 mm, micro Typical 200 cycles with power save functions activated 5,000 Arc Discharges Auto voltage selection from 100 to 240 V AC or 10 to 15 V DC with ADC-18, 14.8 V DC with BTR-09 battery USB 1.1 (USB-B type). Mini-DIN (6-pin) for HJS-02/03 Maximum wind velocity of 15 m/s (34 mph) 146 x 159 x 150 (mm) / 5.75 x 6.25 x 5.9 (inches) 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) w/ac adapter; 2.7 kg (5.95 lbs) w/ battery Features 5,000 splices electrode life 23 second tube heating time with standard sleeves Fully ruggedized for shock, dust and moisture Li-ion battery with 200 splices/shrinks per charge 5 mm cleave length for splice on connector or small package needs Sheath clamp or fiber holder operation Internet software upgrades Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation Fujikura 62S Fusion Splicer S $8, (Machine Only) The Kit includes: ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S21A Sheath Clamp, Sleeve Loader, USB Cable, Alcohol Pot, Screwdriver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC-24 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 62S Splicer w/cleaver CT-30A $9, The Kit includes: CT-30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S21A Sheath Clamp, Sleeve Loader, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screwdriver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC-24 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 62S Splicer w/ CT-30A Cleaver/Batt/Cord $9, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT-30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S21A Sheath Clamp, Sleeve Loader, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screwdriver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC-24 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 62S Splicer w/cleaver CT-06A $9, The Kit includes: CT-06A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S21A Sheath Clamp, Sleeve Loader, USB Cable, Alcohol Pot, Screwdriver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC-24 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S Fujikura 62S Splicer w/ CT-06A Cleaver/Batt/Cord $9, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT-06A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S21A Sheath Clamp, Sleeve Loader, USB Cable, Alcohol Pot, Screwdriver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC-24 Transit Case with Carrying Strap 17 SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA

18 AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS FSM-70S Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 70S is the world s fastest and most robust core alignment fusion splicer. Incorporating the proven ruggedized features pioneered by Fujikura, the 70S has added automated and enhanced user control features to increase splicing efficiency. A user programmable, automated wind protector expedites the splicing process by automatically closing to initiate the splice process, and opening upon splice completion. Fully programmable auto open sheath clamps open one sheath clamp, after the tensile test, to prepare the fiber for removal. A new automated clamshell design tube heater applies heat to both sides of the splice protection sleeve resulting in a 14-second shrink time. The result is a total splice process time of approximately 21 seconds! Ruggedness and durability are greatly enhanced by a mirror-less optical system and "severe-impact resistant" monitor. SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA Battery capacity is now 200 splices/shrinks. An innovative transit case doubles as a built-in or mobile workstation and makes splicing easier than ever before. SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fiber Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Splicing Modes Splice Loss Fiber Display Magnification Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Viewing Method Splices Per Charge Power Supply Terminals Wind Protection Oper. Condition Dimensions Weight Warranty 18 Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DS (G.653), NZDS (G.655) 80 μm to 150 μm 100 μm to 1,000 μm 5 to 16 mm 0.02 db with SM, 0.01 db with MM, 0.04 db with DS, 0.04 db with NZDS, measured by cut-back method relevant to ITU-T and IEC standards SM FAST mode - 7 seconds; SM AUTO mode - 12 seconds; AUTO mode - 15 seconds Automatic, real-time and by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode, manual arc calibration function available 100 preset and user programmable modes Based upon dual camera core alignment data X or Y, or both X and Y simultaneously. Front or rear monitor display options with automated image orientation 300X for single X or Y view, or 160X for X and Y view Built-in tube heater with 30 heating modes; auto-start function Typical 14 seconds with FP-03 sleeve, 17 seconds with FP3 (40), 5-16 seconds with Fujikura micro sleeves Dual cameras with 4.73 inch TFT color LCD monitor Typical 200 cycles with power save functions activated Auto voltage selection from 100 to 240 V AC or 10 to 15 V DC with ADC-18, 14.8 V DC with BTR-09 battery USB 1.1 (USB-B type) for PC communication. Mini-DIN (6-pin) for HJS-02/03 and SH-8 tube heater Maximum wind velocity of 15 m/s. (34 mph) 0 to 5,000 m above sea level, 0 to 95%RH and -10 to 50 C respectively 146 W x 159 D x 150 H mm (5.75 W x 6.25 D x 5.9 H in) 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) with AC adapter ADC-18; 2.7 kg (5.95 lbs) with BTR-09 battery 2 year warranty Ask about our extended warranty and loaner programs for splicers! Features Automated and programmable wind protector 14-second automated tube heater Fully ruggedized for shock, dust and moisture Li-Ion battery with 200 splices/shrinks per charge 5 mm cleave length for splice on connector or small package needs Sheath clamp or fiber holder operation On-board training and support videos Internet software upgrades Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation S S Fusion Splicer (machine only) $9, The Kit includes: ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Pot, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S S Fusion Splicer Kit (with cleaver) $10, The Kit includes: CT30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual, and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S S Fusion Splicer Kit (with cleaver, battery and cord) $10, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT30A Cleaver, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), S70A Sheath Clamp, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES S CT-10A Cleaver $ S FH Fiber Holder (pair) $ S FH Fiber Holder (pair) $ S ELCT2-20A Electrodes $ S Portable Tripod Workstation $ S ASW-02 Splicing Workstation $693.75

19 FSM-70R Ribbon Fusion Splicer The Fujikura 70R is equipped with a precision, fixed v-groove for splicing single fibers or ribbon fiber up to 12 fibers. Incorporating the proven ruggedized features pioneered by Fujikura, the 70R has added automated and enhanced user control features to increase splicing efficiency. A user programmable, automated wind protector expedites the splicing process by automatically closing to initiate the splice process, and opening upon splice completion. A new auto-start clamshell design tube heater applies heat to both sides of the splice protection sleeve resulting in a 40-second shrink time for 12-fiber ribbon. The result is a total splice process time of approximately 55 seconds! Ruggedness and durability are greatly enhanced by a mirror-less optical system and "severe-impact resistant" monitor. Battery capacity is now 110 splices/shrinks. An innovative transit case doubles as a built-in or mobile workstation and makes splicing easier than ever before. AFL/FUJIKURA FUSION SPLICERS SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Single-mode (G.652 & G.657), Multimode (G.651), DS (G.653), NZDS (G.655) Fiber Count Single, 2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12 Cladding Diameter 125 μm Coating Diameter Ribbon: 0.25 mm to 0.4 mm, Single: 250 μm and 900 μm Fiber Cleave Length 10 mm Typical Average Splice Loss Splicing Time Arc Calibration Method Splicing Modes Splice Loss Storage of Splice Result Fiber Display Magnification Viewing Method Operating Condition Mechanical Proof Test Tube Heater Tube Heating Time Protection Sleeve Length Splices Per Charge Power Supply Terminals Wind Protection Dimensions Weight 0.05 db with SM, 0.02 db with MM, 0.08 db with DS, 0.08 db with NZDS; measured by cut-back method relevant to ITU-T and IEC standards Typical 15 seconds with standard single-mode fiber Automatic, real-time by using results of previous splice when in AUTO mode; manual arc calibration function available 100 preset and user programmable modes Estimate Based upon dual camera cladding alignment data Last 2000 splice results stored in the internal memory X or Y, or both X and Y simultaneously; front or rear monitor display options with automatic image orientation 35X to 90X Dual cameras with 4.7 inch TFT color LCD monitor with anti-reflective coating 0 to 3,660 m above sea level, 0 to 95% RH, and -10 to 50 C respectively 1.96 to 2.25 N Built-in tube heater with 30 heating modes; auto-start function Typical 40 seconds with FP-5 sleeve, 17 seconds with FP3 (40), 5-15 seconds with Fujikura micro sleeves 60 mm, 40 mm, Micro Typical 110 cycles with power save functions activated Auto voltage from 100 to 240V AC or 10 to 15V DC with ADC-13, 13.2V DC with BTR-08 battery USB 1.1 (USB-B type) for PC communication, Mini-DIN (6-pin) for HJS-02/03 and SH-8 tube heater Maximum wind velocity of 15m/s (34 mph) 146 W x 159 D x 150 H mm (5.7 W x 6.3 D x 5.9 H in) 2.3 kg (5.1 lbs) with AC adapter; 2.5 kg (5.5 lbs) with battery Features Automated and programmable wind protector 40-second automated tube heater Fully ruggedized for shock, dust and moisture Li-ion battery with 110 splices/shrinks per charge On-board training and support videos Internet software upgrades Multi-function transit case with integrated workstation S R Fusion Splicer (machine only) $13, The Kit includes: ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH Fiber Holder, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S R Fusion Splicer Kit (with cleaver) $14, The Kit includes: CT30 Cleaver, HJS-02 Stripper, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH Fiber Holder, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap S R Fusion Splicer Kit (with cleaver, battery and cord) $15, The Kit includes: BTR-09 Battery, DCC-18 Battery Charge Cord, CT30 Cleaver, HJS-02 Stripper, ADC-18 AC Adapter, ACC-14 AC Cord, ELCT2-20A Spare Electrodes (pair), FH Fiber Holder, USB Cable, Alcohol Dispenser, Screw Driver, Sleeve Loader, Splicer Carrying Strap, Quick Reference Guide, Video Instruction Manual and CC30 Transit Case with Carrying Strap OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES S CT-10A Cleaver $ S FH Fiber Holder (pair) $ S FH Fiber Holder (pair) $ S ELCT2-20A Electrodes $ S Portable Tripod Workstation $ S ASW-02 Splicing Workstation $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT AFL / FUJIKURA 19

20 SUMITOMO FUSION SPLICERS Quantum TYPE-Q101-CA Core Alignment Fusion Splicer The Quantum Type-Q101-CA marks the new standard for fusion splicers. The Quantum is the Industry s 1st and ONLY fusion splicer with: fully navigational touch screen interface for optimum user friendliness; SD port for virtually unlimited data storage, plus favorite program, video, audio, and software uploads; remote maintenance capability; the largest fiber view; and the longest electrode life with the legendary reliability common to all Sumitomo splicers. Although it s also the lightest, smallest, and most advanced core alignment fusion splicer in the industry, the Quantum is more ruggedized with superior dust, shock and water-proof resistance making it the ideal choice for even the harshest environments. The built-in dual heater system, a Sumitomo Electric innovation, reduces heater wait time and improves splicing efficiency by 70%, yielding a splicer with the speed, performance, and specifications that advances fusion splicing technology. SPECIFICATIONS SPLICING EQUIPMENT SUMITOMO RoHS Fiber Requirement Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Return Loss Alignment Method Built-In Splice Protection Heater Cycle Time 20 Compliant SMF, MMF, DSF, NZ-DSF, BIF/UBIF 100 to 1000 μm 80 to 150 μm 5-16 mm SMF: 0.02dB; MMF: 0.01 db; NZ-DSF: 0.04dB <70dB High Resolution Direct Core Monitoring & 3-Axis Core Alignment Dual Independent Auto Splice Sleeve Heaters 28 Seconds; 60mm Heater Programs Max/Preset 100 / 30 Typical Splice Time 7 Second Splice Time Splice Programs Max/Preset 300 / 50 Attenuation Splicing Interface Power Requirements Battery Module Arc Test Proof Test Image Display Internal Splice Data Storage dB Touch Panel Input & Switches Built-in Audio & Video SD Memory Card, USB2.0 (USB-mini B) DC Input for Car Battery Operation Input: 100V to 240V AC; 50/60 Hz; 10-15V DC Li-ion; Arc and Heater Cycle Capacity Number Displayed on Monitor Auto Compensation for Environmental Conditions Internal 200g 320X Single (zoom700x) and 88X Dual Fiber Imaging; X/Y with 2 Cameras (Unlimited with SD card) Image Storage 64 Size(mm) Display Wind Protection Battery Operation Weight Warranty 120W x 154D x 130H 4.1 Color, Low Glare, High Resolution Touch Screen Monitor 30mph (15m/s) Standard: 200 Splices & Heater Cycles 2.1kg with Battery 2 Year Warranty Features: Dual Independent Heat Shrink Ovens Industry s Only High Resolution, Fully Navigational, Touch Screen Monitor Industry s Only SD Port for Virtually Unlimited Data Storage Video, Audio, and Software Uploads Internet Interface for Remote Maintenance & Software Upgrades Industry s Only Video & Audio Playback Industry s Lightest Weight & Smallest Footprint Core Alignment Splicer Ruggedized Design for Shock, Water, and Dust Resistance Automatic Splice Start, Arc Calibration, Heater Start and Fiber Identification Hard Carrying Case with Integrated Work Platform Multiple Positional Monitor with Automatic Display Inversion Fiber Holder or Fiber Clamp Selectable TYPE-Q101-CA-K1 Quantum Fusion Splicer $12, The Kit includes: Quantum Splicer, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber Protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper TYPE-Q101-CA-K2 Quantum Fusion Splicer w/ Cleaver $13, The Kit includes: Quantum Splicer, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber Protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper, FC-6S-5C Fiber Optic Cleaver Ask about our extended warranty and loaner programs for splicers!

21 Quantum TYPE-Q101-M12 Ribbon Fusion Splicer The Quantum Mass marks the new standard in fusion splicing. It is the industry s first and ONLY mass fusion splicer with Automatic Clamp Force Adjustment and Live Time Clamp Force Calibration that allows for real-time fiber offset adjustment for the lowest insertion loss for splicing ribbon fiber and MPO terminations. It s the industry s fastest mass fusion splicer, taking less than 70 seconds for a 12 count fiber splice. Other features include: fully navigational touch screen for optimum user friendliness; SD port for virtually unlimited data storage, plus video, audio, and software uploads and downloads; internet interface for remote maintenance; and the longest electrode life with legendary reliability common to all Sumitomo splicers. The built-in dual heater system, a Sumitomo Electric innovation, reduces heater wait time and improves splicing efficiency by 70%, yielding a splicer with unprecedented speed, performance, and reliability. SPECIFICATIONS SUMITOMO FUSION SPLICERS RoHS Applicable Fiber Types Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Compliant SMF, MMF, DSF, NZ-DSF, BIF/UBIF 0.25mm, 0.50mm, 0.90mm 125μm 10 mm SMF: 0.05dB; MMF: 0.02dB; NZ-DSF: 0.08dB Number Of Fibers 1-12 Built-In Splice Protection Sleeve Heaters Heater Cycle Time Heater Programs Max/ Preset Typical Splice Time Dual Independent Auto Splice Sleeve Heaters with Pretension Clamps 55 Seconds 60mm Second Splice Time Splice Programs Max 200 Interface Power Requirements DC (Battery Operation) Battery Module Arc Test Proof Test Touch Panel Input & Switches, Built-in Audio & Video SD Memory Card, USB2.0 (USB-mini B),DC Input for Car Battery Operation Input: 100V to 240V AC; 50/60 Hz; 10-15V DC Standard: 110 Splices & Heater Cycles Li-ion; Arc and Heater Cycle Capacity Number Displayed on Monitor Auto Compensation for Environmental Conditions Internal 200g Language Selection 27 Internal Splice Data Storage (Unlimited with SD card) Image Storage 64 Electrode Life 1,500 Display Positions Software Update Remote Maintenance Size(mm) Weight Display Shock - Free Fall Weatherproof Wind Protection Adjustable for Optimal Work Flow Internet Yes 120W x 154D x 130H 2.0 kg with battery 4.1 Color, Low Glare, High Resolution Touch Screen Monitor 76cm from 5 sides Waterproof: IPx2, Dustproof: IP5x 30 mph (15 m/s) Features Industry s Only Dual Independent Heat Shrink Ovens with Auto Pretension Clamps Industry s Only Automatic Clamp Force Adjustment & Real-Time Clamp Force Calibration to Minimize Fiber to Fiber Offset When Ribbonnizing Loose Tube Fibers or Splicing MPO Connectors Industry's Fastest 12 Fiber Splice Under 70 Seconds Industry s Only High Resolution, Fully Navigational, Touch Screen Monitor Industry s Only SD Port for Virtually Unlimited Data Storage, Plus Program, Video, Audio, and Software Uploads/ Downloads Internet Interface for Remote Maintenance & Software Upgrades Industry s Only Video & Audio Playback Industry s Lightest Weight & Smallest Footprint Mass Fusion Splicer TYPE-Q101-6RM1 Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer Kit 1 $15, The Kit includes: Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer, Precision Automatic Blade Rotation, Fiber Cleaver, Heated Jacket Remover, Power Cord, V-Groove Brush, Spare Electrodes, Manual, 250μm Holders, 12ct. Ribbon Fiber Holders, Hard Case TYPE-Q101-6RM2 Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer Kit 1 w/ Ribbonizing Tool and Consumable Kit $16, The Kit includes: Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer, Ribbonizing Tool, Consumable Kit, Precision Automatic Blade Rotation, Fiber Cleaver, Heated Jacket Remover, Power Cord, V-Groove Brush, Spare Electrodes, Manual, 250μm Holders, 12ct. Ribbon Fiber Holders, Hard Case TYPE-Q101-MPO1 Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer Kit 2 $16, The Kit includes: Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer, Cleaver, Heated Jacket Remover, Power Cord, V-Groove Brush, Spare Electrodes, Manual, Hard Case, Lynx2 MPO Tool Kit Including Assembly, Work Platform, Consumable Kit TYPE-Q101-MPO2 Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer Kit 2 w/ Battery $16, The Kit includes: Quantum Mass Fusion Splicer, Cleaver, Heated Jacket Remover, Power Cord, V-Groove Brush, Spare Electrodes, Manual, Hard Case, Lynx2 MPO Tool Kit Including Assembly, Work Platform, Consumable Kit, Battery 21 SPLICING EQUIPMENT SUMITOMO

22 SUMITOMO FUSION SPLICERS Quantum TYPE-Q101-VS V-Groove Fusion Splicer The Sumitomo Quantum Type-Q101-VS V-Groove Fusion Splicer is the industry s first and only v-groove splicer with fully navigational touch screen monitor for optimum user friendliness, internet interface for remote maintenance and software upgrades, SD port for virtually unlimited data storage plus video, audio, and software uploads and downloads. Like all Quantum Fusion Splicers, the new Quantum VS is the industry s only v-groove splicer with patented dual independent heat shrink ovens. SPLICING EQUIPMENT SUMITOMO SPECIFICATIONS RoHS Applicable Fiber Types Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Alignment Method Built-In Splice Protection Sleeve Heaters Heater Cycle Time Heater Programs Max/ Preset Typical Splice Time Splice Programs Max/ Preset Interface Power Requirements DC (Battery Operation) Battery Module Arc Test Proof Test Compliant SMF, MMF, DSF, NZ-DSF, BIF/UBIF 0.25mm, 0.5mm, 0.9mm 125μm 10mm SMF: 0.05dB; MMF: 0.02 db; NZ-DSF: 0.08dB Fixed V-Groove (Diameter Alignment) Dual Independent Auto Splice Sleeve Heaters 28 Seconds; 60mm 100 / 30 9 Second Splice Time 200 / 50 Touch Panel Input & Switches, Built-in Audio & Video, SD Memory Card, USB2.0 (USB-mini B), DC Input for Car Battery Operation Input: 100V to 240V AC; 50/60 Hz; 10-15V DC Standard: 180 Splices & Heater Cycles Li-ion; Arc and Heater Cycle Capacity Number; Displayed on Monitor Auto Compensation for Environmental Conditions Internal 200g Language Selection 7 Internal Splice Data Storage (Unlimited with SD card) Image Storage 64 Electrode Life 2,500 Display Positions Adjustable for Optimal Work Flow Features Dual Independent Heat Shrink Ovens that Eliminate Heat Shrink Waiting Time, Increasing Splicing Efficiency by 70% High Resolution, Fully Navigational, Touch Screen Monitor for Optimum User Friendliness Internet Interface for Remote Maintenance & Software Upgrades SD Port for Virtually Unlimited Data Storage; Plus Program, Video, Audio and Software Uploads/Downloads Video & Audio Playback Ruggedized Design for Shock, Water, and Dust resistance Automatic Splice Start, Arc Calibration, Heater Start Hard Carrying Case with Integrated Work Platform Typical Splice Time: 9 seconds Lynx2 CustomFit Splice-On Connector Compatibility Large Fiber View and Long Electrode Life Typical Splice Loss: SMF:0.05dB;MMF: 0.02dB Return Loss: <-70dB RoHS Compliant Type-Q101-VS-K1 Quantum V-Groove Mass Fusion Splicer Kit $6, The Kit includes: Type-Q101-VS Quantum Splicer, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper, 250µm & 900µm Fiber Holders, Cleaning Tools Type-Q101-VS-K2 Quantum V-Groove Mass Fusion Splicer Kit w/ Fiber Optic Cleaver $6, The Kit includes: Type-Q101-VS Quantum Splicer, FC-6S-C Fiber Optic Cleaver, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper, 250µm & 900µm Fiber Holders, Cleaning Tools Type-Q101-VS-2R Quantum V-Groove Mass Fusion Splicer Kit w/ Hand-Held Blade Rotation Cleaver $7, The Kit includes: Type-Q101-VS Quantum Splicer, FC7R Hand-Held Automatic Blade Rotation Cleaver, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper, 250µm & 900µm Fiber Holders, Cleaning Tools Type-Q101-VS-6R Quantum V-Groove Mass Fusion Splicer Kit w/ Bench Top Blade Rotation Cleaver $7, The Kit includes: Type-Q101-VS Quantum Splicer, FC6RS-C Precision Bench Top Automatic Blade Rotation Cleaver, Hard Transit Case, Work Platform, AC Adapter, Standard Battery, Cleaning Tools, Fiber protection Sleeve Cooling Tray, Manual, Fiber Optic Stripper, 250µm & 900µm Fiber Holders, Cleaning Tools 22

23 Quantum TYPE-QH201e-VS V-Groove Fusion Splicer Sumitomo Electric Lightwaves Quantum Type-QH201e-VS marks the new standard for FTTX/Handheld fusion splicers. It is one of the industry s smallest hand held splicers and the first and ONLY to incorporate a fully navigational color touch screen interface for maximum user friendliness; on-board training videos; remote software updates; and USB 24-7 remote maintenance capability. Other features include li-ion battery technology and an easy to use fiber holder system with the legendary reliability common to all Sumitomo Electric splicers. The Quantum Type-QH201e-VS is by far the most advanced FTTX/Handheld fusion splicer in the industry, yet it s also rugged with superior dust, shock and water-proof resistance, making it the ideal choice for even the harshest environments. SUMITOMO FUSION SPLICERS SPECIFICATIONS RoHS Alignment Method Coating Diameter Cladding Diameter Cleave Length Typical Splice Loss Typical Heaters Cycle Time Each Heater Typical Splice Time Heater Programs Max/ Preset Splice Programs Max/ Preset Splice & Heater Cycles per Charged Battery Interface Power Requirements DC (Battery Operation) Arc Test Proof Test Internal Splice Data Storage Compliant Fixed V-Groove Single: 250μm, 500μm, and 900μm 125μm 10 mm SMF: 0.05dB MMF: 0.03dB 30 seconds 60mm (FPS ) 9 seconds 100 / / Micro SD and Micro SDHC, USB 2.0 (mini - B), DC Input for Car Battery Operation Input: 100V to 240V AC; 50/60 Hz; 10-15V DC Standard: 130 Splices & Heater Cycles Automatically Compensates for Environmental Conditions Internal 200 g Image Storage 64 Electrode Life Size(mm) Weight Display Type Shock Resistance Free Fall Waterproof Dustproof Wind Protection 3000 arcs 110W x 140D x 76H 860 g (including battery) 3.5 Color Touch Screen Monitor 76cm from 5 sides IPx2 IP5x 30mph (15m/s) Features Smallest Footprint and Fastest 11 Second Splice Time Industry s Only High Resolution, Fully Navigational, Touch Screen Monitor for Maximum User Friendliness Industry s Only 24-7 Internet Remote Maintenance Industry s Only SD Port for Virtually Unlimited Data Storage, Plus Program, Video, Audio, and Software Uploads/ Downloads All Kits Include: Type-QH201e-VS Splicer Spare Electrodes Transit Case AC Adapter and Power Cord 250μm Fiber Holders Cleaning Tools Fiber Optic Stripper TYPE-QH201EVS1B TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-1B $2, TYPE-QH201EVS1H TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-1H $2, TYPE-QH201EVS2B TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-2B $3, Includes: FC-6S Precision Optical Cleaver TYPE-QH201EVS2H TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-2H $3, Includes: FC-6S Precision Optical Cleaver TYPE-QH201EVSCB TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT6RSCB $3, Includes: Precision Optical Cleaver with Automatic Rotating Blade and Scrap Catcher TYPE-QH201EVSCH TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT6RSCH $3, Includes: Precision Optical Cleaver with Automatic Rotating Blade and Scrap Catcher TYPE-QH201EVSRB TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-2RB $3, TYPE-QH201EVSRH TYPE-QH201e-VS-KIT-RH $4, SPLICING EQUIPMENT SUMITOMO 23

24 INNO FUSION SPLICERS View 3 Active Cladding Alignment Fusion Splicer View 3, an active clad-alignment splicer with the world s highest fiber image magnification rate, is the most dependable fusion splicer in the market. View 3 s 5 inch high-resolution color LCD touch screen with user-friendly intuitive GUI (Graphic User Interface) offers large and clear fiber images to users. By double-tapping the screen, users can Zoom In & Out the image to the world s highest magnification of 520x. Moreover, the 3 LED lights provide bright splice condition to the users working under dark environments. View 3 is the new industry standard of active clad-alignment splicer in the telecommunications industry. SPECIFICATIONS SPLICING EQUIPMENT INNO Number of Fiber Applicable Fibers Compatible Fiber / Cable Cleaved Length Cladding Diameter Splicing Mode Heating Mode Typical Splice Loss Return Loss Lighting Splicing Time Estimated Splice Loss Protection Sleeve Length Heating Time Results Storage Tension Test Operating Condition Storage Condition Display Fiber View & Magnification Single SM(ITU-T G.652&G.657) / MM(ITU-T G.651) / DS(ITU-T G.653) / NZDS(ITU-T G.655) 0.25~3.0 mm / Indoor Cable Diameter: 0.125~1 mm / Cleave Length: 8~16 mm 80~150 μm Preset 7 modes / Max 128 modes Preset 5 modes / Max 32 modes SM: 0.02dB / MM:0.01dB / DS:0.04dB / NZDS: 0.04dB / G.657: 0.02dB(ITU-T Standard) >>60dB 3 White LEDs Auto mode : 9 sec / Quick mode : 7 sec Available 20~60 mm FP-03 typical heating time: 30 sec The last 2000 results 1.96~2.25N Operating Altitude: 0~5000m above sea level, 0~95% relative humidity, -10~50 C, Max Wind 15m/s 0~95% relative humidity, -40~80 C 90 bi-directional view, 5.0 Color High Resolution Display X, Y, XY, X/Y : 520X Magnification Power Supply AC Input V, DC Input 9-14V No. of Splice / Heating with Battery Operating Methods Automatic Calibration Electrode Life Terminal Dimension Weight 4200mAh Battery Capacity, Typical 170 times (Splice+Heat) Button / Touch screen Automatic arc calibration by air pressure and temperature 3500 arcs, can be extended by using an electrode grinder USB2.0 / MINI USB 143H x 130W x 155D mm (without rubber bumper) 152H x 147W x 175D mm (with rubber bumper) 2.31KG (with battery) / 1.95KG (without battery) Features Active V-Groove Clad Alignment Splicing Method The Highest Magnification and Resolution 5 Color LCD Touch Screen Double Tapping (Zoom in & out) Detachable SOC Holder and Heating Oven 3 Bright LEDs for Dark Environment Ceramic Clamp for Improved Durability VIEW-3 INNO View 3 Active Clad Align Splicer $3, The Kit includes: Fusion Splicer, High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Holder, AC Adapter, Cooling Tray, Electrode, Manual CD, Battery Pack, Power Cable, Carrying Case, Stripper. 24

25 INNO FUSION SPLICERS View 5 Core Alignment Fusion Splicer View 5, a core-alignment splicer with the world s highest fiber image magnification rate, is the most dependable fusion splicer in the market. View 5 s 5 inch high-resolution color LCD touch screen with user-friendly intuitive GUI (Graphic User Interface) offers large and clear fiber images to users. By double-tapping the screen, users can Zoom In & Out the image to the world s highest magnification of 520x. Also View 5 s compatibility with SOC (Splice-On-Connectors) will bring satisfactory experiences to users in FTTx field. Moreover, the 3 LED lights provide bright splice condition to the users working under dark environments. View 5 is the new industry standard of core-alignment splicer in the telecommunications industry. SPECIFICATIONS Number of Fiber Applicable Fibers Compatible Fiber / Cable Cleaved Length Cladding Diameter Splicing Mode Heating Mode Typical Splice Loss Return Loss Lighting Splicing Time Estimated Splice Loss Protection Sleeve Length Heating Time Results Storage Tension Test Operating Condition Storage Condition Display Fiber View & Magnification Single SM(ITU-T G.652&G.657) / MM(ITU-T G.651) / DS(ITU-T G.653) / NZDS(ITU-T G.655) 0.25~3.0 mm / Indoor Cable Diameter: 0.125~1 mm / Cleave Length: 8~16 mm 80~150 μm Preset 17 modes / Max 128 modes Preset 6 modes / Max 32 modes SM: 0.02dB / MM:0.01dB / DS:0.04dB / NZDS: 0.04dB / G.657: 0.02dB(ITU-T Standard) >>60dB 3 White LEDs Auto mode : 9 sec / Quick mode : 7 sec Available 20~60 mm FP-03 typical heating time: 30 sec The last 2000 results 1.96~2.25N Operating Altitude: 0~5000m above sea level, 0~95% relative humidity, -10~50 C, Max Wind 15m/s 0~95% relative humidity, -40~80 C 90 bi-directional view, 5.0 Color High Resolution Display X, Y, XY, X/Y : 520X Magnification Power Supply AC Input V, DC Input 9-14V No. of Splice / Heating with Battery Operating Methods Automatic Calibration Electrode Life Terminal Dimension Weight 4200mAh Battery Capacity, Typical 170 times (Splice+Heat) Button / Touch screen Automatic arc calibration by air pressure and temperature 3500 arcs, can be extended by using an electrode grinder USB2.0 / MINI USB 147H x 130W x 155D mm 2.21KG (with battery) / 1.85KG (without battery) Features Core Alignment Splicing Method with DACAS (Digital Analysis Core Alignment System) The Highest Magnification and Resolution 5 Color LCD Touch Screen Double Tapping (Zoom in & out) Detachable SOC Holder and Heating Oven 3 Bright LEDs for Dark Environment Ceramic Clamp for Improved Durability VIEW-5 INNO View 5 Core Align Fusion Splicer $8, The Kit includes: Fusion Splicer, High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Holder, AC Adapter, Cooling Tray, Electrode, Manual CD, Battery Pack, Power Cable, Carrying Case, Stripper. SPLICING EQUIPMENT INNO 25

26 INNO FUSION SPLICERS View 7 Core Alignment Fusion Splicer View 7, a core-alignment splicer with the world s highest fiber image magnification rate, is the most powerful and innovative fusion splicer in the market. View 7 s 5 inch high-resolution color LCD touch screen with user-friendly intuitive GUI (Graphic User Interface) offers large and clear fiber images to users. By double-tapping the screen, users can Zoom In & Out the image to the world s highest magnification of 520x. View 7 offers maximum work efficiency through the fast heating time of 13s and the ultra-high battery capacity of 355 splice/heat cycles. Moreover, the 3 LED lights provide bright splice condition to the users working under dark environments. View 7 offers the most reliable work experiences to our valuable customers. SPECIFICATIONS SPLICING EQUIPMENT INNO Number of Fiber Applicable Fibers Compatible Fiber / Cable Cleaved Length Cladding Diameter Splicing Mode Heating Mode Typical Splice Loss Return Loss Lighting Splicing Time Estimated Splice Loss Protection Sleeve Length Heating Time Results Storage Tension Test Operating Condition Storage Condition Display Fiber View & Magnification Single SM(ITU-T G.652&G.657) / MM(ITU-T G.651) / DS(ITU-T G.653) / NZDS(ITU-T G.655) 0.25~3.0 mm / Indoor Cable (with VFH-40) Diameter: 0.125~1 mm / Cleave Length: 8~16 mm 80~150 μm Preset 35 modes / Max 128 modes Preset 5 modes / Max 32 modes SM: 0.02dB / MM:0.01dB / DS:0.04dB / NZDS: 0.04dB / G.657: 0.02dB(ITU-T Standard) >>60dB 3 White LEDs Auto mode : 8 sec / Quick mode : 7 sec Available 20~60 mm FP-03 typical heating time: 13 sec The last 2000 results 1.96~2.25N Operating Altitude: 0~5000m above sea level, 0~95% relative humidity, -10~50 C, Max Wind 15m/s 0~95% relative humidity, -40~80 C 90 bi-directional view, 5.0 Color High Resolution Display X, Y, XY, X/Y : 520X Magnification Power Supply AC Input V, DC Input 9-14V No. of Splice / Heating with Battery Operating Methods Automatic Calibration Electrode Life Terminal Dimension Weight 9800mAh Battery Capacity, Typical 355 times (Splice+Heat) Button / Touch screen Automatic arc calibration by air pressure and temperature 3500 arcs, can be extended by using an electrode grinder USB2.0 / MINI USB / HDMI 160H x 133W x 155D mm (without rubber bumper) 167H x 143W x 163D mm (with rubber bumper) 2.80KG (with battery) / 2.17KG (without battery) Features Core Alignment Splicing Method with DACAS (Digital Analysis Core Alignment System) The Highest Magnification and Resolution 5 Color LCD Touch Screen Double Tapping (Zoom in & out) Ultra-High Capacity Battery Fast Heating Time 3 Bright LEDs for Dark Environment VIEW-7 INNO View 7 Core Align Fusion Splicer $9, The Kit includes: Fusion Splicer, High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Holder, AC Adapter, Cooling Tray, Electrode, Manual CD, Battery Pack, Power Cable, Carrying Case, Stripper. 26

27 INNO FUSION SPLICERS View 12R Ribbon Fusion Splicer View 12R, a ribbon splicer with the fully motorized clamp alignment system, is the most powerful and state-of the-art ribbon splicer in the market. Its advanced automatic clamp alignment system offers an accurate and dependable ribbon fiber splicing up to 12 fibers with double - tapping (Zoom in & out) to the world s highest magnification of 250x for ribbon splicer. The View 12R provides maximum work efficiency through the fast splicing & heating time, ultra-high battery capacity of 220 splice / heat cycles, and universal holder both for 250um & 900um single fiber. The View 12R ensures the most reliable work experiences to our valuable customers. SPECIFICATIONS Number of Fiber 1, 2, 6, 8, 10, 12 Applicable Fibers Compatible Fiber / Cable Cleaved Length Cladding Diameter Splicing Mode Heating Mode Typical Splice Loss Return Loss Lighting Splicing Time Estimated Splice Loss Heating Sleeve Length Heating Time Results Storage SM (ITU-T G.652 & G.657) / MM (ITU-T G.651) / DS (ITU-T G.653) / NZDS (ITU-T G.655) Ribbon : 0.25~0.4 mm / Single: 250 μm & 900 μm 10~13 mm 125 μm Max 100 modes Max 32 modes SM: 0.05dB / MM: 0.02dB / DS: 0.08dB / NZDS: 0.08dB (ITU-T standard) >> 60 db 3 White LEDs Ribbon fiber : 15 sec / Single fiber : 9 sec Available 60mm, 50mm, 40mm, Micro Typical 20 sec Last 2,000 results Tension Test 1.96 ~ 2.25N Operating Condition Storage Condition Display Fiber View & Magnification Operating Altitude: 0~3,660m above sea level / 0~95% relative humidity / -10~50 C / Max Wind 15m/s 0~95% relative humidity / -40~80 C 90 bi-directional view, 5.0 Color High Resolution Display X, Y, XY, X/Y : 250X Magnification Power Supply AC Input V, DC Input 9-14V No. of Splice / Heating with Battery Operating Methods Automatic Calibration Electrode Life Terminal Dimension Weight 8700m Ah Battery Capacity / Typical 220 times (Splice + Heat) Button / Touch Screen Automatic arc calibration by air pressure and temperature 1500 arcs, can be extended by using an electrode grinder DIN / Micro HDMI Without rubber bumper: 6.29 x 5.23 x 6.10 (160H x 133W x 155D mm) With rubber bumper: 6.57 x 5.62 x 6.41 (167H x 143W x 163D mm) Without battery: 4.36lb (1.98kg) With battery: 5.82lb (2.64kg) Features Motorized Clamp Alignment System The Highest Magnification and Resolution 5 Color LCD Touch Screen Double Tapping (Zoom in & out) Ultra-High Capacity Battery Universal Single Fiber Holder 3 Bright LEDs for Dark Environment VIEW-12R INNO View 12R Ribbon Fusion Splicer $11, The Kit includes: Fusion Splicer, High Precision Cleaver, Thermal Stripper, Fiber Holder, AC Adapter, Cooling Tray, Electrode, Electrode Grinder, Manual CD, Battery Pack, Power Cable, Micro HDMI to USB Cable, DIN Cable, Car Charger, Thermal Stripper Charger, Protection Sleeves, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Carrying Case. SPLICING EQUIPMENT INNO 27

28 FITEL FUSION SPLICERS Ninja NJ001 Hand Held Fusion Splicer The FITEL NINJA NJ001 Hand-Held Single Fiber Fusion Splicer is suitable for all METRO, LAN and FTTx fibers including ultra bend-insensitive fibers With its low-profile, compact and ruggedized body, the NJ001 offers reliable splicing under harsh environmental conditions. The large battery capacity makes it possible to perform 100 splicing and heating cycles. Combining portability, power, flexibility and field ruggedness, the NJ001 delivers last and consistent splicing with outstanding mobility and optimal ease of use. SPLICING EQUIPMENT FITEL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fibers Cleave Length Average Splice Loss Splice Time Heat Time SM (ITU-T G.652), MM (ITU-T G.651), DSF (ITU-T G.653), NZD (ITU-T G655), BIF/UBIF (ITU-T G.657) 125 μm 160 to 900μm 5 to 10 mm or 16 mm SM: 0.05 db, MM: 0.02 db, DSF 0.08 db, NZD 0.08 db, BIF/UBIF: 0.05 db 13 seconds 17 seconds (40 mm sleeve), 20 seconds (60mm sleeve) (Pre-heat mode) 31 seconds (S922: 40 mm sleeve, S921: 60 mm sleeve) (Regular mode) Splice Programs Max. 150 Heat Programs Max. 30 Automatic Heating Applicable Sleeves Fiber Holding Tension Test Return Loss of Splice Image Magnification Available 20/40/60 mm Tight holder (Loose tube applicable) or Removal fiber holder system 1.96 N 60 db or more 50X Splice Memory Max Image Capture Capacity Dimension (WxDxH) Weight Monitor Propulsion (motor) Data Output Battery Capacity Wind Protection Last 100 images to be automatically captured, Up to 24 images to be stored permanently 124 x 161 x 64.5 mm (not including rubber pad) 139 x 176 x 71 mm (including rubber pad) 970 g (with S946 battery) 3.5 color LCD monitor 8 N (Designed value) USB ver. 2.0 mini Typically 100 splice/heat cycles Max. wind velocity of 15 m/s. Operating Temp -10 o to 50 C Storage Temp -40 to 60 C Humidity Power Source 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) AC input 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz), DC Input 11 to 17 V without any change of hardware Features Wide splicing chamber allowing easy fiber loading High propulsion motor Ruggedized design Internal battery charging Compatibility with Splice-on-Connector (SOC) 100 cycles (Splicing and Heating) Available for ALL METRO/LAN/FTTx fibers including ultra bend-insensitive fibers Auto-start function NJ001-3 Ninja Fusion Splicer $3, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Hard Carrying Case, AC Adapter and cord, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual NJ001-BK-900-V1 Ninja Fusion Splicer w/900um Fiber Holders $3, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Soft Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 900um Fiber Holders (pair), AC Adapter and cord, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual NJ001-VK-900-V1 Ninja Fusion Splicer w/250um Fiber Holders $3, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Soft Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 250um Fiber Holders (pair), Battery (1 total), AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual NJ001-EX-10-V1 Ninja Fusion Splicer w/10mm Fiber Clamps $3, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Hard Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 10mm fiber clamp, Battery, AC Adapter and cord, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual NJ001-EX-900-V1 Ninja Fusion Splicer w/250um and 900um Fiber Holders $3, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Hard Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 900um Fiber Holders (pair), 250um Fiber Holders (pair), Battery (qty 2), AC Adapter and cord, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual Note: Basic Kits do not include battery or charger 28

29 FITEL FUSION SPLICERS S123C Version 2 Hand Held Active Cladding Alignment Fusion Splicer The S123C Hand-Held Clad-Alignment Fusion Splicer has been enhanced and updated to version 2. The battery is automatically charged internally when connected to AC mains power even during operation. The new illumination lamp lights up a wide area around the V-grooves and helps operation in low light environment. The redesigned and strengthened heater simplifies the protection sleeve loading process. Splicing Drop/Indoor cable is possible with newly designed kits. With its low profile design and light weight body the S123C offers single fiber splicing with outstanding mobility and extreme ease-of-use. In addition, the rugged body is designed to endure harsh operating conditions by improving shock/impact resistance with rubber pads embedded on 4 corners of the splicer body. It achieves water resistance compliant IPX2 and dust resistance compliant IP5X SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers SM (ITU-T G.652), MM (ITU-T G.651), DSF (ITU-T G.653), NZD (ITU-T G655), BIF/UBIF (ITU-T G.657) Cladding Diameter 125 µm Coating Diameter 250 to 900 µm Fibers Cleave Length Average Splice Loss Splice Time Heat Time 5 to 10 mm or 16 mm SM: 0.05 db, MM: 0.02 db, DSF 0.08 db, NZD 0.08 db 13 seconds 25 seconds (S922: 40 mm sleeve, S921: 60 mm sleeve) (Pre-heat mode) 31 seconds (S922: 40 mm sleeve, S921: 60 mm sleeve) (Regular mode) Splice Programs Max. 150 Heat Programs Max. 18 Automatic Heating Applicable Sleeves Fiber Holding Tension Test Return Loss of Splice Image Magnification Available 20/40/60 mm Tight holder (Loose tube applicable) or Removal fiber holder system 1.96 N 60 db or more 58X Splice Memory Max Image Capture Capacity Dimension (WxDxH) Weight Monitor Data Output Battery Capacity Wind Protection Operating Temp Storage Temp Humidity Power Source Last 100 images to be automatically captured, Up to 24 images to be stored permanently mm (not including shock absorber) mm (including shock absorber) 1.4 kg (without battery), 1.6 kg (with battery) 3.5 color LCD monitor USB ver. 2.0 mini Typical 70 splice/heat cycles with S943B battery Max. wind velocity of 15 m/s -10 to 50 C -40 to 60 C 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) AC input 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz), DC Input 11 to 17 V without any change of hardware Features Internal battery charging Illumination lamp lights up a wide area around V-grooves Splicing Drop/Indoor cable is available Improved GUI to further enhance ease-of-use S123C-BK-250-V2 S123C Splicer Basic Kit w/250 Fiber Holders $5, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Soft Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 250um Fiber Holders (pair), AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual S123C-BK-900-V2 S123C Splicer Basic Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $5, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Soft Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 900um Fiber Holders (pair), AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual S123C-VK-900-V2 S123C Splicer Value Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $5, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Soft Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 900um Fiber Holders (pair), Battery, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual S123C-EX-10-V2 S123C Splicer Extended Kit w/10mm Fiber Clamps $5, The Kit includes: S123C-B-V2 Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Hard Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 10mm fiber clamp, Battery, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual S123C-EX-900-V2 S123C Splicer Extended Kit w/250 and 900 Fiber Holders $5, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body w/ Heater, Hard Carrying Case, Fiber Optic Stripper, Hand-Held Precision Cleaver, 250um Fiber Holders (pair), 900um Fiber Holders (pair), Battery, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes (1 pair), Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Prep Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush, Manual S123M12-KIT-V2 S123M Ribbon Splicer $15, The Kit includes: Splice Body, Hard Carrying Case, Thermal Stripper, One-Action Precision Cleaver, 12-Ribbon Fiber Holders (pair), Fiber Reformer (pair), Li-ion Battery, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Preparation Fluid, Fiber Wipes, V-Groove Cleaning Brush Note: Basic Kits do not include battery or charger 29 SPLICING EQUIPMENT FITEL

30 FITEL FUSION SPLICERS S153A Version 2 Hand Held Active Cladding Alignment Fusion Splicer S153A is the first choice for low cost field splicing equipment. The Active V-Groove technology used on the S153A delivers low loss splices with ease while eliminating common Fixed V-Groove splicing errors. Using the rugged metal body, the S153A is designed to endure harsh operating conditions by improving shock/impact resistance with rubber pads embedded on 4 corners of the splicer body. It also achieves water resistance compliant to IPX2 and dust resistance compliant to IP5X. Another key feature of the S153A is the significantly reduced operation time. Protection sleeve shrink time is mere 25 seconds, while splicing requires only 9 seconds. Power saving technology used in these machines allows up to 200 splicing cycles (splicing and heating) with 2 built in rechargeable batteries. By combining ease of use, improved speed, precision, durability and portability, the S153A Fusion Splicer becomes your first choice for a versatile low cost splicer with a wide range of applications. SPLICING EQUIPMENT FITEL SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fibers Cleave Length Average Splice Loss Splice Time Heat Time 30 SM (ITU-T G.652), MM (ITU-T G.651), DSF (ITU-T G.653), NZD (ITU-T G.655),BIF/UBIF (ITU-T G.657) 80~150 μm 100~1,000 μm 5~16 mm SM: 0.04 db, MM: 0.02 db, DSF: 0.06 db, NZD: 0.06 db 9 seconds (semi-auto mode) 11 seconds (regular mode) 25 seconds (S922: 40 mm Sleeve, S921: 60 mm Sleeve) (Pre-heat mode) 31 seconds (S922: 40 mm Sleeve, S921: 60 mm Sleeve) (regular mode) Splice Programs Max. 150 Heat Programs Max. 18 Automatic Heating Applicable Sleeves Fiber Holding Tension Test Return Loss of Splice Image Magnification Available 20/40/60 mm Tight holder (Loose tube applicable) or Removal Fiber Holder System 1.96 N 60 db or greater 76X, 235X Splice Memory Max. 2,000 Image Capture Capacity Dimension (WxDxH) Weight Monitor Data Output Battery Capacity Altitude Wind Protection Operating Temp Storage Temp Humidity Power Source Last 100 images to be automatically captured, Up to 24 images to be stored permanently mm (not including shock absorber) mm (including shock absorber) 1.7 kg (without battery) 2.1 kg (with two batteries) 3.5 color LCD monitor USB ver.2.0 mini Typical 80 splice/heat cycles with single battery Typical 200 splice/heat cycles with 2 batteries 5,000 mh Max. wind velocity of 15 m/s. -10 to +50 C -40 to +60 C 0 to +95% RH (non-condensing) AC Input 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz), DC Input 11 to 17 V without any change of hardware Features Internal battery charging Illumination lamp lights up a wide area around V-grooves User friendly LCD display offers 4 different X/Y image layouts Simplified splice result indicator red / green icon Simplified program fusion and heater programming Improved GUI enhancing ease-of-use S153A-BK-10-V2 S153A Splicer Basic Kit w/10mm Fiber Clamps $6, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S153A-BK-250-V2 S153A Splicer Basic Kit w/250 Fiber Holders $6, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S153A-BK-900-V2 S153A Splicer Basic Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $6, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S153A-VK-10-V2 S153A Splicer Value Kit w/10mm Clamps $7, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Battery, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S153A-VK-250-V2 S153A Splicer Value Kit w/250 Fiber Holders $7, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S153A-VK-900-V2 S153A Splicer Value Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $7, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S153A-EX-10-V2 S153A Splicer Extended Kit w/10mm Fiber Clamps $7, The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Battery (Qty 2), Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S153A Splicer Extended Kit S153A-EX-900-V2 $7, w/250 and 900 Fiber Holders The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery (Qty 2), pare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes Note: Basic Kits do not include battery or charger

31 FITEL FUSION SPLICERS S178A Version 2 Core-Alignment Fusion Splicer The S178A Hand-Held Core-Alignment Fusion Splicer has been enhanced and updated to version 2. The battery is automatically charged internally when connected to AC mains power even during operation. The new illumination lamp lights up a wide area around the V-grooves and helps operation in low light environment. The redesigned and strengthened heater simplifies the protection sleeve loading process. Although the S178A is significantly smaller and lighter in weight than previous models, its canopy design, durable metal body frame and rubber protection corners provide robust protection. This enables use in demanding environments without compromising splicing performance. Along with its rugged durability, the splicer also offers convenience. An internal battery system allows up to 200 splicing cycles (splicing/heating) and an innovative, mirror-free alignment system reduces maintenance work. SPECIFICATIONS Applicable Fibers Cladding Diameter Coating Diameter Fibers Cleave Length Average Splice Loss Splice Time Heat Time SM, MM, DSF, NZD, EDF, BIF/UBIF (Bend insensitive fiber) 80~150 μm 100~1,000 μm 5~16 mm SM: 0.02 db, MM: 0.01 db, DSF: 0.04 db, NZD: 0.04 db 7 seconds (semi-auto mode) 9 seconds (regular mode) 25 seconds (S922: 40 mm Sleeve, S921: 60 mm Sleeve) (Pre-heat mode) 31 seconds (S922: 40 mm Sleeve, S921: 60 mm Sleeve) (regular mode) Splice Programs Max. 150 Automatic Splicing Selection SM: SM, DSF, NZD, BIF/UBIF, MM: MM Heat Programs Max. 18 Automatic Heating Applicable Sleeves Fiber Holding Tension Test Return Loss of Splice Attenuation Splice Function Image Magnification Available 20/40/60 mm Tight holder (Loose tube applicable) or Removal Fiber Holder System 1.96 N 60 db or greater Intentional high splice loss of 0.1dB to 10dB (0.1dB step) can be made for an inline fixed attenuator 304X, 608X Splice Memory Max. 2,000 Image capture Capacity Dimension (WxDxH) Weight Monitor Data Output Battery Capacity Altitude Wind Protection Operating Temp Storage Temp Humidity Power Source Last 100 images to be automatically captured + Up to 24 images to be stored permanently mm (not including shock absorber) mm (including shock absorber) 1.9 kg (without battery) 2.3 kg (with two batteries) 3.5 Color LCD monitor USB ver.2.0 mini Typical 80 splice/heat cycles with single battery Typical 200 splice/heat cycles with 2 batteries 5,000 mh Max. wind velocity of 15 m/s. -10 to +50 C (0 to 95% Relative Humidity [Non-Condensing]) -40 to +60 C (0 to 95% Relative Humidity [Non-Condensing]) 0 to +95% RH (non-condensing) AC Input 100 to 240 V (50/60 Hz), DC Input 11 to 17 V Features User friendly LCD display offers 4 different X/Y image layouts Fast splice (7 sec) at super low loss and Fast Heating (25 sec) Splice programs available for All METRO/LAN/FTTx fibers including ultra bend-insensitive fibers (e.g. EZ-Bend ) Splicer is compatible with the Seikoh Giken and Diamond Splice-on-connector (SOC) RoHS compliant S178A S178A Hand-Held Core-Alignment Fusion Splicer Call For Price The Package includes: S178A Main Body, Hard Carrying Case, Battery Pack, Spare Electrodes, AC Adapter for S178A and S958C, AC Cable Cord, Electrode Sharpener, Cleaning Brush, Tool case, Manual S178A-BK-10-V2 S178A Splicer Basic Kit w/10mm Fiber Clamps $9,800 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S178A-BK-250-V2 S178A Splicer Basic Kit w/250 Fiber Holders $9,800 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter for S178, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S178A-BK-900-V2 S178A Splicer Basic Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $9,800 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver S178A-VK-10-V2 S178A Splicer Value Kit w/10mm Clamps $10,000 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Battery, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S178A-VK-250-V2 S178A Splicer Value Kit w/250 Fiber Holders $10,000 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery Charger, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S178A-VK-900-V2 S178A Splicer Value Kit w/900 Fiber Holders $10,000 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery Charger, Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S178A-EX-10-V2 S178A Splicer Extended Kit w/10mm Fiber Clamps $10,500 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 10mm Fiber Clamps, AC Adapter, Battery (Qty 2), Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes S178A-EX-900-V2 S178A Extended Kit w/250 and 900 Fiber Holders $10,500 The Kit includes: Splicer Main Body, 250um Fiber Holders, 900um Fiber Holders, AC Adapter, Battery (Qty 2), Spare Electrodes, Hard Carrying Case, V-groove cleaning brush, User s Manual, Electrode Cleaning Disk, Fiber Stripper, One-Step High Precision Cleaver, Fiber Prep Fluid and Fiber Wipes Note: Basic Kits do not include battery or charger Ask about our extended warranty and loaner programs for splicers! 31 SPLICING EQUIPMENT FITEL

32 CLEAVERS & ACCESSORIES FS-C20 Optical Fiber Cleaver The PRO FS-C20 Fiber Cleaver is designed to precisely cleave all 125um multimode or singlemode optical fibers. The high precise adjustable blade can perform up to 60,000 cleaves with a typical cleave angle of 90 degree FS-C20 Fiber Optic Cleaver $ FS-C20REPBL FS-C20 Cleaver Replacement Blade $ FS-C81 Optical Fiber Cleaver The PRO FS-C81 is a lightweight and reliable cleaver for the construction of optical network. Designed for excellent portability, the PRO FS-C81 cleaver is ideal for FTTx applications. The 12-position blade can do 36,000 single-fiber cleaves, or 3, fiber ribbon cleaves. FS-C81 Fiber Optic Cleaver $ FS-C81REPLBL FS-C81 Cleaver Replacement Blade $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT CLEAVERS & ACCESSORIES FS-FF-50 Series Optical Fiber Cleaver The PRO FS-FF-50 Series fiber optic cleaver is easy to use with its 2-step operation and performs consistently precise cleaves. The FS-FF-50GB cleaver comes equipped with a scrap container for easy cleanup and removal. The FS-FF-50 Series cleaver supports 250um, 900um, 2mm, 3mm and drop cable. Features: Single Fiber Cleaver 250um, 900um, 2mm, 3mm, Drop Cable 36,000-50,000 Cleaves Universal Holder 2-step Operation FS-FF-50GB PRO Cleaver 50GB $1, FS-FFB-50-Blade FS-FF-50 Series Replacement Blade $ CT-11A Optical Fiber Cleaver The CT-11A fiber optic cleaver provides high quality cleaving at an economical price. Designed for cleaving single fibers only, this cleaver is suitable for the installation of field installable connectors and mechanical splices. Rugged and durable, the CT-11A is ideal for an FTTH installer or those who work in other harsh environments. S CT-11A Series Cleaver $1, S CB-02 Replacement Blade for CT-11A Cleaver $ CT-30 Optical Fiber Cleaver Designed for excellent portability, the CT-30 is equally at home in a splicing van or in a bucket truck and is ideal for FTTx applications. The 16-position blade yields 48,000 single-fiber cleaves, or 4, fiber ribbon cleaves before requiring replacement, and the built-in scrap collector conveniently stores fiber shards until they can be safely discarded. S CT-30 Mass Cleaver $1, S Replacement Blade for CT-30 Series Cleavers $

33 CLEAVERS & ACCESSORIES Hand-held Fiber Cleaver Built on a robust high-quality platform, the FC-6 Series Cleaver is ideal for use with fusion splicing or other precision applications, setting a new standard for flexibility and performance. An optical fiber scrap collector can be installed to help maintain loose scraps resulting from cleaving. The D1 High Precision Cleaver is a fullautomatic cleaver with universal holder, which is applicable to 250μm fiber cable, 900μm fiber cable, flat cable, and fiber jumper cable. The D2 High Precision Cleaver is a small, portable, and easy cleaver to use in the FTTx field. S326A With its ergonomic and light weight design, the S326 cleaver offers the operator the versatility to cleave on a work bench or in the palm of their hand. The reduced lid size and wide opening angle facilitates fiber loading and improves stability resulting in better single and ribbon fiber cleaves. Just pressing the lever completes the fiber cleave and automatically collects the waste. With 24 positions, the long life-time blade achieves numerous cleaves. FC-6 Series FC-6S FC-6S Single Fiber Cleaver $ FC-6S-C FC-6S Single Fiber Cleaver with Catcher $ FC-6M-C FC-6M Single or Ribbon Fiber Cleaver w/ Catcher $1, FCP-BL Replacement Cleaver Blade for FC-6/FC-7 $ Optical Fiber Cleaver Dragon Cleavers D-1 INNO D-1 Dragon Cleaver $ D-2 INNO D-2 Dragon Cleaver $ Optical Fiber Cleaver S326A S326A Hand Held Precision Cleaver $ S326X-24 Replacement Blade $ Hand-held Fiber Cleaver The FC-7 Series Cleaver has a simple cleaving operation that can be performed in the palm of the hand, allowing the user to take the cleaver to fiber in limited slack applications. The FC-7 Series Cleaver can perform cleaves on single fibers (0.25 to 0.90) and up to 8 count ribbons. The FC-7R model is the industry s first optical fiber cleaver with automatic blade rotation. INNO s VF-78 High Precision Cleaver is ideal for both single and 250μm adaptable ribbon fiber cleaving (2-12 core). The VF-15H Cleaver has an automatic collector for fiber shards and off cuts. The blade provides over 48,000 cleaves by easy and simple blade position selection. FiberOptic.com s field cleaver is ideal for mechanical splices and quick-term connectors. The blades will perform over 6,000 cleaves before replacement is necessary. For a fraction of the cost of an automatic or high precision cleaver, the fiber optic field cleaver is a suitable alternative. FC-7 Series FC-7 FC-7 Hand-held Single Fiber Cleaver $1, FC-7R Automatic Blade Rotation Cleaver $1, FCP-BL Replacement Cleaver Blade for FC-6/FC-7 $ Optical Fiber Cleaver VF Series Cleavers VF-15H INNO VF-15H Cleaver with Univ. Holder $ VF-78B INNO VF-78 Cleaver with Auto Trash Can $ Field Cleaver FOM-6000N FOM-6000N Fiber Optic Field Cleaver $ SPLICING EQUIPMENT CLEAVERS & ACCESSORIES 33

34 SPLICE SLEEVES & MECHANICAL SPLICES SPLICING EQUIPMENT SLEEVES & SPLICES FOM Standard Sleeve - (3.0 MM After Shrink) This sleeve design is the industry s highest quality, most reliable and most economical. Standard lengths include 60mm and 40mm. Sleeves come standard with a clear outer tube for viewing the color of the fiber itself, and a steel wire for support and stability. FOM mm Clear Splice Sleeves $0.55 FOM mm Clear Splice Sleeves $0.55 FOM Ribbon Sleeves FOM offers two ribbon sleeve style: Dual Strength Member and Single Strength Member. The Dual Strength Member design eliminates any undue stress on the ribbon, creating a perfectly flat exit for the ribbon. Also available with a ceramic strength member. FOM R Single Strength, 40mm Clear $0.65 FOM-10112DP Dual Strength, 40mm Clear $1.20 Micro Sleeve & Mini Sleeve Designed to fit in smaller splice storage areas, the Micro protection sleeves will accommodate 250µm coated fibers and have an after-shrink diameter of 1.5mm. The Mini Sleeves will accommodate 900µm or 250µm coated fibers, and have an after-shrink diameter of 2.0mm. MCRO140CFD-50 40mm Clear - Micro Splice Sleeves (50pk) $17.33 MCRO125CFD-50 25mm Clear - Micro Splice Sleeves (50pk) $17.33 MINI140CDS-50 40mm Clear - Mini Splice Sleeves (50pk) $17.33 MINI125CDS-50 25mm Clear - Micro Splice Sleeves (50pk) $17.33 CamSplice Mechanical Splice This easy to install one size fits all mechanical splice features Cam locking mechanism, which requires no adhesive. The CamSplice incorporates a unique alignment method that selfcenters fibers, providing accurate alignment. Splice loses of less than 0.05dB are consistently achievable. Fits 250/250μm, and 250/900μm or 900/900μm applications (one size fits all) CamSplice Mechanical Splice (Pack of 6) $ CamSplice Mechanical Splice Assembly Fixture $ M Fibrlok Mechanical Splice The Universal Fibrlok Splice has an insertion loss <.2dB with a fiber retention of >.7.75 lbs. Known for low reflection characteristics of 35dB. Using V groove technology, it requires no epoxy. Uses Fibrlok assembly tool Splice completed in 30 seconds after preparing fiber ends. Thermal stability of 40 C TO 80 C Universal Fibrlok Mechanical Splice $ Fibrlok Mechanical Splice Assembly Tool $ Multi-Fiber Optical Splice (12 Fiber Ribbon) $48.00 ULTRAsplice Mechanical Splice The ULTRAsplice is a high performance, easy to install tunable and reusable mechanical splice. One splice accepts any combination of buffer sizes from 250μm to 900μm. Average loss is less than.2db with fiber retention of over 2 lbs. FSHLDR Ultrasplice Mechanical Splice Plastic Sleeve Holder for Splice Trays $1.50 USMOD Ultrasplice Mechanical Splice Installation Holder $0.90 Dual Strength Member Single Strength Member Outer Tube (Shrink Tube) Inner Tube (Fiber Tube) Strength Member Splice Sleeve Bulk Order Discounts Available! Call

35 EXFO OTDRS FTB-1 Handheld Modular OTDR Test Platform The result of EXFO s time-proven expertise in portable platform design, the FTB- 1 Platform is an open testing solution for network infrastructure construction and troubleshooting. The FTB-1 s built-in intelligence empowers frontline technicians to take field-testing efficiency to the next level. Thanks to a highly connected set of tools including Update Manager and compatibility with the EXFO Connect environment, which provides end-to-end operational visibility and centralized reporting capabilities throughout the entire test instrument pool the FTB-1 delivers maximum return on your investment. Adapted for Dedicated Applications. Dedicated to Helping You Adapt. Thanks to its small format, ultra-powerful processing and highly intuitive interface, the FTB-1 is optimized to allow field technicians to carry out dedicated FTTH and Ethernet test applications simply and efficiently. Access Network Testing Using the FTB-720 LAN/WAN Access OTDR On the strength of best-in-class specifications and four test wavelengths, the FTB-720 LAN/WAN Access OTDR is optimized for fiber-optic contractors and private network operators, enabling them to fully test and qualify any type of fiber network. FTTH Testing Using the FTB-730 PON FTTx/MDU OTDR With a dynamic range of up to 39 db and enabling power meter and visual fault locator functionalities, the FTB-730 PON FTTx/MDU OTDR module allows fiber installers to seamlessly characterize splitters in PON FTTx and multiple dwelling unit (MDU) applications. Multiservice Testing Using the FTB-880 NetBlazer Multiservice Tester The FTB-880 NetBlazer allows field technicians to easily turn up, validate and troubleshoot DSn/PDH, SONET/SDH and Ethernet services up to 10 Gbit/s in converged optical networks. Ethernet Testing Up to 10G Using FTB-860 NetBlazer Ethernet Tester The FTB-860 NetBlazer Ethernet Tester enables field technicians to quickly and easily turn up, validate and troubleshoot Ethernet services, with full EtherSAM capabilities, from 10 Mbit/s to 10 Gbit/s. Software Test Tools This series of platform-based software testing tools enhance the value of the FTB-1 Platform, providing additional testing capabilities without the need for additional modules or units. SPECIFICATIONS Display Interfaces Storage Batteries Power supply Computer Size (H x W x D) Weight (w/battery) Temperature Relative humidity 7 TFT Color Touchscreen, (800 x 480px) Two USB 2.0 ports RJ-45 LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s Fiber inspection probe connector port (video) Built-in Bluetooth and Wi-Fi (hardware option) 8 GB internal memory (flash) 16 GB internal memory (flash), optional Rechargeable lithium-ion batteries 8 hours of operation as per Telcordia* (Bellcore) TR-NWT AC/DC adapter, input VAC, Hz, 1.6 A max, output 24 VDC, 3.75 A Intel ATOM processor Windows Embedded Standard operating system 190 mm x 252 mm x 66 mm (7 1/2 in x 9 15/16 in x 2 5/8 in) 1.5 kg (3.3 lb) Operating: 0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F) Storage: 40 C to 70 C ( 40 F to 158 F) 0 % to 95 % non-condensing Features USB, mobile, Wi-Fi and Bluetooth connectivity capabilities Supports third-party applications and all the tools that enable technicians to complete their work right in the field Lets you take advantage of the EXFO Connect environment to manage field testing/reporting operations as well as your platform pool Intel ATOM processor with Windows Embedded Standard operating system, for optimized productivity and versatility Latest battery technology for unmatched operation autonomy One GigE port and two USB 2.0 ports Windows Remote Assistance and Remote Control EXFO fiber inspection probe connector interface Display: TFT outdoor-enhanced LCD, 7-inch touchscreen Telcordia-compliant 720 TK B-04B 1310/1550/1625 PON $11, TK B-XX 1310/1550nm $6, TK CD-XX 850/1300nm $8, TK CD-23B 850/1300/1310/1550 $10, TK1-720i-023B-X 1310/1550nm iolm $6, TK1-720i-12CD-23B 850/1300/1310/1550 $10, TK1-QUAD-PM-VFL Custom QUAD OTDR Pkg. $11, TK B-04B 1310/1550/1625 iolm $13, TK B-XX 1310/1550nm iolm $8, TK B-XX 1550/1625nm iolm $9, TK1-730-Oi-SVP Custom FTB-1 OTDR/iOLM Pk $14, TK1-730i-236B-XX 1310/1490/1550 iolm $12, Single mode and Quad only. Other configurations available TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO 35

36 EXFO OTDRS FTB-2 PRO Modular OTDR Test Platform The FTB-2 PRO is the most compact solution for high-speed, multitechnology and multiservice testing. The FTB-2 Pro delivers all the power of a high-end platform in a conveniently sized go-anywhere field-testing tool. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO THE WINDOWS 8.1 PRO ADVANTAGE Stay productive and connected while on the move with Windows compatible applications and services. Applications Use them the way you always have. Word, Excel, PowerPoint, and other programs you count on can be installed so you can work the way you re used to. Best user Experience Faster start time Multitasking Familiar Desktop File Explorer Boot to Desktop Start Button Apps for Everyone Skype OneDrive Windows Store Connect to a wide range of devices: printers, cameras, keyboards, mice, etc SPECIFICATIONS Display Interfaces Storage Battery Power supply Computer Size (H x W x D) Weight (w/battery) Temperature Relative humidity Touchscreen, color, TFT 256 mm (10.1 in) RJ-45 LAN 10/100/1000 Mbit/s, Two USB 2.0 ports One USB 3.0 port, Display port, Headset jack 64 GB or 128 GB internal memory (flash) Two rechargeable Li-ion smart batteries AC/DC adapter, input: ~ V; 50/60 Hz; 4.0 A max, output: 24 V; 8.33 A Quad-core processor / 4 GB RAM / Windows 8.1 Pro 199mm x 333mm x 119mm (7.8 x x 4.68 in) 3 kg (6.6 lb) Operation: 0 C to 50 C (32 F to 122 F) Storage: 40 C to 60 C ( 40 F to 140 F) 95 % noncondensing POWER METER SPECIFICATIONS (Optional) Calibrated wavelengths (nm) Optional CWDM calibrated wavelengths (nm) 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, , 1290, 1310, 1330, 1350, 1370, 1390, 1410, 1430, 1450, 1470, 1490, 1510, 1530, 1550, 1570, 1590, 1610, 1383, 1625 Power range (dbm) 27 to 50 Uncertainty (%) Display resolution (db) ±5 % ± 10 nw 0.01 = max to 40 dbm 0.1 = 40 dbm to 50 dbm KEY FEATURES Connects anywhere: USB, mobile, Wi-Fi, VPN and Bluetooth Loaded with utilities: All the tools required to maximize field testing, and any third-party application Like a PC: Available with a dual-or quad-core processor and Windows-based operating system EXFO Connect-compatible: Automated asset management-data goes through the cloud and into a dynamic database OPTICAL PLUG-AND-PLAY OPTIONS The platform can host optical plug-and-play options that can be purchased whenever you need them, at the time of your order or later on. In either case, installation is a snap. You can do it by yourself, without any software update required. Optical Power Meter A high-level power meter (GeX) that can measure up to +27 dbm, the highest in the industry. This is essential for HFC networks or highpower signals. If used with an auto-lambda/auto-switching compatible light source, the power meter automatically syncs on the same wavelength, avoiding any risk of mismatched measurement. Extensive range of connectors Auto-Lambda and Auto-Switching Offers measurement storage and reporting Choice of seven standard or CWDM calibrated wavelengths Visual Fault Locator (VFL) The plug-and-play VFL easily identifies breaks, bends, faulty connectors and splices, in addition to other causes of signal loss. This basic, yet essential troubleshooting tool, should be part of every field technician s toolbox. Visually locating faults by creating a bright-red glow at the exact location of the fault on singlemode or multimode fibers, it can detect faults over distances of up to 5km. (Available with the Optical Power Meter only VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR SPECIFICATIONS (Optional) Laser, 650 nm ± 10 nm CW/Modulate 1 Hz Typical P out in 62.5/125 μm: > 1.5 dbm (0.7 mw) FTB-2-PRO EXFO FTB-2-PRO Mainframe $5,

37 EXFO OTDRS FTB-200 Compact Modular OTDR Test Platform Testing today s networks requires a supertech. EXFO understands that technicians need to span various mediums, layers and technologies. With this reality in mind, EXFO designed the FTB-200 Compact Platform for multilayer, multimedium testing. The FTB-200 was designed for supertechs in the field that perform tests on optical and copper for metro/access and FTTx networks. This task requires a compact platform optimized for time-efficient automated tests and in-depth troubleshooting and analysis. The FTB-200 is ideal for testing. Bidirectional trace analysis* Improve the accuracy of your loss measurements with the bidirectional averaging feature, which uses OTDR acquisitions from both ends of a fiber span to average loss results for each event. Efficient multifiber testing with Template Trace Reduce testing time when commissioning a large number of fibers by using the Template Trace mode. This mode dynamically compares new OTDR results with a trace you assign as a reference. Reference trace documentation is automatically pasted onto new acquisitions to save you time. Professional report generation User-configurable test reports and batch printing let you generate complete, professional OTDR reports quickly and efficiently. SPECIFICATIONS Display Storage Battery type Size (H x W x D) Weight 6.5 TFT Color Touchscreen (640 x 480px) Internal 80 MB (Flash) USB sticks 1 GB and 2 GB (optional) Compact Flash cards (optional) Rechargeable Li-Ion 8 h of operation as per Bellcore TR-NWT mm x 197 mm x 109 mm 5.4 lb Operating temperature 23 F to 122 F Storage temperature -40 F to 158 F Vibration Mechanical shock POWER METER SPECIFICATIONS < 1.5 g at 10 Hz to 500 Hz (on three main axes) < 760 mm on six sides and eight main edges (according to GR-196-CORE) Calb. Wavelength (nm) 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 Power range (dbm) Uncertainty (%) Display resolution (db) Automatic offset nulling range Tone detection (Hz) 10 to 86 (InGaAs) 26 to 64 (GeX) ±5 % ± 3 pw (InGaAs) ±5 % ± 0.4 nw (GeX) InGaAs 0.01 = max to 76 dbm 0.1 = 76 dbm to 86 dbm 1 = 86 dbm to min GeX 0.01 = max to 54 dbm 0.1 = 54 dbm to 64 dbm 1 = 64 dbm to min Max power to 63 dbm for InGaAs Max power to 40 dbm for GeX 270/1000/2000 Features Modules that test up to four wavelengths FTTx-optimized modules that combine multimode and singlemode network functions Future-proof - compatible with future module designs Backward compatible with the FTB-7000B/C generation OTDRs and FTB-3930 OLTS Rugged design meeting GR-196-CORE requirements Extended battery life of up to 8 hours for OTDR modules BUILT-IN POWER METER SPECIFICATIONS Calb. Wavelength (nm) 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 Power range (dbm) Uncertainty (%) Display resolution (db) Automatic offset nulling range 10 to 86 (InGaAs) 26 to 64 (GeX) ±5 % ± 3 pw (InGaAs) ±5 % ± 0.4 nw (GeX) InGaAs 0.01 = max to 76 dbm 0.1 = 76 dbm to 86 dbm 1 = 86 dbm to min GeX 0.01 = max to 54 dbm 0.1 = 54 dbm to 64 dbm 1 = 64 dbm to min Max power to 63 dbm for InGaAs Max power to 40 dbm for GeX Tone detection (Hz) 270/1000/2000 TK-200-S1-D3-EI TK-200-S1-D16 TK-200-S1-D15 Modular Link Characterizer Test Kit (SM) FTB-200 with (MM) 850/1300 (27/26db) FTB-200 with MM/SM Quad Module $7, $9, $11, Single mode and Quad only. Other configurations available *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* 37 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO

38 EXFO OTDRS Maxtester 700B/C Series Handheld Tablet Style OTDR The MAX-700 series is the first tablet-inspired OTDR line that is handy, lightweight and rugged enough for any outside plant environment. With a 7-inch, outdoor-enhanced touchscreen the most efficient handheld display in the industry it delivers an unprecedented user experience. Its intuitive Windows-like GUI ensures a fast learning curve. Plus, its new and improved OTDR2.0 environment offers icon-based functions, instant bootup, automatic macrobend finders as well as improved auto and real-time modes. The Max-700 series is a line of genuine high-performance OTDRs from the world s leading manufacturer. It delivers EXFO s tried and true OTDR quality and accuracy along with the best optical performance for right-first-time results, every time. The amazing 12-hour battery life will never let a technician down, and the plug-and-play hardware options, like the VFL, power meter and USB tools, make every technician s job easier. Most importantly, the Max-700 series is finally bringing the iolm, an intelligent OTDR-based application, to the handheld market. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO 715B - LAST-MILE OTDR FTTx last-mile installation and troubleshooting CATV/HFC network testing Access short links 720B - ACCESS OTDR Access network construction FTTA/RRH and DAS Private networks MAX-715B-M1-XX MAX-715B-M1 Last Mile SM OTDR $4, MAX-715B-M2-XX MAX-715B-M2 Last Mile SM OTDR $6, MAX-715B-M3-XX MAX-715B-M3 Last Mile SM OTDR $6, MAX-720B-M1-XX MAX-720B-M1 Access SM OTDR $5, MAX-720C-SM1-XX MAX-720C-SM1 Access SM OTDR $5, MAX-720C-SM2-XX MAX-720C-SM2 SM OTDR $7, MAX-720C-Q1-XX MAX-720C-Q1 MM OTDR $9, MAX-720C-Q1-Q MAX-720C QUAD OTDR $10, MAX-730B-M1-XX MAX-730B-M1 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $7, Central office (CO) link certification 730B - FTTH/PON OTDR FTTH/PON networks (Through up to 1x128 splitters) Access network testing (P2P) Metro links Live fiber troubleshooting MAX-730C-SM1-XX MAX-730C-SM1 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $7, MAX-730C-SM2-XX MAX-730C-SM2 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $9, MAX-730C-SM3-XX MAX-730C-SM3 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $ MAX-730C-SM6-XX MAX-730C-SM6 SM OTDR $8, MAX-730C-SM7-XX MAX-730C-SM7 SM OTDRc $9, MAX-730C-SM8-XX MAX-730C-SM8 SM OTDR $10, Kits Include: Semi-rigid carrying case, Rigid carrying case, USB mouse, VFL adapter (2.5 mm to 1.25 mm), USB keyboard, 10-foot RJ-45 LAN cable, USB 16G micro-drive, Carry-on size backpack, DC vehicle battery-charging adapter (12 V), Stand support MAX-730B-M2-XX MAX-730B-M2 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $9, MAX-730B-M3-XX MAX-730B-M3 FTTx/PON SM OTDR $9,

39 Maxtester 700B/C Series Handheld Tablet Style OTDR SPECIFICATIONS Display Interfaces Storage Batteries Power supply Wavelength (nm) 1310/1550/ /1550 EXFO OTDRS 715B 720B 720C 730B 730C 7 in (178 mm) outdoor-enhanced touchscreen, 800 x 480 TFT Two USB 2.0 ports, RJ-45 LAN 10/100 Mbit/s 2 GB internal memory ( OTDR traces, typical) Rechargeable lithium-polymer battery 12 hours of operation as per Telcordia (Bellcore) TR-NWT Power supply AC/DC adapter, input VAC, Hz, 9-16 V DCIN 15 Watts minimum 850 ± 20/1300 ± 20/1310 ± 20/1550 ± 20/1625 ± /1550/1625 Dynamic range (db) 30/28/28 36/34 27/29/36/35/35 39/37/37 39/38/39/39 Event dead zone (m) SM: 0.7; MM: Attenuation dead zone (m) SM: 3; MM: Distance range (km) 0.1 to to 260 MM: 0.1 to 40; SM: 0.1 to to to 400 Pulse width (ns) 5 to 20 us 5 to 20,000 MM: 3 to 1000; SM: 3 to 20,000 5 to 20,000 3 to 20,000 Linearity (db/db) ±0.05 ±0.03 ±0.03 ±0.03 ±0.03 Loss threshold (db) 0.01 Loss resolution (db) Sampling resolution (m) 0.04 to 5 Sampling points Up to Distance uncertainty (m) Measurement time ±( % x distance + sampling resolution) ±( % x distance + sampling resolution) User-defined (60 min. maximum) Reflectance accuracy (db) ±2 Typical real-time refresh (Hz) 3 Laser safety Size (H x W x D) Weight (with battery) Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative humidity SPECIFICATIONS 715B 720B 720C 730B 730C Source (Optional) Output power (dbm) MM: 3; SM: Modulation CW, 1 khz, 2 khz Power Meter (Optional) Calibrated wavelengths (nm) 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 Power range (dbm) 27 to -50 Uncertainty (%) ±5 % ± 10 nw Display resolution (db) 0.01 = max to -40 dbm, 0.1 = -40 dbm to -50 dbm Automatic offset nulling range (dbm) Max power to -34 Max power to -30 Tone detection (Hz) 270/330/1000/2000 VFL (Optional) Laser 650 nm ± 10 nm CW/Modulate 1 Hz 1M 200 mm x 155 mm x 68 mm (7.87 x 6.1 x 2.67 in) Max power to kg (2.8 lb) 10 C to 50 C (14 F to 122 F) 40 C to 70 C ( 40 F to 158 F) 0 % to 95 % non-condensing Max power to -30 In-Line Power Meter (730C Only) Input power range (dbm) 1490 nm: 65 to 18; 1550 nm: 50 to 28 PON power meter (nm) Two channels: 1490/1550 Broadband power meter (nm) One channel: 1270 to 1625 Power uncertainty (db) ±0.2 Calibrated wavelengths (nm) 1310, 1490, 1550 and 1625 PON power meter spectral band (nm) 1450 to 1530 Broadband power meter spectral band (nm) 1270 to 1625 Display resolution (db) 0.1 PON power meter ORL (db) 55 Broadband power meter ORL (db) 50 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO Typical P out in 62.5/125 μm > 1.5 dbm (0.7 mw) Laser safety Class 2 39

40 EXFO OTDRS FTB-500 Modular OTDR Test Platform The result of over 10 years of proven leadership in multimodular test platforms, the FTB-500 delivers a whole new spectrum of network testing possibilities, a whole new testing paradigm: more advanced applications, faster setups, test cycles and reporting, wireless communication and reporting, and universal compatibility with all EXFO FTB modules, past, present and future. Features Full fiber characterization: industry-renowned OTDRs combined with the most advanced dispersion analyzers Industry-exclusive: distributed PMD analysis 10G, 40G and 100G-ready Most compact and powerful Ethernet, SONET/SDH, OTN and Fiber Channel analyzers Four-slot or eight-slot configurations Universal wireless connectivity Full backward compatibility with all FTB modules TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS EXFO SPECIFICATIONS Display Storage Interfaces Battery type Power supply Weight Size (H x W x D) 12 TFT Color Touchscreen (800 x 600px) Internal 80 GB hard drive minimum with G-shock protection Flash USB drive (1 GB, 2 GB and 8 GB optional) ExpressCard memory card (16 GB and up, optional) External USB read/write DVD drive (optional) Ethernet port Fiber probe port ExpressCard port 34 mm format Serial RS-232 port Monitor port Four USB 2.0 ports Standard PC Mic in and Speaker out ports (3.5 mm) Eight-slot configuration: three rechargeable Li-ion, smart batteries (total of 207 W H) Four-slot configuration: two rechargeable Li-ion, smart batteries (total of 138 W H) VAC, 50/60 Hz Eight-slot configuration: 10.9 kg (24 lb) Four-slot configuration: 8.5 kg (18.7 lb) Eight-slot configuration: 366 mm x 296 mm x 216 mm (11 11/16 in x 14 7/16 in x 8 1/2 in) Four-slot configuration: 366 mm x 296 mm x 146 mm (11 11/16 in x 14 7/16 in x 5 3/4 in) Operating temperature 32 ºF to 122 ºF Storage temperature 40 ºF to 158ºF BUILT-IN POWER METER SPECIFICATIONS Calibrated wavelengths (nm) 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 Power range (dbm) 10 to 86 Uncertainty (%) Display resolution (db) Automatic offset nulling range ±5 % ± 3 pw (up to 5 dbm) 0.01 = max to 76 dbm 0.1 = 76 dbm to 86 dbm Max power to 63 dbm Tone detection (Hz) 270/1000/2000 FTB slot platform Distributed PMD analysis Full fiber characterization 100 Gbit/s testing applications ROADM/POTS and 40 Gbit/s testing FTB slot platform ROADM and PTN turn-up testing CWDM turn-up testing Multiservice testing Gigabit/10 Gigabit Ethernet configurations *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* 40

41 FS200 FlexScan OTDR Optical Network Troubleshooter AFL/NOYES OTDRS SPECIFICATIONS Dynamic Range (SNR-1) b 32/ /1550nm Event Dead Zone c 0.8m Attenuation Dead Zone d 3.6m Pulse Widths 3, 5, 10, 20, 30, 50, 100, 200, 300, 500 ns; 1, 2, 3, 10 μs Range Settings 250 m to 240 km Data Points Up to 2,000,000 (SmartAuto mode) Up to 300,000 (Expert mode.sor file) Data Spacing 5 cm to 16 m Group Index of Refraction to Distance Uncertainty (m) ±( % x distance + data point spacing) Linearity ±0.05 db/db Trace File Format Telcordia SR-4731 Issue 2 Trace File Storage Medium 4 GB internal memory (>1000 traces); External USB memory stick Standard OTDR Modes SmartAuto, Expert, Real Time Display Modes LinkMap Summary, LinkMap Events, Trace Real-time Refresh Rate Up to 4 Hz Display Color touchscreen 4.3" LCD, 480x272, backlit Battery > 12 hours, Telcordia test conditions Power Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter Weight 14.1 oz (0.4 kg) Size 3.4 x 6.3 x 1.7 in (86 x 160 x 43mm) Operating temperature -10 to +50 C, 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) Storage temperature -40 to +70 C, 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) USB Ports 1 host; 1 micro-usb function Bluetooth (optional) Compatible: Windows PC, Apple ios, Android WiFi (optional) IEEE / WLAN POWER METER (optional) Calibrated wavelengths (nm) 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm Detector Type InGaAs, 2mm diameter Measurement range (dbm) +23 to 50 dbm Tone Detect Range +3 to -35 dbm Wavelength ID Range +3 to -35 dbm Accuracy ± 0.25 db Resolution 0.01 db Measurement Units db, dbm or Watts VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Visible Red Laser Safety Class Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Wavelength 650 nm Output Power (nominal) 0.8 mw into single-mode fiber Modes CW, 2 Hz flashing FlexScan OTDRs enable both novice and expert technicians to quickly and reliably troubleshoot optical networks or fully characterize newly installed or repaired networks. Using FlexScan s innovative SmartAuto mode, multiple OTDR scans quickly and accurately detect, locate, identify and measure network components and faults. After applying industry-standard or user-set pass/fail criteria, the characterized network is displayed using FlexScan s intuitive, icon-based LinkMap view. FlexScan automates test setup, shortens test time and simplifies results interpretation, improving efficiency and reducing the cost of test. Acquired results may be stored internally or externally. Internally stored results are easily accessed via USB, Bluetooth or WiFi. Features Fast, accurate SmartAuto OTDR network characterization or fault location Easy to understand LinkMap results with pass/fail indications 34 db dynamic range 1550 only or 1310/1550 OTDR Rugged & pocket-sized; < 1 lb (0.4 kg) Large, bright indoor/outdoor touchscreen Integrated VFL, plus Wave ID source and power meter Bluetooth, Wi-Fi and USB communications LASER SOURCE (optional) Emitter Type Safety Class Fiber Type Available Wavelengths (nm) Wavelength Tolerance Spectral Width (FWHM) Internal Modulation Wavelength ID (one, two, or three wavelengths) Output Power Stability Output Power (nominal) FS BASPW0 Laser Class I, FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Singlemode FS200-50: 1310 FS : 1310/1550 ± 20 nm 5 nm (maximum) 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz, CW, Wave ID Compatible with Noyes Optical Power Meters and Light Sources ±0.1 db (15 minutes); ± 0.15 db (8 hours) 3 dbm ± 1.5 db 1310/1550nm Verification & Troubleshooting OTDR with VFL & Soft Carry Case $3, TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES 41

42 AFL/NOYES OTDRS OFL Hand-held, Fault-Locating OTDR The NOYES OFL250 is a single-mode OTDR with an integrated optical power meter (OPM), optical laser source (OLS), and visual fault locator (VFL) in a handheld package weighing only 0.8 kg (1.8 lb). With short dead zone and 26 db dynamic range performance, the OFL250 is ideal for troubleshooting singlemode fibers in local access and metro area networks. Transfer stored OTDR results to PC via USB for viewing and professional report generation using the included Windows compatible Test Results Manager (TRM ) software. The integrated OLS and OPM support AFL s unique Wave ID capability. The OPM automatically synchronizes to a single or multi-wavelength optical signal sent by another OFL250 or NOYES OLS, eliminating setup errors and reducing test time by up to 80% OFL nm only single-mode OTDR and Laser Source, Optical Power Meter and Visual Fault Locator. Suitable for fault-locating single-mode networks at 1550 nm only, including detection of high losses due to micro- or macro-bends. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES OFL /1550 nm single-mode OTDR and Laser Source, Optical Power Meter and Visual Fault Locator. Ideal for installation and maintenance testing of access and metro area networks operating at 1310 and/or 1550 nm. SPECIFICATIONS OTDR (POINT-TO-POINT, PON, LIVE PON) Emitter Type Safety Class Fiber Type Available Wavelengths Wavelength Tolerance Dynamic Range (SNR=1) Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone Pulse Widths Range Settings Laser Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Single-mode 1310/1550 nm ±20/±20 nm 26 / 26 db 1.5 m 6.5/7 m 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 μs 250 m to 256 km Data Points Up to 16,000 Data Point Spacing 12.5 cm (range <4 km), Range/16,000 (range >4 km) Group Index of Refraction to Distance Uncertainty (m) Linearity Trace File Format Trace File Storage Medium Data Transfer to PC OTDR Modes Size (in boot) Weight Operational Temperature Storage Temperature Power Battery Life Display ±( % x distance + data point spacing) ± 0.05 db/db Bellcore GR-196 V.1.1 Internal memory (>1000 traces) USB cable Full Auto, End Locate, Expert, Real Time 20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3 cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in) 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) -10 C to +50 C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing) -20 C to +60 C, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing) Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter 12 hours, backlight ON, continuous operation LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 inch (89 mm), color, transflective with backlight and AR coating SPECIFICATIONS POWER METER Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Measurement Range Tone Detect Range Wavelength ID Range Accuracy Resolution Measurement Units LIGHT SOURCE Emitter Type Safety Class Fiber Type Available Wavelengths Wavelength Tolerance Spectral Width (FWHM) Internal Modulation Wavelength ID (1, 2, or 3 wavelengths) Output Power Stability Output Power (nominal) VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Safety Class Wavelength Output Power (nominal) OFL250-50U-ENG 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm InGaAs +23 to -50 dbm +3 to -35 dbm +3 to -35 dbm ± 0.25dB 0.01 db db, dbm or Watts (nw, μw, mw) Laser Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Single-mode 1310, 1550 nm ±20 nm 5 nm (maximum) 1 khz, 2 khz, CW Compatible with NOYES Optical Power Meters and Light Sources <±0.25 db 3 dbm ±1.5 db Visible red laser Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : nm ±20 nm 0.8 mw into single-mode fiber OFL Handheld, 1550nm OTDR $3,

43 OFL-280 FlexTester Handheld PON OTDR The AFL/Noyes OFL280 FlexTester offers an unmatched combination of fiber optic test functions, ease-of-use, portability, and value. All OFL280 FlexTester models include an integrated single-mode 1310/1550 nm OTDR with PONoptimized and standard test modes, optical power meter, 1310/1550 nm laser source, and visual fault locator. AFL/NOYES OTDRS Applications PON OTDR - FTTx PON construction certification Live Fiber OTDR - FTTx service turn-up and troubleshooting Full Auto OTDR - Normal (point-to point) fiber cable construction testing and fault location Real Time OTDR - Fault location, splice verification, first connector checker End Locator - Quickly locate breaks or measure fiber length Optical Power Meter - Measure optical power or fiber loss Laser Source - Measure end-to-end loss or trace fibers using the tone feature and a Noyes OFI Visual Fault Locator - Red laser for fiber bend/break location and tracing SPECIFICATIONS Display Battery Power Weight Size Operating temperature Storage temperature POWER METER Calibrated wavelengths (nm) Measurement range (dbm) Tone Detect Range Wavelength ID Range Accuracy Resolution Measurement Units Laser Source LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 inch (89 mm), color, high-contrast transflective with backlight and AR coating 10 hours, backlight ON, continuous operation Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter 1.7 lb 7.5 x 4.4 x 1.9 in -10 to +50 C, 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) -20 to +60 C, 0 to 95% RH (non-condensing) 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm +23 to 50 dbm +3 to -35 dbm +3 to -35 dbm ± 0.25 db 0.01 db db, dbm or Watts Emitter Type Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Fiber Type Singlemode Available Wavelengths (nm) 1310, 1490, 1550 Wavelength Tolerance ± 20 nm Spectral Width (FWHM) 2 nm (maximum) Internal Modulation 1 khz, 2 khz, CW Wavelength ID (one, two, or three wavelengths) Output Power Stability Output Power (nominal) Compatible with Noyes Optical Power Meters and Light Sources 0.25 db 3 dbm Features Standard OTDR, PON OTDR, live fiber OTDR, and FTTx PON meter all from the same test port 1.0 m event dead zone, 3.5 m attenuation dead zone 34 db dynamic range Fast Real Time OTDR mode Internal storage (>1000 OTDR traces in standard.sor format) Transfer test results to a PC via USB SPECIFICATIONS Visual Fault Locator Emitter Type Safety Class Wavelength Output Power (nominal) PON POWER METER for Single-mode only Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Isolation Measurement Range Accuracy Resolution Measurement Units Laser Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : nm 0.8 mw into single-mode fiber 1490, 1550 nm Filtered InGaAs > 40 db +23 to 50 dbm ± 0.5 db 0.01 db dbm or watts OFL FTTx construction OTDR $6, Includes: Carry case, SC adapter, 2.5 mm Universal adapter, 2.5 mm Universal adapter, USB cable, AC power adapter with a country specific power cord, and user guide. OFL FTTx installation (live fiber) OTDR $6, Includes: Filter to test live FTTx 1625 nm, and a PON power meter to measure downstream (1490/1550 nm) power levels on FTTx networks Carry case, SC adapter, 2.5 mm Universal adapter, 2.5 mm Universal adapter, USB cable, AC power adapter with a country specific power cord, and user guide. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES 43

44 AFL/NOYES OTDRS C860 QUAD OTDR and Certification Test Kit The C850 is both a QUAD Certification Tester and full-featured QUAD OTDR in a compact case with a large transflective touch screen display suitable for both indoor and outdoor operation. The C850 features single-mode and multimode OTDR, Optical Light Sources (OLS), Visual Fault Locator (VFL, 650 nm), and an Optical Power Meter (OPM). As an OTDR, the C850 supports Full Auto, Expert (manual) and Real-Time test modes, simultaneous dual and single wavelength testing, and Event and Pass/Fail analysis based on default or user-defined thresholds. The C840 QUAD Certification Tester includes VFL, OPM, and both singlemode (1310/1550 nm) and multimode (850/1300 nm) OLS. The C840 may be used alone as a traditional power meter or light source to measure fiber loss or as a visual fault locator to find fiber breaks. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES SPECIFICATIONS LIGHT SOURCE MM PORT MM PORT Available Wavelengths (nom.) 850/1300 nm 1310/1550 nm Emitter Type LED Laser Safety Class Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Output Power >-20 dbm, 62.5 μm MM 0 dbm, 9 μm SM Stability (after 15 minutes warm up) Wave ID Transmit Tone Generation VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Safety Class Wavelength Output Power (nominal) ±0.1 db over 1 hour Yes ±0.07 db over 1 hour ±0.15 db over 8 hours 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 KHz, 2 khz Laser Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : ±20 nm 0.8 mw GENERAL C850 OTDR C840 TESTER Test Modes Trace File Format Length Measurement Range Data Storage Data Storage Capacity Tool Free Adapters Size OTDR (Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time), Auto Test, OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS SR-4731 (GR-196-CORE Appendix A, B; SR km (MM); 200 km (SM) Auto Test, OPM, OLS, VFL, DFS N/A Internal flash memory, USB flash drive (2.0), Downloadable from unit directly to PC Internal >1000 fibers Modular cleanable SC/ST/LC 27.4 x 19.3 x 7.1 cm (10.8 x 7.6 x 2.8 in) 23 x 11 x 7 cm (8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in) Weight 2.3 kg ( 5 lb) 0.9 kg (2 lb) Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Power Battery Life Recharge Time Display -10 C to +50 C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing) -20 C to +60 C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing) Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter >8 hours continuous testing cm (6.5 in), color, transflective 4 hours 9.65 cm (3.8 in), color, transflective SPECIFICATIONS OTDR MULTIMODE SINGLE-MODE Emitter Type Safety Class Laser Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Center Wavelengths 850/1300 nm 1310/1550 nm Wavelength Tolerance ±20/30 nm ±20/30 nm Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) 22 db 26 db Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone Pulse Widths 1.5 m C LP1-H1 C860 QUAD OTDR Cert. Kit SC,ST, LC $15, C LP1-H2 C860 QUAD Cert. Kit, SC/LC Rings & Leads $16, C LP1-H5 C860 QUAD Cert. Kit, SC/ST Rings & Leads $16, m 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 μs Range Settings 250 m to 64 km 250 m to 208 km Sampling Points Up to 16,000 Minimum Data Point Spacing Group Index of Refraction (GIR) Distance Uncertainty (m) Linearity Loss Threshold Loss Resolution Reflectance Accuracy POWER METER Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Measurement Range 0.25 m to ±( % x distance + data point spacing) ±0.05 db/db 0.05 db 0.01 db ±2 db 850, , 1490, 1550, 1625 nm InGaAs 2 mm +6 to -60 dbm Accuracy ±0.25 Measurement Units Wavelength ID Set Reference Data Storage Tone Detection db, dbm, mw Yes (to -47 dbm) Yes Yes Yes (to -47 dbm) 44

45 AFL/NOYES OTDRS CS260 PON OTDR The CS260 Contractor Series Live PON OTDR is an ideal tool for fiber optic technicians installing, activating and troubleshooting FTTx PON distribution and drop fibers from the splitter to the ONT. The CS260 provides an out-of-band 1625 nm OTDR with filtered detector, enabling Live PON testing without disrupting service on an active PON. It additionally includes an integrated PON power meter to automatically detect and measure downstream 1490 and 1550 nm signal levels. The CS260 provides extremely short event and attenuation dead zones (0.8 and 3.5 m, respectively), enabling closely spaced events to be detected and measured in distribution and drop fibers. With 35 db dynamic range, the CS260 is able to see through PON splitters having split ratios up to 1x32, enabling detection of poor splices or excess bending losses at the splitter. Over 1000 OTDR test results may be saved in industry-standard.sor file format. Stored OTDR results may be transferred to PC via USB port for viewing, analysis, and professional report generation using included Windows compatible TRM 2.0 Basic Test Results Manager software. SPECIFICATIONS OTDR SPECIFICATIONS Emitter Type Laser Safety Class Class 1 FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Fiber Type Single-mode Wavelength 1625 nm ±10 nm Dynamic Range (SNR=1) 35 db Event Dead Zone 0.8 m Attenuation Dead Zone 3.5 m Pulse widths 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 μs Range Settings 250 m to 120 km Data Points Up to 30,000 Data Point Spacing 5.0 cm (range <1.5 km); Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km) Group Index of Refraction to Distance Uncertainty (m) ±( % x distance + data point spacing) Linearity ±0.05 db/db Trace File Format Bellcore GR-196 v1.1 Trace File Storage Internal memory (>1000 traces) Data Transfer to PC USB cable PON OTDR Modes FTTx In Service; FTTx PON Construction, Expert, Real Time Standard OTDR Modes Full Auto, Expert, Real Time Size (in boot) 20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3 cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in) Weight 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) Operational Temperature -10ºC, to +50ºC, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing) Storage Temperature -20ºC, to +60ºC, 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing) Power Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter Battery Life 13.5 hours, Telcordia test conditions; 12.5 hours, backlight on, continuous test Display LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 in (89 mm), color, highcontrast transflective with backlight and AR coating Features Filtered OTDR detector enables OTDR measurements on in-service PON Integrated PON Power Meter measures downstream signal levels 35 db dynamic 1625 nm 0.8 m event, and 3.5 m attenuation dead zones Integrated Visual Fault Locator (VFL) >12-hour operation, fast charge, Li-Ion battery Instant On; Ready to test in <5 sec SPECIFICATIONS PON METER SPECIFICATIONS Calibrated Wavelengths 1490, 1550 nm Detector Type Filtered InGaAs Isolation >40 db Measurement Range +23 to -50 dbm Accuracy ±0.5 db Resolution 0.01 db Measurement Units dbm or Watts (nw, μw, mw) VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR SPECIFICATIONS Emitter Type Laser; 650 nm ±20 nm Safety Class Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Output Power (nominal) 0.8 mw into single-mode fiber Modes CW, 2 Hz flashing NOYES CS260 CS XXX $4, Live PON OTDR PM VFL SC NOYES CS260 CS XXX $3, Metro/Access OTDR VFL SC Includes: Soft carry case, user-specified connector adapters for OTDR and VFL ports, USB cable, AC power adapter with a countryspecific power cord, rechargeable replaceable Li-Ion battery and TRM 2.0 Basic Test Results Manager software for PC-based trace viewing and report generation 45 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES

46 AFL/NOYES OTDRS FLX380 Hand-held OTDR The NOYES FLX380 FlexTester is the world's smallest, lightest, most complete single-mode fiber optic test set. It combines high performance, multi-wavelength OTDR/PON OTDR, OLS, OPM, VFL and PON Power Meter in a rugged, hand-held package. With 40 db dynamic range, best-in-class event, attenuation, and PON dead zones, and AFL s unique ServiceSafe and Wave ID features, the Noyes FLX380 FlexTester offers an unmatched combination of optical test functions, ease-of-use, portability and value. FLX380 FlexTester is offered in three models to best suit your application requirements (see below for specs and kits). TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES Features Standard OTDR, live PON OTDR, PON power meter from one port! 40/37/37/35 db dynamic 1310/1490/1550/1625 nm 0.8/3.5 m event/attenuation dead zone, 40 m PON dead zone ServiceSafe live PON detection prevents OTDR from disrupting service on live PON, while allowing 1625 nm out-of-band OTDR test Easy to use Full Auto, Expert, PON and Real Time OTDR modes OLS/OPM with Wave ID Wave ID reduces test time by 80% and eliminates setup errors Rugged, hand-held and lightweight (<1 kg) High-contrast display: clear and bright, even in direct sunlight >12-hour operation, fast charge, Li-Ion battery Instant On; Ready to test in <5 sec FLX : Lowest cost, high-performance, all-in-one 1310/1550 nm OTDR, OLS, OPM and VFL for out-of-service installation testing or troubleshooting on both FTTx PON and point-to-point fiber optic networks. FLX : 1310/1490/1550 nm OTDR, OLS, OPM and VFL for complete out-of-service testing at all FTTx PON wavelengths. FLX : Most complete high-performance test set for verifying both in-service (live) and out-of-service FTTx PONs. Includes ServiceSafe live PON detection, integrated PON power meter and 1625 nm filtered live PON OTDR, all from a single port. FLX FLX380 Flextester OTDR, 1310/1550nm $6, FLX FLX380 Flextester OTDR, 1310/1490/1550nm $8, FLX FLX380 Flextester OTDR, 1310/1550/1625nm $9, Includes: Rechargeable replaceable Li-Ion battery pack, AC charger with country-specific power cord, connector adapters with dust caps, TRM Test Results Manager software, and a quick reference guide in any one of the supported languages FLX380 FlexTester PRO Test and Inspection Kit FlexTester PRO Test and Inspection kits combine a FLX380 with a NOYES FOCIS Fiber Optic Connection Inspection System and selected cleaning supplies. FOCIS includes the DFS1 Digital FiberScope plus the DFD1 Touchscreen Tablet for viewing connector end- faces. FOCIS supports inspection of both connector ferrules and end-faces of connectors mounted inside bulkhead adapters on equipment panels. FlexTester PRO kits also include Mini-500 One- Click Cleaners for common 2.5 and 1.25 mm connectors, along with cleaning fluid and cleaning sticks for more stubborn contamination. With the FOCIS Fiber Optic Connector Inspection System, the FLX380 is always available for OTDR and loss testing. The user-specified FLX380 FlexTester, FOCIS kit, and cleaning accessories are packaged in a rugged, waterproof hard-shell carry case. The carry case also accommodates common OTDR accessories, such as a single-mode launch fiber ring (FR1-SM) and Optical Fiber Identifier (OFI-400), ordered separately. FLX PRO FLX PRO Flextester Kit w/ FOCIS $8, FLX PRO FLX PRO Flextester Kit w/ FOCIS $10, FLX PRO FLX PRO Flextester Kit w/ FOCIS $12,

47 AFL/NOYES OTDRS FLX380 Hand-held OTDR SPECIFICATIONS OTDR (POINT-TO-POINT, PON, LIVE PON) Emitter Type Safety Class Fiber Type Available Wavelengths Wavelength Tolerance Dynamic Range (SNR=1) Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone PON Dead Zone Pulse Widths Range Settings Laser Class 1 FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Single-mode 1310 / 1490 / 1550 / 1625 nm ±20 / ±20 / ±20 / ±10 nm 40 / 37 / 37 / 35 db 0.8 m 3.5 m 40 m 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns; 1, 3, 10 μs 250 m to 240 km Data Points Up to 30,000 Data Point Spacing 5.0 cm (range <1.5 km); Range/30,000 (range >1.5 km Group Index of Refraction to Distance Uncertainty (m) Linearity ±( % x distance + data point spacing) ±0.05 db/db Trace File Format Bellcore GR-196 v1.1 Trace File Storage Medium PON OTDR Modes Standard OTDR Modes LIGHT SOURCE Internal memory (>1000 traces) FTTx PON Construction, In Service, Expert Full Auto, Expert, Real Time Emitter Type Class I, FDA 21 CFR and Safety Class IEC : Fiber Type Available Wavelengths Wavelength Tolerance Spectral Width (FWHM) Internal Modulation Wavelength ID (1, 2, or 3 wavelengths) Output Power Stability Output Power (nominal) Single-mode 1310, 1490, 1550 nm ±20 nm 5 nm (maximum) 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz, CW Compatible with NOYES Optical Power Meters and Light Sources 0.25 db -1 dbm (1310, 1550 nm) ±1.5 db; +3 dbm (1490 nm ) ±1.5 db SPECIFICATIONS POWER METER Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Measurement Range Tone Detect Range Wavelength ID Range Accuracy Resolution Measurement Units 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm InGaAs +23 to -50 dbm +3 to -35 dbm +3 to -35 dbm ±0.25 db 0.01 db db, dbm or Watts (nw, μw, mw) PON POWER METER FOR SINGLE-MODE ONLY Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Isolation Measurement Range Accuracy Resolution Measurement Units VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Safety Class Modes Output Power (nominal) GENERAL Size (in boot) Weight Operational Temperature Storage Temperature Power Battery Life Display 1490, 1550 nm Filtered InGaAs >40 db +23 to 50 dbm ±0.5 db 0.01 db dbm or Watts (nw, μw, mw) Visible red laser, 650 ±20 nm Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : CW, 2 Hz flashing 0.8 mw into single-mode fiber 20.1 x 13.0 x 5.3. cm (7.9 x 5.1 x 2.1 in) 0.8 kg (1.8 lb) -10 C to +50 C, 0 to 95 % RH (noncondensing) -20 C to +60 C, 0 to 95 % RH (noncondensing) Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC adapter 13.5 hours, Telcordia test conditions 12.5 hours, backlight on, continuous test LCD, 320 x 240, 3.5 in (89 mm), color, high-contrast transflective with backlight and AR coating TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES 47

48 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES AFL/NOYES OTDRS M210e Handheld OTDR The M210e is the inspection ready OTDR that combines OTDR, OPM and VFL capability with a proven, easy to operate and understand interface. The M210e offers the intuitive Touch and Test user interface in a rugged, lightweight, easy-to-hold package ready for field use. Touch and Test simplifies the M210e user experience, minimizes human errors and reduces training time by providing one-touch access to the all major functions of the OTDR. The M210e allows setting Pass/Fail thresholds to industry standard TIA/ISO or user-values and automatically alerts users of failing fibers, enabling both experts and novice technicians to complete jobs more accurately and in less time. Available as a single-mode, multimode, or single-mode/multimode model, the M210e comes in either a soft or hard case, also as part of kit for testing, inspection, and certification. The M210e is ideal for testing, analyzing and troubleshooting enterprise, LAN/WAN campus and military facilities. Thousands of test results may be stored internally or on the supplied USB drive. Test results are transferable, via USB cable or USB drive, to a computer for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows compatible TRM 2.0 Basic Analysis and Documentation Software (Test Results Manager). The supplied TRM 2.0 Basic is licensed for installation on up to 5 PCs SPECIFICATIONS OPM (STANDARD) Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Display Range -10 dbm Resolution Measurement Units Wavelength ID Set Reference Data Storage Tone Detection VFL (STANDARD) Emitter Type Safety Class Wavelength Output Power (nominal) , 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously) InGaAs 2mm +6 to -70 dbm ±0.25 db 0.01 db db, dbm, mw Yes Yes Yes 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz Laser Class II FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC 825-1:1993, : nm ±20 nm 0.8 mw GENERAL Display Type 3.5-inch transflective color, high contrast, high reflectivity (20%) for optimum indoor/outdoor viewing, QVGA with touchscreen Size (in boot) 23 x 11 x 7 cm (8.8 x 4.3 x 2.8 in) Weight <1.4 kg (3 lb) Removable Li-ion or AC/DC power adapter Power (input V, ~1.5 A Hz) output 18 V DC/3.6 A (can test while charging, can operate on AC with battery removed) Battery Life 16 hours Recharge Time 4 hours Auto Shut Off 0-60 minutes Connectivity USB host/full speed 1.1 Operating Temperature -10 C to +50 C Storage Temperature -20 C to +60 C Relative Humidity 0 to 95 % RH (non-condensing) DFS1 DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE SUPPORT Field of View 400 x 300 µm Optical Resolution 4 µm Detection Capability 2 µm Features Industry leading TruEvent analysis Short dead zones provide precise testing of closely spaced events 34 db dynamic range single-mode Crisp bright display for indoor/outdoor viewing Integrated Power Meter and VFL (visual fault locator) Inspection ready with DFS1 Digital FiberScope 16 hours battery life M210e OTDR, SM (1310/1550) $5, M210e-20U-01 OPM, VFL in soft case M210e OTDR, SM (1310/1550), $5, M210e-20U-01HC OPM, VFL in hard case M210e OTDR, MM (850/1300) $5, M210e-22U-01 OPM, VFL in soft case M210e OTDR, MM (850/1300) $6, M210e-22U-01HC OPM, VFL in hard case M210e QUAD Test and $9, M210e-25K-01HC1 Inspection Kit (Tier 2): M210e QUAD, DFS1* in hard case M210e QUAD Certification Kit $11, M210e-25K-01HC2 (Tier 1 and 2): M210e QUAD, OLS4, DFS1* in hard case M210e OTDR, QUAD $7, M210e-25U-01 (850/1300/1310/1550), OPM, VFL in soft case M210e OTDR, QUAD $7, M210e-25U-01HC (850/1300/1310/1550), OPM, VFL in hard case Includes: DFS1 Digital FiberScope PC/UPC inspection kit, DFS1 Digital FiberScope APC inspection kit, DFS1 Digital FiberScope kit without adapters, Fiber Ring 50/125 µm multimode 150 m, Fiber Ring Laser Optimized 50 µm multimode 150 m, Fiber Ring 62.5/125 mm multimode 150 m, Fiber Ring single-mode 150 m, Wet Cleaning kit for SC/FC/ST/LC connectors, Dry Cleaning kit, Basic Cleaning kit with carry case, Basic Cleaning kit with MPO Cleaners and carry case, One-Click Cleaner SC, ST, FC (500+ cleans), One-Click Cleaner LC/MU (500+ cleans), One-Click Mini-100 SC, ST, FC (100+ cleans), One- Click Mini-100 LC/MU (100+ cleans), One-Click Cleaner Ultra 2.5 SC, ST, FC (enlarged cleaning), One-Click Ultra Cleaner D-LC (Duplex LC, 500 cleans x 2)

49 AFL/NOYES OTDRS M210e Handheld OTDR M210e Touch and Test supports users of all levels Full Auto Mode: Connect and press test. M210e will detect fiber and set recommended test parameters. Perfect for novice technicians or repair techs quickly looking for faults on fiber spans of unknown length. Auto-Once Mode: Designed for testing cables with multiple fibers. M210e performs a full auto test on the first fiber and retains recommended settings allowing fast expert-speed testing of subsequent fibers. Expert Mode: Provides access to testing parameters for experienced users to setup optimal testing scenarios for specific networks. Real-Time Mode: Continuous OTDR operation and display update allows users to dynamically change networks while monitoring OTDR trace results. Example: relaxing fiber bends to reduce attenuation loss. Top menu level touch screen access to major test modes allow users to test networks faster- no time wasted with complicated menu structures. The M210e provides one-touch access to OTDR and OPM test modes and DFS inspection mode. Data Storage and Reporting Capabilities (TRM) Thousands of test results may be stored internally or on the supplied USB drive. Test results are transferable via USB cable or USB drive to a computer for viewing, printing, and analyzing with the supplied Windows compatible software - TRM (Test Results Manager). Acceptance reports generated using TRM can include OTDR traces with summary and event information with or without pass/fail indication, Event Maps, Loss/Power measurement tables and end-face images. SPECIFICATIONS SINGLE-MODE MULTIMODE Emitter Type Laser Laser Safety Class Class I FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC : Class I FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC : Center Wavelengths 1310/1550 nm 850/1300 nm Wavelength Tolerance ±20/±30 nm ±20/±30 nm Launch Condition N/A Controlled Launch at 850 nm Live Fiber Detection Yes Yes Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) 34/33 db 28/28 db Event Dead Zone 1.0 m 1.0 m Attenuation Dead Zone 4.0 m 4.0 m Pulse Widths 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 µs, 20 µs 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1 µs Range Settings 250 m to 240 km 250 m to 30 km Sampling Points Up to 120,000 Up to 120,000 Minimum Data Point Spacing 3 cm 3 cm Group Index of Refraction (GIR) to to Distance Uncertainty/Accuracy ±( % x distance + data point spacing) ±( % x distance + data point spacing) Linearity ±0.05 db/db ±0.05 db/db Loss Threshold 0.02 db 0.02 db Loss Resolution 0.01 db 0.01 db Reflectance Range 1310 nm -14 to -65 db (typical) 1550 nm -14 to -65 db (typical) 850 nm: -14 to -58 db (typical) 1300 nm: -14 to -63 db (typical) Reflectance Resolution 0.01 db 0.01 db Reflectance Accuracy ±2 db ±2 db Real Time Refresh Rate >2 Hz >2 Hz Units OTDR Modes m, km, ft, kft, mi Full Auto, Expert, Real-Time Trace File Format Bellcore GR-196 Version 1.1, Telcordia SR Issue 2 Trace File Storage Medium Trace File Storage Capacity Trace File Transfer to PC Internal and USB >1000 internal, 1000s on USB USB TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES 49

50 AFL/NOYES OTDRS M710 Multifunction OTDR The M710 OTDR from AFL combines ease of use (Touch and Test ) and high performance in a rugged, large display package. With singlemode dynamic ranges up to 44 db and a MM/SM QUAD option, the M710 OTDR is ideal for testing and troubleshooting LAN/WAN, metro and long haul networks. Industry leading dead zones enhance the user s ability to locate and measure events. The M710 models utilize AFL s industry leading TruEvent technology to provide a new level of accuracy and reliability in event analysis. Touch and Test simplifies the M710 user experience, minimizes human errors and reduces training time by providing one-touch access to all OTDR test modes, OPM testing, Results Management and Job Creation menus. The M710 allows setting Pass/Fail thresholds to industry standard TIA/ISO values or user defined criteria and will automatically alert users of failing fibers. Touch and Test enables any technician to complete jobs more accurately and in less time, making it the ideal field test tool. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES Features TruEvent advanced event analysis Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope Live fiber detection prevents damage to network equipment Up to 13 hours battery life Dynamic range up to 44 db for long range testing SPECIFICATIONS Automatic Pass/Fail analysis Large 6.5 inch full color touchscreen display Integrated Optical Power Meter (OPM) and Visual Fault Locator (VFL) Front Panel and First Connector Check features OTDR Single-Mode OTDR Quad OTDR M M M M Emitter Type Laser Safety Class Class I FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Center Wavelengths 1310/1550 nm 1310/1550 nm 1310/1550/1625 nm 850/1300/1310/1550 nm Wavelength Tolerance ±25/25 nm ±25/25 nm ±25/25/10 nm ±25/25/25/25 nm Dynamic Range (SNR = 1) 44/42 db 41/39 db 41/39/39 db 25/24/40/38 db Event Dead Zone 0.8 m 0.8 m 0.8 m 0.8 m Attenuation Dead Zone 4 m 4 m 4 m 4 m Pulse Widths 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;1, 3, 10, 20 µs MM: 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;1 µs SM: 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns;1, 3, 10, 20 µs Range Settings 250 m to 256 km MM: 250 m to 64 km SM: 250 m to 256 km Sampling Points Max. 64,000 points Minimum Data Point Spacing m Group Index of Refraction (GIR) Distance Uncertainty (m) to ±( % x distance + data point spacing) Linearity ±0.03 db/db ±0.05 db/db Loss Threshold Loss Resolution Reflectance Accuracy Trace File Format Trace File Storage Media Trace File Storage Capacity OTDR Modes Tool Free Adapters 0.05 db 0.01 db ±2 db SR-4731 (GR-196-CORE Appendix A & B and SR-4731) Internal flash memory, USB flash drive (2 USB host ports), Downloadable from OTDR directly to PC (USB) Internal 1000 fibers Full Auto, Real Time, Expert SC/ST/FC/LC 50

51 AFL/NOYES OTDRS M710 Multifunction OTDR SPECIFICATIONS POWER METER Single-Mode OTDR Quad OTDR Calibrated Wavelengths M M M M , 980, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously) M710-20A-01 M710 OTDR SM 41/39dB 1310/1550nm APC $7, M710-20U-01 M710 OTDR SM 41/39dB 1310/1550nm UPC $7, M710-21A-01 M710 OTDR SM 41/39/ /1550/1625 APC $9, M710-21U-01 M710 OTDR SM 41/39/ /1550/1625 UPC $9, M710-24A-01 M710 QUAD OTDR 850/1300/1310/1550 APC $10, M710-24U-01 M710 OTDR QUAD 850/1300/1310/1550 UPC $10, M710-40A-01 M710 OTDR SM 44/42dB 1310/1550 APC $9, M710-40U-01 M710 OTDR SM 44/42dB 1310/1550 UPC $9, Includes: OTDR, USB Flash drive, PC software for OTDR trace analysis and OPM loss reporting, AC adapter, switchable test port adapters, and cleaning accessories in a soft carry case. 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously) Detector Type Filtered InGaAs detector InGaAs 2 mm Measurement Range (dbm) +26 to -50 dbm +3 to -70 dbm Accuracy ±0.25 Measurement Units Wavelength ID Set Reference Data Storage Tone Detection db, dbm, mw Yes Yes Yes 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Laser Safety Class Class II FDA 21 CFR and , IEC : Wavelength 635 ±20 nm Output Power (nominal) 0.8 mw GENERAL Display cm (6.5 in), color, transflective (indoor/outdoor) touch screen display Anti-Reflective (AR) Coating Yes Size x x 69.8 mm (7.5 x 10.6 x 2.75 in) Weight 2.36 kg ( 5.22 lb) Operating Temperature -10 C to+50 C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing) Storage Temperature -20 C to+60 C, 0 to 90 % RH (non-condensing) Power Rechargeable Li-Ion or AC power adapter Battery Life 13 hours continuous OTDR testing Recharge Time 4 hours TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES 51

52 AFL/NOYES OTDRS M310 Data Center OTDR The NOYES M310 is the only OTDR with controlled mode fill for multimode fiber testing without the need of an external mode controller. The controlled launch provides more accurate link loss measurements comparable to a mode conditioned light source and power meter loss measurement. Industry leading short dead zones, mode controlled launch, OPM, VFL and inspection capability combine to make this the most complete OTDR for Data Center testing and troubleshooting. Delivered in a rugged, lightweight, easy to hold package, the M310 has the easy-to-learn, easy-to-use Touch and Test user interface, which makes it easy for both experts and novices to perform tests and document data center and enterprise networks accurately and quickly. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS NOYES The M310 is available in Multimode, Single-mode and QUAD models, each comes standards with an OPM, VFL and is Digital FiberScope ready. The M310 Single-mode and QUAD models can be ordered with Advanced Analysis software which includes; Macro/Microbend detection and Bidirectional trace analysis. Using the Advanced Analysis software and testing against industry ISO/ TIA standards or user set Pass/Fail thresholds, technicians are alerted of installation problems and failures. This reduces troubleshooting time and minimizes network downtime. Cut, Copy, Paste and Rename functionality has been added to allow technicians to quickly initiate testing and troubleshoot networks and provide the ability to adjust to the project naming after the results have been obtained. SPECIFICATIONS OTDR 52 MULTIMODE SINGLE Emitter Type Laser Laser Safety Class Class I FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC :2007- Class I FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC :2007- Center Wavelengths 850/1300 nm 1310/1550 nm Wavelength Tolerance ±20/±30 nm ±20/±30 nm Launch Condition Controlled Launch at 850 nm N/A Live Fiber Detectio Yes Yes Dynamic Range (SNR = 1 30/30 db 38/37 db Event Dead Zon 0.8 m 0.8 m Attenuation Dead Zone 2.5/2.7 m 3.0 m Pulse Widths 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1 μs 5, 10, 30, 100, 300 ns, 1, 3, 10 μs, 20 μs Range Settings 250 m to 30 km 250 m to 240 km Sampling Points Up to 120,000 Up to 120,000 Minimum Data Point Spacing Group Index of Refraction (GIR) Distance Uncertainty /Accuracy 3 cm 3 cm to to ±( % x distance + data point spacing) ±( % x distance + data point spacing) Linearity ±0.05 db/db ±0.05 db/db Loss Threshold 0.02 db 0.02 db Loss Resolution 0.01 db 0.01 db Reflectance Range 850 nm: -14 to -58 db (typical) 1300 nm: -14 to -63 db (typical 1310 nm -14 to -65 db (typical) 1550 nm -14 to -65 db (typical) Reflectance Resolution 0.01 db 0.01 db Reflectance Accuracy ±2 db ±2 db Real Time Refresh Rate >2 Hz >2 Hz Trace File Format Bellcore GR-196 Version 1.1, Telcordia SR Issue 2 Other configurations available upon request. *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* Features Event Dead Zone 0.8 m Attenuation Dead Zone <3 m Front Panel and First Connector Check Touch and Test intuitive user interface Inspection capable with DFS1 Digital FiberScope 16-hour battery life Rugged, hand-held, lightweight (<1 kg) Prepaid Calibration plans, Cal and Cal Plus SPECIFICATIONS POWER METER Calibrated Wavelengths Detector Type Display Range -10 dbm Resolution Measurement Units Wavelength ID Set Reference Data Storage Tone Detection M310-20U-01-HC M310-22U-01-HC M310-25U-01-HC 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650 nm (displays up to 3 simultaneously) Noyes M310 SM OTDR 1300/1550 OPM VFL HC Noyes M310 MM OTDR 850/1300 OPM VFL HC Noyes M310 OTDR QUAD OPM VFL HC InGaAs 2mm +6 to -70 dbm ±0.25 db 0.01 db db, dbm, mw Wave ID Yes Yes 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz SPECIFICATIONS VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Safety Class Wavelength Output Power Laser Class II FDA 21 CFR and ; IEC 825-1:1993, : nm ±20 nm 0 dbm (1mW) SPECIFICATIONS DIGITAL FIBERSCOPE Field of View Optical Resolution Detection Capability 400 x 300 μm 4 μm 2 μm $7, $7, $10,295.00

53 T-BERD-2000 Multiple Services Test Platform Costs, workflow, quality, network performance, and customer experience are critical for the success of today s fiber optic networks. Selecting the right test tools has become key toward meeting these needs. VIAVI OTDRS The Viavi T-BERD/MTS-2000 is a handheld multi-test platform that provides field technicians with a single handheld unit to install, turn-up and maintain these networks to the highest standards. Its innovative design and hands-free bag ensure that all essential fiber test tools are close at hand, whatever the job or location. A large color screen with graphical user interface drives simple operation and optimal workflow in the field. Test capabilities include a range of OTDR modules for multimode and single-mode testing, as well as a range of FiberCompleteTM modules for automated Insertion Loss/ Optical Return Loss (IL/ORL), and fault finding. Both OTDR and FiberComplete modules are passive optical network (PON) optimized. The unit is also ready for connector end face pass/fail analysis to IEC standards with a digital analysis microscope. The PON power meter and CWDM-OSA modules also enable turn-up and troubleshooting of PON and coarse wavelength division multiplexing (CWDM) networks. SPECIFICATIONS Display Interfaces Internal memory Battery type Power supply Temperature 5-inch TFT color touch screen (12.5cm) Resolution 800 x 480 WVGA Two USB2.0 ports, One mini-usb2.0 port, RJ-45 LAN 10/100/1000Mbps, Built-in Bluetooth (optional), Built-in WiFi b/g/n (optional) 1GB (128MB for storage) Rechargeable Lithium-Polymer battery 8 hours of operation as per Telcordia GR-196-CORE AC/DC adapter, input VAC, 50-60Hz; 2.5A max, output 12VDC, 25W Electrical safety: EN60950-compliant Operating: -20 to +50 C (-4 to 122 F) Storage: -20 to +60 C (-4 to 140 F) Humidity non-condensing 95% Size (W x H x D) Weight Power Meter 175 x 138 x 80mm (6.9 x 5.4 x 3.2in) kg (1.89 lbs) (with battery) 1.21 kg (2.67 lbs) (with battery and LM OTDR) Calibrated wavelengths 850/1310/1490/1550/ 1625/1650 Wavelength range Accuracy Measurement range Maximum resolution Connector type Visual Fault Locator Wavelength Emission mode Laser class Talk Set Dynamic range Connector types 800 to 1650 nm in 1 nm steps ±0.2 db +5 to 50 dbm 0.01 db/0.01nw Universal Push Pull (UPP) 650 nm CW, 1Hz Class 2 as per standards EN and FDA21 CFR Part dB (typical) SC, FC, and UPP (three adapters included) Features Large 5-inch touch screen display Field-installable modules Wide range of OTDR modules, including Quad and PON FiberComplete automated IL/ORL, PON power meter, and CWDM analyzer Automated fiber inspection and IEC pass/fail analysis Optional built-in optical power meter, visual fault locator (VFL), and optical talk set New-generation Lithium Polymer (LiPo) battery for 8 hours operation Flexible connectivity with Ethernet, USB, Bluetooth and WiFi capabilities Special hands-free bag as standard Cross-compatible with T-BERD/MTS-4000 Viavi T-BERD-2000 Handheld OTDR ETB2000T $1, (Mainframe Only) Includes: Touch screen, hands-free soft case, shoulder strap, power supply with 5 adaptable plugs (US, Europe, UK, Australia, Japan), one USB cable, Getting Started manual 53 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS VIAVI

54 VIAVI OTDRS T-BERD-4000 Multiple Services Test Platform The T-BERD 4000 is a highly integrated platform that features two module slots, a large 7-inch color screen (with a touchscreen option), a high-capacity Lithium-Ion battery, an optional video inspection scope (through universal serial bus [USB] port), and optional built-in optical test functions, such as a visual fault locator (VFL), power meter, and optional WiFi/Bluetooth interface. Features Cost-effective, dual-modular and handheld platform Large 7-inch display (touchscreen option) Comprehensive connection checker functionality with built-in VFL, power meter, and scope Flexible connectivity including USB, high-speed 1G Ethernet,WiFi, and Bluetooth interfaces Automated test and data reporting capability Integrated web browser TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS VIAVI SPECIFICATIONS Display Storage and I/O Interface WiFi Bluetooth Audio interface Ethernet Battery type AC/DC adapter Electrical safety Operation time Size (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range (no option) Operating temperature range (all options) Humidity Power Meter Power level Calibrated wavelengths Connector type Visual Fault Locator Wavelength Output power level Laser safety Connector type Quick Capture Probe Kit (via USB) Magnification Interface Tips 7 TFT Color Touchscreen (800 x 480px) Internal memory Standard IEEE b/g Class 2, up to 10 m range 2.5 mm jack connector 10/100/1000 MHz full-half duplex Standard removable Li-Ion batteries Input V, Hz Output 12-15V DC/3.7 A EN Compliant Up to 11 hours with standard display Telcordia GR-196-CORE 10.2 x 5.3 x 3.5 in Mainframe only (with battery) 3 lb Mainframe with one module (with battery) <4.35 lb 4 to 122 F 32 to 104 F 95% (Non-condensing) +10 to 60 dbm 850, 1310, and 1550 nm Universal push/pull (UPP) 635 nm ±15 nm <1 mw Class 2 laser Universal push/pull (UPP) 200X and 400X through the USB port FC, SC, SC-APC, LC, U25, U25MA, U12 Broadband Power Meter The T-BERD/MTS-4000 comes with optional built-in power meters thatlet technicians easily verify the presence of a signal. The large screen of the T-BERD/MTS-4000 displays power values in large fonts, allowing for immediate interpretation of results. Visual Fault Locator The VFL features, available as an option on the T-BERD/MTS-4000 platform, offers built-in 635 nm visual fault location on a universal connector. Video Inspection Probe The optional fiber inspection probe facilitates the Inspect Before You ConnectSM process. The T-BERD/MTS-4000 offers this capability through a USB port connection, which allows for quick and easy inspection of connector end faces for contamination and also enables capturing the image and storing it in jpeg format. Ethernet Testing The T-BERD/MTS-4000 enables Internet connectivity testing using an integrated Web browser and also performs required Internet Protocol (IP) data tests, including IP Ping and File Transfer Protocol (FTP) testing, to verify bandwidth requirements for real-time applications and services (such as online gaming and streaming video). TB4-DIS-LMD-S Viavi T-BERD-4000 Handheld OTDR $5, Includes: Handheld platform w/ super-size 7 landscape high res. color display, Short Range (32/30dB 1310/1550nm) SM OTDR Module w/ Light Source/Power Meter option in module, UPC Connector, SC connector adapter, wrap-around carrying case, AC Adapter, Manuals *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* 54

55 VIAVI OTDRS T-BERD 6000/T-BERD 6000A Compact OTDR Solution T-BERD 6000 Viavi s T-BERD 6000 is a compact and lightweight test platform designed for the installation and maintenance of fiber networks. It provides field service technicians with the highest levels of performance and upgradeability on the market today. Modular in design, the T-BERD 6000 offers an extensive portfolio of test functionality with over forty different fiber modules supporting a wide range of applications. The versatility of the T-BERD 600 allows technicians to standardize using one type of test equipment and then introduce new testing capabilities in the field without incurring additional costs. Since the T-BERD 6000 is compatible without existing fiber module product line, technicians can exchange plug-in modules between the T-BERD 6000 Multiple Network Test Platform and the T-Berd 6000, in the field and without the need for additional tools. To ensure the highest level of return on your test equipment capital investment, existing OTDR modules from the MTS can be transformed (with and extension) for use with the T-BERD 6000 T-BERD 6000A The Viavi TB-6000A is a highly integrated test platform designed for all phases of network lifecycle from the installation to the highest levels of performance and upgradeability on the market today. Modular in design, the TB-6000A offers an extensive portfolio of test functionality with over forty different modules supporting a wide range of applications. The versatility of the TB-6000A allows technicians to standardize using one type of test equipment and then introduce new testing capabilities in the field without incurring additional training and device costs. SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength (nm) 1310 / 1550 ±20 Event Dead Zone (m) 2.5 Attenuation Dead Zone (m) 8 Dynamic Range (db) Distance Range 32 / 30 (1310 / 1550 nm) Up to 260 km Data Points Up to 128,000 Storage Capacity Ports Display Size Size (H x W x D) Weight 1000 test results (2) USB, (1) RJ-45 TFT color, 8.4, LCD 800 x 600, high visibility (standard) 285 x 195 x 93 mm (11.2 x 7.7 x 3.7 in) 3.4 kg (7.5 lb) Application Software Optical FiberTrace software EOFS1OO $ (for port analysis) Optical FiberCable software EOFS2OO $1, (for acceptance report generation) Optical connectors for the loss test set and talkset options (connector must be of the same type) Field replaceable connectors: EUNIPCFC, EUNIPCSC, EUNIPCST, EUNIPCDIN, EUNIPCLC, EUNIAPCFC, EUNIAPCSC, EUNIAPCST, EUNIAPCDIN, EUNIAPCLC Features Lightweight platform Large 8.4 inch transreflective TFT color display improves viewing under any conditions. Intuitive graphical user interface with touchscreen option Extended battery life using smart Lithium ion cell. Connection Check with VFL, power meter, Loss Test Set/ ORL meter and video inspection scope options Built-in optical talkset option for communicating along the fiber. Unique automatic bi-directional analysis function available to save up to 50% test time for OTDR, IL, and ORL measurements. Fast data transfer via USB, Ethernet port and 1Gb extended memory option. Exceeds Telcordia specifications for ruggedness, drop testing, and extended battery life Additional Parts E60EXTMEM Extended Memory $ E80VFL VFL with UPP connector $1, E80TS Optical talkset $2, E80PM Optical power meter with UPP connector (2.5 mm provided as standard) $ E8036LTSTS Optical loss test set with talkset $5, E60LIION Additional high power Li-ion rechargeable battery Main Modules (single slot plug-in modules) E81xxSR, E81xxDR, E81xxHD, E81xxVLR, E81xxUHD, E8123MM OTDR module $ E81PMD PMD module $23, E81WDMPMD PMD module $30, E81WDM WDM module $20, E5083CD CD module $31, ETB6000 T-BERD 6000 platform $3, ETB6000T T-BERD 6000 platform $4, ETB6000AT T-6000A platform $5, *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* 55 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS VIAVI

56 VIAVI OTDRS T-BERD 8000 Comprehensive Optical Network Platform The T-BERD 8000 is a field-scalable optical test platform for both installation and maintenance. Based on the rich T-BERD heritage, the T-BERD 8000 is the industry s most innovative and cost-effective test solution for metro networks. A single Transport Module provides an integrated solution for Ethernet, SONET, SDH, PDH, and T-carrier networks. Optical Modules allow thorough testing of short-haul, long-haul, FTTx, CWDM, DWDM and ROADM networks. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS VIAVI SPECIFICATIONS Display Storage Input/Output Battery type Operation time Internal charger Charging time DC input Power supply AC/DC adapter Size (W x H x D) Weight Operating temperature range (no option) Operating temperature range (all options) 10.4 TFT Color LCD Touchscreen (800x600px) Internal memory 16 MB Hard disk (optional) min 20 GB Floppy disk drive (optional) 3.5 in MSDOS compatible, CD read/write (optional) RS232C x USB, VGA, RJ45 Ethernet RJ11 modem (optional) Standard removable Li-Ion batteries Up to 16 OTDR hours with two batteries and standard display, Telcordia GR-196-CORE Yes <3 hours per battery 19 to 25 V Input 100 to 240 V 50 to 60 Hz, 1.8 A, out put 19 V DC/3.1 A Mainframe w/ back plate 12.6 x 10.4 x 2.1 Unit w/receptacle + battery pack 12.6 x 10.4 x 4.5 Mainframe w/ back plate Unit w/receptacle + battery pack -4 F to 122 F -4 F to 140 F Storage -4 F to 140 F Humidity EMI/ESD OTDR Module Specifications High performance multimode MM Central wavelength 850/1300 nm ± 20 nm 95% without condensing CE compliant Short range singlemode SR 1310/1550 nm ± 20 nm 6.39 lbs 11.9 lbs Medium range singlemode DR 1310/1550 nm ± 20 nm Features Configure with numerous application modules and a variety of storage media, including USB memory stick, and read/write CD-ROM. All application modules are field-installable so that existing MTS-5000 users can simply field install the optical plug-in by adding an extender. A large color transreflective display is offered as standard for improved visibility for use in direct sunlight.a touchscreen option is available. Base unit can house Visual Fault Locator(635 nm), Power Meter (800 to 1650 nm),loss Test Set/ORL meter, as well as Optical Talkset (45 db) options Optical Talkset allows both communication and file transfer. Comprehensive suite of PC software tools for post-processing of test results via FiberTrace (OFS-100)and FiberCable (OFS-200) ETB8000bt Long range singlemode HD 1310/1550/1625 nm ± 20 nm ± 10 nm for 1625 nm T-Berd 8000 Tester (Mainframe Only) Very long range singlemode VLR 1310/1550/1625 nm ± 20 nm $5, *PLEASE CALL FOR CONFIGURATIONS* Ultra long haul singlemode UHD 1310/1550/1625 nm ± 20 nm ± 10 nm for 1625 nm Laser safety class (21 CFR) Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Class 1 Pulse width 3 ns to 200 ns 10 ns to 10 µs 10 ns to 20 µs 10 ns 20 µs 3 ns to 20 µs 10 ns to 20 µs Distance range Up to 80 km Up to 260 km Up to 260 nm Up to 380 km Up to 380 km Up to 380 km RMS dynamic range 25 db/23 db 37 db/35 db 37 db/35 db 42 db/40 db/40 db 45 db/43 db/ 43 db 46 db/50 db/ 46 db Event dead zone 1.5 m 1 m 1 m 4 m 0.8 m 4 m Attenuation dead zone 5 m 8m 15 m 15 m 4 m 15 m 56

57 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OBL-201A Optical Break Locator The OBL-201A Break Locator is a 9/125µm Singlemode Break Locator operating at 1550nm (± 20nm) and boasting a 100mW output, capable of testing up to 100Km. Technicians can quickly locate fiber breaks and imperfections and detailed results are displayed on a large LCD screen. At only 10 oz, this unit is extremely portable and user-friendly. The USB port and included USB cable make it easy to transfer data and perform updates. A built-in VFL port and <3 Meter Dead-Zone make the OBL-201A a true performer. Features Short Dead Zone - Less Than 3m Backlit for Easy Operation in Low Light Data Transfer via USB Interface Interchangeable Connectors (SC/ST/FC) Built-in VFL Port Applications: FTTx fiber certification CATV technicians (Field verification of fiber continuity) MDU installation (Verification of fiber continuity) Any application where affordable, distance to break testing is required SPECIFICATIONS Fiber Type Wavelength Emitter Type Connector Type Pulse Width Max. Output Power Max. Measurement Range Distance Accuracy Data Storage Event Dead Zone Power Supply Battery Life 9/125 µm Singlemode 1550 (± 20 nm) LD FC/PC (Interchangeable SC,ST) 10ns/20ns/40ns/80ns/320ns/640ns/1280ns/2560ns/ 5120ns/10240ns/20480ns 90 mw 100 Km (Reflective Event, >1 db) Reflection event +/- ( % x Distance), Non-Reflection event +/- ( % x Distance 260 Measurements <10 m (Reflective Event) AC/DC Adapter Rechargeable NiMH Battery (5,000 Tests) Operating Temp. 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ +50 º C) Storage Temp. -4 º F ~ 140 º F (20 º C ~ +60 º C) Humidity Communication Port Dimension 0 ~ 85% (non-condensing) Mini USB 7.5 x 4.1 x 2.1 / 10 oz (190 x 105 x 55mm / 400 g) OBL-201A OBL - 201A $1, Includes: OBL-201A, Rechargeable NiMH Batteries (x4), AC/DC Adapter/Charger, PC Data Management Software, USB Cable, Test Report, Manual, FC, ST, SC Connector Adapters for Both Ports, Soft Carrying Case OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PRO-CT-001 Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette $75.00 PRO-CT-004 Cleaning Cassette Replacement Reel $30.00 VFL-5 650±10nm Pocket Visual Fault Locator $ VFL nm Pocket Visual Fault Locator $ CS-250 PRO Quick Click, 2.5mm (SC) $59.95 CS-125 PRO Quick Click, 1.25mm (LC) $59.95 TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO 57

58 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OFL-301B Optical Fault Locator The OFL-301B is a high-performance, easy-to-use diagnostic tool designed for fiber maintenance, locating faults and general troubleshooting. The OFL-301B utilizes much of the same technology used in an OTDR, such as a graphical representation of the fault location, but at a much lower price point than an OTDR. Up to 1,000 test results can be stored onboard and later transferred to a PC, via a built-in USB port. The onscreen interface has been engineered for ease of use and utilizes convenient Hot Keys for quick, simple testing. Water, shock and dustproof, the OFL-301B is reliable and built to last. The unit will operate for up to 10 hours on the included NiMH rechargable battery and includes an AC/DC adapter. Sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the OFL-301B is a workhorse, well-suited for inside plant, outside plant and FTTx applications. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO Features Quick One-Button Fault Detection and Diagnosis High-Definition Graphical Interface Hot Keys and One-Button Testing Water, Dust and Shock-Proof Sold, Serviced and Supported in the USA SPECIFICATIONS Fiber Type / Wavelength 1310/1550nm (±20nm) Dynamic Range 30/30dB Event Dead Zone 3.5m Attenuation Dead Zone 13m Range of Use Singlemode Fiber Emitter Type LD Connector SC/UPC (Interchangeable FC, ST) Distance Accuracy ± (1m + 5 x 10-5 x Distance + Sampling Space) Data Storage 1,000 Results Communication Ports USB Power Supply NiMH Rechargeable Battery / AC Adapter Battery Life 8 hrs continuous operation, 20 hrs standby (on one charge); recharging time < 4 hrs Operating Temperature -4 º F ~ 122 º F (-20 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -40 º F ~ 158 º F (-40 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions 0 ~ 95% RH (Humidity, Non-Condensing) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) (8.7 x 4.3 x 2.7 / 2.2 lb (220 x 110 x 70mm / 1kg) OFL-301B OFL-301B $1, Includes: OFL, Rechargeable Battery, AC/DC Adapter, Trace Manager Software CD, Data Transfer Cable (RS232/USB), Rubber Boot, Warranty Card, CE Certificate, Certificate of Calibration, Quick- Reference Guide, Soft Carrying Case OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES PRO-CT-001 Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette $75.00 PRO-CT-004 Cleaning Cassette Replacement Reel $30.00 VFL-5 650±10nm Pocket Visual Fault Locator $ VFL nm Pocket Visual Fault Locator $ CS-250 PRO Quick Click, 2.5mm (SC) $59.95 CS-125 PRO Quick Click, 1.25mm (LC) $

59 OFT-301 Series Handheld OTDR The OFT-301 Series OTDR is a high-performance, easy-to-use diagnostic tool designed for fiber maintenance, locating faults and general troubleshooting. The OFT-301 Series OTDR offers the same functionality as a high-end OTDR at a fraction of the cost. Up to 1,000 test results can be stored onboard and later transferred to a PC, via a built-in USB port. The onscreen interface has been engineered for ease of use and utilizes convenient Hot Keys for quick, simple testing. Water, shock and dustproof, the OFT-301 Series OTDR is reliable and built to last. The unit will operate for up to 10 hours on the included NiMH rechargeable battery and includes an AC/DC adapter. The OFT-301B is a workhorse, well-suited for inside plant, outside plant and FTTx applications. PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS Features High-Definition Graphical Interface Hot Keys and One-Button Testing Water, Dust and Shock-Proof Stores 1,000 Records 10 Hours Continuous Operation SPECIFICATIONS OFT-301B OFT-301C Dynamic Range 28/28dB 38/36dB Fiber Type / Wavelength 1310/1550nm (±20nm) Event Dead Zone 2.5m Attenuation Dead Zone Range of Use Connector Distance Accuracy Data Storage Communication Ports Power Supply Battery Life Warranty 8m Singlemode Fiber FC/UPC (Interchangeable SC, ST) ± (1m + 5 x 10-5 x Distance + Sampling Space) 1,000 Results RS-232/USB NiMH Rechargeable Battery / AC Adapter 10 hrs continuous operation, 20 hrs standby (on one charge) 1-Year Manufacturer s Warranty Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F(-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 0 ~ 95% RH (Humidity, Non-Condensing) (8.7 x 4.3 x 2.7 / 2.2 lb (220 x 110 x 70mm / 1kg) OFT-301B Handheld OTDR 28/28dB $2, OFT-301C Handheld OTDR 38/36dB $3, Includes: OTDR, Rechargeable Battery, AC/DC Adapter, Trace Manager Software CD, Data Transfer Cable (RS232/USB), Rubber Boot, Warranty Card, CE Certificate, Certificate of Calibration, Quick-Reference Guide, Soft Carrying Case TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO 59

60 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OFT-2 Series Bluetooth Enabled OTDR The OFT-2SM-35 (2 Series) OTDR is the most affordable Bluetooth-enabled OTDR on the market today. Featuring Trace Overlay, TFT Color Display, One- Button Auto-Test and Event Analysis, the OFT-2SM-35 is a powerful OTDR that can even be controlled via Bluetooth, through any Android phone or tablet! Remote control allows for more mobility, a more powerful file management system, Geo-tagging of files, instant file sharing as well as a display size limited only by the size of the Android device. The OFT-2SM-35 has a wide dynamic range and a 2-Meter Dead Zone, making it ideal for links up to 180km as well as short LAN links or FTTA/FTTH applications. A built-in VIP port is standard, and an inspection probe is available. Manufactured, sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the OFT-2SM-35 OTDR comes standard with a 1-year manufacturer s warranty, FC, ST and SC adapters and a carrying case. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO Can be Controlled with Your Android Smart Phone or Tablet!! Specifications Wavelengths Dynamic Range Pulse Width Units of Measurement 1310,1550 (±20nm) 32/30dB (SM) 20-10,000 ns km, kf, mi Event Dead Zone <2m Attenuation Dead Zone <5m Resolution Measurement Accuracy Full-Distance Accuracy Range Typical Real-Time Refresh Rate.25-64m ± (0.75m % x Distance +Sampling Resolution) 1-180km (SM) 4 Hz Group Index of Refraction (GIR) Linearity Memory Capacity Memory Type Power Supply / Charger Battery (Rechargeable) Ports Connector Types ±.05 db/db 1,000 Traces Internal Universal 4 hr. USB, VIP FC, ST, SC (Interchangeable) Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 140 º F (-20 º C ~ 60 º C) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxH) (without rubber boot ) 7.62 x 3.88 x 1.56 / 1.6 lb 194 x 99 x 40 mm /.072 kg Features Event Table with Pass/Fail Feature One-Button Testing Controllable via Android Device (Bluetooth) Telcordia-Compatible Software Included Trace Comparison with Trace Overlay OFT-2SM-35 PRO 2 Series OTDR OFT-2SM-35 $3, Includes: Universal Power Adapter w/us, UK, CE, and AU Plugs, Interchangeable FC, ST and SC Adapters, Windows/ Telcordia SR4731 Software, Rubber Boot, USB Cable, User Manual on CD 60

61 OFT-3V2 Series OTDR w/lts & optional VFL The OFT-3V2 OTDR can be controlled via Bluetooth from any Android device. Also included are a built-in Auto-Test /Auto-Wave Power Meter, VFL and CW/Fiber Identifier Light Source. An integrated Video Scope port is standard (scope optional). The OFT-3V2 has a 36dB dynamic range and a 1-Meter Dead Zone. Ruggedized construction, file storage for 1,000 traces, Fib-R-Map schematics, event analysis, multiple operational modes and a 4 touchscreen make it perfect for testing and troubleshooting in LAN, MAN or WAN applications. Units available in MM/SM/QUAD. The OFT-3V2 is sold, serviced and supported in the USA and is water, dust and shock resistant. It comes standard with a 1-year manufacturer s warranty as well as FC, ST and SC adapters. PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS Specifications Wavelength 850, 1300, 1310, 1490,1550 and 1625 (±20nm) Dynamic Range 27/26dB MM, 36/35/35/35dB SM Pulse Width Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone 5-20,000 ns Data Points up to 120,000 Resolution Distance Measurement Distance Range Real-time Refresh Rate Connector Styles Communications Ports Weight & Dimensions (HxWxH) (w/out boot) Power Meter Specifications Detector Type Connector Type Dynamic Range Auto Test Range Calibrated Wavelengths Power Measurement Units of Measurement Resolution Light Source Specifications Fiber Type Wavelengths Output Power Laser Safety Classification Modulation Modes 1m 4m.125 ~ 32m ± (0.75m % x Distance + Sampling Resolution) (MM), km (SM), 0.25 ~ 240km (Quad) 2 Hz FC, ST, SC USB and Bluetooth 7.75 x 4.5 x 2.25 / 1.7 lb (197 x 114 x 57mm / 0.8 kg) InGaAs FC, ST and SC +5 ~ -77dB, CATV (+25 ~ -57dB) 0 to -40dB 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625nm 20) (± 20) ± 0.18 db (Under Reference Conditions), ± 0.25 db (0 to -65 dbm), ± 0.35 db (0 to +5 dbm) and from -65 to -77 dbm dbm, db.01 db Singlemode, Multimode 850,1300,1310,1490,1550 and 625 nm (±20nm) 0 dbm 1625nm) Class I Safety Per FDA/CDRH and IEC Regulation 270 Hz, 1,000 Hz, 2000 Hz (CW) Features: Bluetooth-Enabled - Controllable via Android Device Instant-on for Immediate Operation CW & Fiber Identifier Light Source Bi-Directional Trace Analysis Onboard Memory for 1,000 Traces Ordering Information OFT-3V2-SM 1310/1550nm SM OTDR $6, with LTS and VFL OFT-3V2-MM 850/1300nm MM OTDR $6, with LTS and VFL OFT-3V2-Q 850/1300/1310/1550nm Quad OTDR with LTS or VFL $8, Includes: OTDR, Universal Power Adapter w/us, UK, Continental Europe and Australian Adapters, Interchangeable FC, ST and SC Adapters, Android Application, Windows -Compatible Software, Rubber Boot and Manual on CD TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO 61

62 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OFT-5 Series OTDR w/lts & VFL Boasting a 36dB dynamic range and a 1-meter Dead Zone, the OFT-5 Series OTDR satisfies even the most demanding testing and troubleshooting requirements. Featuring a one-button fault finder, ruggedized construction and multiple operational modes, the OFT-5 Series is perfect for LAN and Metro networks. This versatile OTDR has a built-in Power Meter, Light Source, VFL and VIP port, 1-meter Dead Zone and onboard storage for 500 traces, downloadable via a USB port. Interchangeable FC, ST and SC connectors are included for maximize versatility. Manufactured, sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the OFT-5 Series comes with a 1-year manufacturer s warranty and Cert-Soft software. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO Specifications Dynamic Range Pulse Width Units of Measurement Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone Resolution Measurement Accuracy Distance Accuracy Typical Real-Time Refresh Rate 27/26dB (MM), 36/34dB (SM) 5 ~ 20,000 ns km, kf, mi 1m 4m.125 ~ 32m ± (0.75m % x Distance + Sampling Resolution) 1~64km MM, 1~180km SM 2 Hz Group Index of Refraction (GIR) Linearity Memory Capacity Memory Storage Power Supply Battery (Rechargeable) Communication Ports Connector Styles ±.05 db/db 500 Traces Internal and Flash Drive Universal AC/DC Adapter / Charger 8hr USB and USB Flash Drive Ports FC, ST, SC Interchangeable Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 140 º F (-20 º C ~ 60 º C) Weight & Dimensions (LxWxH) Light Source Specifications Fiber Type Wavelengths Output Power Laser Safety Classification Modulation Modes 7.75 x 4.5 x 2.25 / 2 lb (197 x 114 x 57 mm / 0.91 kg) MM, SM 850/1300 (MM), 1310/1550 nm (SM) 0 dbm 1550nm) Class I Safety Per FDA/CDRH and IEC Regulation 270 Hz, 1,000 Hz, 2000 Hz (CW) Visual Fault Locator Specifications Emitter Type Wavelength Connector Type Output Power Laser Photo Diode 1100~1700nm InGaAs -70 ~ +9dBm (with Interchangeable FC Adapter) 650nm (±5nm) 2.5mm Universal 1mW Max Features: Manufactured in the USA Fiber Inspection Video Probe Port Onboard Memory Stores 500 Traces 36 db Dynamic Range Short, 1-Meter Dead Zone Power Meter Specifications Detector Type Connector Types Dynamic Range Wavelengths Units of Measurement Resolution Power Measurement Accuracy Auto-Test Range OFT-5SM-35-FP OFT-5MM-83-FP OFT-5Q-FP OFT-5SM-35-VFP OFT-5MM-83-VFP OFT-5Q-VFP InGaAs 2.5mm (Interchangeable) +5 ~ -77dB (CATV: +25 to -57dB) 850,1300,1310,1490,1550,1625nm dbm, db.01 db ± 0.18 db (Under Reference Conditions), ± 0.25 db from 0 ~ -65dBm, ± 0.35 db from 0 ~ +5dBm and from -65 ~ -77dBm 0 ~ -40dB 1310/1550nm SM OTDR with LTS, VFL & VIP Port 850/1300nm MM OTDR with LTS, VFL & VIP PORT 850/1300/1310/1550nm QUAD OTDR with LTS, VFL & VIP Port 1310/1550nm SM OTDR with LTS, VFL, VIP Port, Probe and Soft Case 850/1300nm MM OTDR with LTS, VFL, VIP Port, Probe and Soft Case 850/1300/1310/1550nm QUAD OTDR with LTS, VFL, VIP Port, Probe & Case $5, $5, $8, $6, $5, $8, Includes: OTDR, Universal Power Adapter with US, UK, Continental Europe and Australian Plugs, Interchangeable FC, ST and SC Adapters, Windows/Telcordia SR4731 Software, Protective Rubber Boot, User Manual on CD and Soft Carrying Case 62

63 FTTx OTDR FTP-1 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS The PRO FTP-1 OTDR boasts massive OTDR testing power in a small, ruggedized package. Designed for FTTx applications, the FTP-1 is also available with an optional Light Source, Power Meter and VFL. With up to 65,534 sampling points, Pass/Fail assessment and ORL test function, the FTP-1 can precisely locate fiber events, making it perfect for FTTx applications, installation, maintenance, R&D and network testing. The user can store up to 1,000 test results and transfer the results (via USB) to data management software, such as FiberBase. Sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the FTP-1 comes with a standard 1-year manufacturer s warranty, FC/PC, SC and ST adapters and a soft carrying case. Features Ideal for LAN/WAN/FTTx Certification & Troubleshooting Optional Stabilized Light Source, SM/MM Power Meter and VFL Pass/Fail Assessment and ORL Test Function Storage of 1,000 Test Results USB/RS-232 Data Interface, Driver-Free SPECIFICATIONS Selectable Range (km) (1) Pulse Width (2) Averaging Time Distance Measure Accuracy Attenuation Detect Accuracy Reflection Detect Accuracy Data Storage 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1.3, 2.5, 5.0, 8 50nm; 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1.3, 2.5, 5.0, 10, 20, 40, 1300nm; 0.3, 1.3, 2.5, 5.0, 10, 20, 40, 80, 120, 160, others 12ns, 30ns, 100ns, 275ns, 850nm; 12ns, 30ns, 100ns, 275ns, 1µs, 1300nm; 5ns, 10ns, 12ns, 30ns, 100ns, 275ns, 300ns, 1µs, 2.5µs, 10µs, others 15s,30s,1min,2min,3min ± (1m + 5x10-5 x Distance + Sampling Space) ± 0.05 db / db ± 4dB 1,000 records Connectivity USB / R S-232 Connector Power Supply Battery Life FC/PC (Interchangeable SC, ST) NiMH Battery / AC Adapter 8 hours continuous operation; 20 hours standby (on one charge) Operating Temperature 32 º F ~ 122 º F (0 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions 0~95% (Humidity, Non-Condensing) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 8.7 x 4.3 x 2.7 / 2.2 lb ( 220 x 110 x 70 mm / 1 kg) SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength (± 20nm) Dynamic Range Event Deadzone (m) Attenuation Deadzone (m) 1M2A 1S2A 1S2B 1S2C 1S2D 850/ / /24dB 28/26dB 34/32dB 38/37dB 45/43dB Multimode Yes No FTP-1M2A-PSF MM (850/1300) OTDR:21/24dB $4, FTP-1S2A-PSF SM (1310/1550) OTDR: 28/26db $4, FTP-1S2B-PSF SM (1310/1550) OTDR: 34/32dB $5, FTP-1S2C-PSF SM (1310/1550) OTDR: 38/37dB $6, FTP-1S2D-PSF SM (1310/1550) OTDR: 45/43dB $9, TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO 63

64 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OTDR 5350 Series The PRO-5350 OTDR is the new generation of intelligent OTDRs for use in fiber communications systems. With an increase in optical network construction in cities and suburbs, there is often a need for higher power OTDRs. The PRO-5350 Series is specifically designed for such applications. The PRO-5350 Series is manufactured within precise engineering and design tolerances, keeping usability, durability and expandability in mind. Subject to stringent mechanical, electronic and optical testing, quality can be seen and felt from the ruggedized body and high resolution display, to the soft-touch keypad and user-friendly USB interface. The PRO-5350 Series OTDR comes standard with a VFL, Power Meter, Light Source and Touchscreen. Sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the PRO comes with a standard 3-year manufacturer s warranty and carrying case. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO SPECIFICATIONS Pulse Width MM/SM ns Operational Wavelength 1310/1550nm (Standard * ) Dynamic Range 32/30dB (Standard * ) Full-Distance Accuracy MM up to 40Km, SM up to 240Km Sampling Resolution Minimum 0.25m Sampling Points Linearity Loss Threshold Loss Resolution Maximum 128,000 Points 0.05dB/dB 0.01dB 0.001dB Distance Resolution 0.01m Distance Accuracy Internal Visual Source Data Storage Interface Display Battery ± (1m+Measuring Distance x 3 x Sampling Resolution) 10mW, CW/2Hz VFL -5dBm 4 GB (~40,000 Groups of Curves) RJ-45 Port(x1); USB (x3) Type A (x2), Type B (x1) 7 TFT-LCD Touchscreen 7.4V/4.4Ah Lithium Battery (with Aviation Certification), Battery Capacity: 12 Hours Operating Temp. 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temp. -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 0 ~ 95% RH (Humidity, Non-Condensing) 9.9 x 6.6 x 2.9 / 1.5 lb (253 x 168 x 73.5mm / 1.5kg) (Battery Included) Features 7 TFT, Color Touchscreen Display Built-in VFL Built-in Power Meter Built-in Light Source User-Friendly Interface PRO-5350-TS-D26 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 26/24dB $3, PRO-5350-TS-D32 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 32/30dB $3, PRO-5350-TS-D35 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 35/33dB $4, PRO-5350-TS-D40 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 40/38dB $5, PRO-5350-TS-D43 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 43/41dB $6, PRO-5350-TS-M21 PRO-5350 OTDR MM, 19/21dB $7, PRO-5350-TS-Q21 PRO-5350-TS-Q22 PRO-5350 OTDR SM/MM, 19/21/35/33dB PRO-5350 OTDR SM/MM, 19/21/40/38dB $9, $10, PRO-5350-TS-T40 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 40/38/38dB $8, PRO-5350-TS-T43 PRO-5350 OTDR SM, 43/40/40dB $11, Includes: Main Unit, 12V Power Adapter, Lithium Battery, FC Adapter, 10mW VFL, USB Cord, User Guide, Test Report Software CD, Carrying Case 64

65 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OTDR 6350 Series The PRO-6350 Series is a compact multi-functional platform, specially designed for FTTx/WAN applications and can meet all test requirements of installers, contractors and service operators during network installation, construction, maintenance and troubleshooting. It is convenient and accurate for auto/manual testing, multi-wavelength testing and multifunctional analysis. SPECIFICATIONS Display Connectivity Memory Power Supply Battery Life 7 TFT-LCD Touchscreen USBx2; 10/100Mbit/s RJ-45x1 2GB Rechargeable Li-Ion Battery/AC Adapter 10 hours continuous operation Operating Temp. -4 º F ~ 122 º F (-20 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temp. -40 º F ~ 140 º F (-40 º C ~ 60 º C) Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) OTDR with VFL Selectable Range Pulse Width Visual Light Source 0 ~ 95% RH (Humidity, Non-Condensing) 11.4 x 6.8 x 2.9 / 4.6 lb (290 x 175 x 75mm / 2.1kg) (Battery Included) SM: 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 240Km MM: 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40Km SM: 5ns, 10ns, 30ns, 100ns, 300ns, 1µs, 2.5µs, 10µs, 20µs MM: 5ns, 10ns, 30ns, 1µs, 2.5µs Output Power: -3dBm; MOD Frequency: 1 Hz; Detection Range: 5Km Event Dead Zone (m) 0.8 Attenuation Dead Zone (m) 4.5 Optical Power Meter CAL Wavelength Power Range (dbm) Accuracy Detector Type MOD Identification Resolution Connectors Stabilized Light Source Wavelengths Emitter Types Output Mode Spectrum Width Output Power Power Stability 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650nm (±20nm) -70 ~ +6 (-60 ~ 850nm) ± 5% ±0.01nW (±0.5dB@850nm) InGaAs 270, 1K, 2K Hz 0.01dB FC (Interchangeable SC, ST and LC) Same as OTDR's FP-LD@1310, 1490, 1550nm; DFB-LD@1625nm CW, 270Hz, 1KHZ, 2KHz 5nm -7dBm ± 0.05dB/15min; ± 0.10dB/8hr Features 7 TFT, Color Touchscreen Display Flexible File Naming Auto/Manual Test and Analysis High Dynamic Range up to 50dB LAN/WAN/FTTx Application Video Inspection Probe Field of View 400µm x 300µm Resolution Focusing Hand-Probe Dimensions PRO-6350-TS-D38 Mini OTDR 1310/1550nm 38/37dB $11, PRO-6350-TS-D45 Long-haul OTDR 1310/1550nm 45/43dB $15, PRO-6350-TS-D50 Extra Long-haul OTDR $18, PRO-6350-TS-T38 Three-wavelength OTDR $13, PRO-6350-TS-T41 PRO-6350-TS-T40 1.5µm Manual Focus Ø32mm x 175mm Three-wavelength OTDR (1625nm on-line test & PON network) Three-wavelength OTDR (1650nm on-line test & PON network) $15, $17, PRO-6350-TS-Q23 SM & MM OTDR $15, Includes: Main Unit, Lithium Battery, CD, Software, Data Cable, Carrying Case, Warranty card, Calibration Certificate TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO Connectors FC/UPC (Interchangeable SC, ST) 65

66 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS TP6 Multifunctional Test Platform The TP6 is a compact, modular platform that allows for the stacking of up to three modules, providing a multitude of customizable configurations. Specifically designed for LAN, WAN FTTx/PON applications, the use of Plugand-Play modules allows the TP6 to meet all of the test requirements for installers, contractors and service operators, whether performing network installation, service activation, maintenance or troubleshooting. Some of the Plug-and-Play modules available include an OTDR, Optical Loss Meter, Stabilized Light Source, PON Meter, Power Meter, OPM and Video Inspection Probe (VIP). An 8.4 TFT touchscreen with an intuitive onscreen interface makes operation quick and efficient. Sold, Serviced and supported in the USA, the TP6 comes standard with a 1-year manufacturer s warranty as well as Li-Ion Battery, AC/DC adapter and carrying case. TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO Designed for Metro, Access & FTTx Networks All-in-One: OTDR, VFL, PON Power Meter, Optical Power Meter, Stabilized Light Source, Optical Connector Inspector OTDR Plug-and-Play Modules LAN/WAN/FTTx Double/Triple/Quad Wavelengths: SM/MM Fault Locating, Fiber Length/Loss Measurement, Connector/Splice/ Splitter/Macro-Bend/Fiber-End Detection Pass-Through PON Power Meter Simultaneously Measures Triple-Play PON Signals (1310/1490/1550nm) Standard Accessories TP6 Platform, Li-Ion Battery, AC/DC Adapter/Charger, Rubber Boot and Soft Carrying Case Optimized Platform Performance 8.4 TFT Touchscreen (800x600) Li-Ion Battery w/ac Adapter Optimized Power Management: 7 Hours of Continuous Operation Fast Boot-Up and Windows CE Operating System OTDR Module Multiple Plug-and-Play Modules Available for Custom Configuration LAN/WAN/FTTx Application GR-196-CORE (.SOR) File Format PON OTDR /Test-Through Splitter PON Test Module Simultaneously Measures Triple-Play PON Signals (1310/1490/1550nm) Burst Mode (1310nm) Upstream Signal Detection & Measurement 66

67 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS Platform Specifications (Mainframe) Memory 2 GB Ports USB (x2); 10/100Mbit/s RJ-45x1 Module Example Power Supply Battery Life Li-Ion Battery/AC Adapter 7 Hours of Continuous Operation Display Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) OTDR with VFL Selectable Range Pulse Width Visual Light Source SM: 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40, 80, 160, 240Km MM: 1.3, 2.5, 5, 10, 20, 40Km SM: 5ns, 10ns, 30ns, 100ns, 300ns, 1µs, 2.5µs, 10µs, 20µs MM: 5ns, 10ns, 30ns, 1µs, 2.5µs Output Power: -3dBm; MOD Frequency: 1 Hz; Detection Range: 5Km * All OTDR modules are available with built-in Power Meter OTDR Wavelength Options P/N Wavelength (±20nm) TP6 Configurator Dynamic Range (db) EDZ (m) ADZ (m) Price MFS / / $5, MFS /1490/ /38/ $5, MFS /1550/ /37/ $6, MFS /1383/ /37/ $7, MFS /1550/ /37/ $6, MFQ40 850/1300/1310/ /36/38/ /9/10/12 $6, MFS /1490/1550/ /37/36/ $7, OPTIONAL Built-in OPM for OTDR Module CAL Wavelengths Power Range (dbm) 8.4 TFT Touchscreen (800 x 600px) 12.6 x / 4.6 lb(320 x 190 x 70mm / 2.1 kg) (Platform Only) Available Modules 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650nm -70 ~ +10 (-60 ~ 850nm) TP6 OTDR Mainframe $3, MPN100 OPM Function for MOT Modules $ MPN200 General Loss Test Module $1, MCI100 Video Inspection Module $1, MFXXX-S SLS Function for MOT Module $ MFXXX-P PON - Pass Thru Splitter Function $1, MFXXX-L Live Testing - In Service Function $1, Optical Power Meter CAL Wavelength Stabilized Light Source Wavelengths Emitter Types Output Mode Spectrum Width Output Power Power Stability Connectors PON Power Meter CAL Wavelengths Measurement Range -40 ~ +10dBm -40 ~ +10dBm -40 ~ +10dBm Spectral Passband 1310±50nm 1490±15nm 1550±10nm Power Accuracy Display Resolution Insertion Loss Mainframe Dash Modules Dash Power Meter Options 0.5dB 0.01 db 1.5 db * Pass-through PON Power Meter simultaneous measures triple-play signals (1310/1490/1550) Video Inspection Probe Field of View 400µm x 300µm Resolution 1.5µm Focusing Manual Focus Hand-Probe Dimensions 32mm x 175mm Video Inspection Scope TP6 - AAAAA - B C D MFS20 = 1310/1550nm, 45/43dB MFS30 = 1310/1490/1550nm, 38/38/37dB P = Standard L = Live Testing Power Meter MFS31 = 1310/1550/1625nm, 38/37/37dB N = Pass Thru Splitter Function TP6 - MFS32 = 1310/1383/1550nm, 38/37/37dB - MFS33 = 1310/1550/1650nm, 38/37/37dB N = PON Power MFQ40 = 850/1300/1310/1550nm, 23/36/38/36dB Meter S = Stable Light Source MFS41 = 1310/1490/1550/1625nm, 38/37/36/36dB TP6-MFS20-PSV = TPB Mainframe, MFS20 Module, Standard Power Meter, Continuous Light Source, Video Inspection Probe 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625, 1650nm Power Range (dbm) -70 ~ +10 (-60 ~ 850nm) -50 ~ +27 (CATV) Accuracy ± 5% ±0.01nW (±0.5dB@850nm) ± 5% ±1nW (±0.5dB@850nm) Detector Type MOD Identification Resolution Connectors Module port configurations determined by chosen options InGaAs 270, 1K, 2K Hz 0.01dB FC (Interchangeable SC, ST) 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625nm (±20nm) FP-LD@1310, 1490, 1550nm; DFB-LD@1625nm CW, 270Hz, 1KHZ, 2KHz 5nm -3dBm ± 0.05dB/15min; ± 0.10dB/8hr FC/UPC (Interchangeable SC, ST) V = Video Inspection TEST EQUIPMENT OTDRS PRO 67

68 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OFT-CWDM SERIES CWDM 4 Channel Analyzer Manufactured in the USA, the OFT-CWDM-SB and OFT-CWDM-LB are ruggedized, compact OTDRs that are available in a variety of wavelengths, with up to four wavelengths per unit. The standard wavelengths are: 1471, 1491, 1511, 1531nm (SB) and 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611nm (LB). Other wavelength combinations are available upon request. The OFT-CWDM Series is water, dust and shock resistant, has onboard storage for 500 traces, video inspection capability and a USB port for easy data transfer. Manufactured, sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the OFT- CWDM Series comes standard with FC/ST and SC connectors, Telcordia software and a 1-year manufacturer s warranty. TEST EQUIPMENT CHANNEL ANALYZER PRO Features Manufactured in the USA Water, Dust and Shock Resistant 32 db Dynamic Range Video Inspection Capability USB Flash Drive Port and Mini USB/PC Port SPECIFICATIONS Item / Model No. OFT-CWDM-SB OFT-CWDM-LB Wavelength Range Dynamic Range Pulse Width Units of Measurement Event Dead Zone Attenuation Dead Zone Resolution Full Scale Distance Range Typical Real-time Refresh Rate /1491/1511/ 1531nm (±3nm) 32dB 5 to 20,000 ns km, kf, mi 1551/1571/1591/ 1611nm (±3nm) 1m 4m.125 ~ 32m 1-64km (MM), 1-240km (SM) 2 Hz Group Index of Refraction (GIR) ~ Linearity Memory Capacity Power Supply Battery Battery Capacity ±.05 db/db 500 Traces Universal AC/DC / Charger Rechargeable NiMH (>8 hrs. Operating Time) >8 hrs Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 140 º F (-20 º C ~ 60 º C) Weight 2 lb (907 g) VISUAL FAULT LOCATOR Emitter Type Wavelength Laser 650nm ±5nm Laser Safety Class Class IIFDA21 CFR & IEC 825-1: 1993 Connector Type Output Power 2.5mm Universal 1mW Max. POWER METER Detector Type Connector Types Dynamic Range Calibrated Wavelengths Units of Measurement Resolution Power Measurement Accuracy Power input Range LIGHT SOURCE Fiber Type Wavelengths Output Power Laser Safety Classification Modulation Modes Ordering Information InGaAs FC, ST and SC +5 ~ -77dB (CATV: +25 ~ -57dB) 850 ~ 1625 nm dbm, db.01 db ± 0.18 db under reference conditions, ± 0.25 db from 0 ~ -65 dbm ± 0.35 db from 0 ~ +5 dbm and from -65 ~-77 dbm +5 ~ -77dBm Singlemode, Multimode 1471/1491/1511/1531nm ±3nm or 1551/1571/1591/1611nm ±3nm 0 dbm 1625nm) Class I Safety Per FDA/CDRH and IEC Regulation CW, 270 Hz, 1,000 Hz, 2000 Hz OFT-CWDM-SB 1471, 1491, 1511, 1531nm CWDM Wavelengths $9, OFT-CWDM-LB 1551, 1571, 1591, 1611nm CWDM Wavelengths $9, Includes: Universal AC/DC Power Adapter/Charger w/us, UK, Continental Europe, and Australian Plugs, Interchangeable FC, ST and SC Adapters, Windows/Telcordia SR4731 Software, Soft Carrying Case

69 HCC-CW-201A CWDM 10CH Analyzer The HCC-CW-201A handheld, CWDM 10-Channel Analyzer is specially designed for CWDM installation, maintenance and troubleshooting. The HCC-CW-201A handheld, CWDM 10-Channel Analyzer simultaneously measures 10 CWDM channels in the nm range, and can also function as a power meter. The user can choose between Histogram and List Data modes. The HCC-CW-201A can replace high-cost spectrometers and conduct quick, reliable measurements in any work environment. The compact, ruggedized design is backed by a 3-year manufacturer s warranty and includes data management software and a carrying case. PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength (nm) 1431 ~ 1611 Power Range (dbm) -40 ~ +10 Channel Number 10 Channel Spacing Central Wavelength Channel Band-pass Channel Power Resolution Channel Power Accuracy Maximum Input Power Return Loss Close Channels Insulation Non=close Channels Insulation Units of Measurement Data Storage Connector Warranty POWER METER Calibrated Wavelengths (nm) GENERAL Power Supply Battery Capacity Operating Temperature Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 20nm ITU ITU ± 6.5nm ±0.01 db ±0.5 db 13 dbm >45 db 25 db 30 db mw/uw/db (REF) 1,000 Operations FC/PC (Interchangeable SC, ST) Standard 3-Year Manufacturer Warranty 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625nm Power Range (dbm) -60 ~ +10 Unit mw/uw/nw/dbm/db (REF) Resolution ±0.25 db 25ºC NiMH Rechargeable Battery / AC Adaptor Continuous Operation 10 Hours 32ºF ~ 122ºF (0ºC ~ 50ºC) 0 ~ 95% (Humidity) 7.5 x 4 x 2 / 1.5 lb (191 x 102 x 51 mm / 680 g) Features 10 Channel Wavelength Testing: 1431nm ~ 1611nm Compact, Ruggedized Design "Histogram" and "List Data" Display Modes Can Also Function as a Power Meter Data Transfer via USB Three Modes of Operation: Histogram Mode X Axis: Channels 1 ~ 10 from 1431nm ~ 1611nm. Y Axis: Value (dbm). List Mode 10-Channel List Units of Measurement: mw/uw/dbm/db (REF) RED Indicate Failure General Power Meter mode Six Wavelengths: 850nm, 1300nm, 1310nm, 1490nm, 1550nm, 1625nm Units of Measurement: mw/uw/nw/dbm/db (REF) Ordering Information HCC-CW-201A CWDM 10 Channel Analyzer $2, Includes: CWDM Analyzer, NiMH Battery, AC Adapter, USB Cable, Software CD, Calibration Certification, User Manual, Carrying Case TEST EQUIPMENT CHANNEL ANALYZER PRO 69

70 PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS OFT-18-CWDM CWDM 18-Channel Analyzer The OFT-18-CWDM 18-Channel Analyzer displays a full scan of the 18 channels on the ITU grid twice per second. The onscreen interface is intuitive, and allows the user instant access to all functions. With its One-Button Auto-Test feature, and a full set of selectable scale limits and thresholds, the PRO CWDM makes zeroing in on channel measurements incredibly easy. Manufactured, sold, serviced and supported in the USA, the OFT-18-CWDM Channel Analyzer comes standard with FC and SC adapters, Windowscompatible software and a 1-year manufacturer s warranty. TEST EQUIPMENT CHANNEL ANALYZER PRO Features Manufactured in the USA Pass/Fail Thresholds and Drift Statistics Auto-Test Zooms in on Active Channels Stores 1,000 Test Results USB/PC Ports SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength Range Channel Spacing Channel λ Accuracy Channel Pass Band Channel Power Range Max Composite Power Polarization Dependent Loss Adjacent Channel Isolation Return Loss Battery Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 1271~1611nm 20nm 1.0nm ± 6.5nm +5dBm ~ -50dBm +23dBm ± 0.2dB 30dB >40dB Rechargeable NiMH (8 Hours Operating Time) 7.75 x 4.5 x 2.25 / 2 lb (197 x 114 x 57 mm / 907 g) OFT-18-CWDM 18-Channel CWDM Channel Analyzer w/ VIP Port $8, Includes: Channel Analyzer, Universal Power Supply with Mains for US, UK, CE and AU. Interchangeable FC and SC Adapters, Windows- Compatible Software, USB Cable, Rubber Boot and User Manual 70

71 OFT-DWDM2 SERIES DWDM Channel Analyzer The OFT-DWDM2 Optical Channel Analyzer is the most rugged and affordable full-featured Mini OSA on the market. It is designed for simple operation and is suited for field or lab use. Available in up to 88 channels for C or L bands, with 50 or 100 GHz channel spacing, it displays a full scan twice per second. Offering high-end features such as Power Tilt for channel equalization and Gain Tilt to adjust EDFA gain flatness, the OFT-DWDM2 a real workhorse. One-button Auto-Test and a full set of selectable scale limits and thresholds makes zeroing in on channel measurements easy. For flexibility, the channels are selected by either wavelength or frequency and the information is displayed in graph or table mode on a 4 high-brightness color LCD TFT Touchscreen display. PRECISION RATED OPTICS OTDRS The unit allows users to set Pass/Fail thresholds and can store up to 1,000 test results, which that can be downloaded onto a USB flash drive and documented with the included certification software for fast, easy reporting. The Onboard Help System guides new users through operations and assists in parameter settings. The OFT-DWDM2 Optical Channel Analyzer is housed in a ruggedized metal enclosure with a robust, protective boot. SPECIFICATIONS Item / Model No. OFT-DWDM2-CB OFT-DWDM2-LB Wavelength Range C-Band ~ nm (196.9 THz THz) Channel Spacing 50GHz, 100GHz Wavelength Accuracy ± 0.1nm Channel Power Range +10dBm ~ -50dBm Absolute Accuracy ± 1 db Max Composite Power +28 dbm Polarization Dependent Loss ± 0.15dB Optical Rejection Ratio 40dBc (@50GHz) Measurement Time < 1/2 Second L-Band ~ nm (190.9 THz THz) Readout Resolution 0.01dB Return Loss > 40dB Optical Interface Universal UPC (FC/SC) Graphical Display Bar Graph and Table View Display 4 Color TFT Touchscreen Battery Rechargeable NiMH (4 hours Operating Time) Power V Universal US, GB, EU, AU Mains Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 7.62 x 3.88 x 1.56 (194 x 99 x 40 mm) Warranty Standard 1-Year Manufacturer Warranty (Extended Warranty Available) Features C-Band - Up to 88 Channels 50 or 100 GHz Solid-State Optics 4" Color TFT Touchscreen Auto Test Zooms in on Active Channels Ordering Information OFT-DWDM2-CB C-Band nm (195.9 THz THz) $8, w/ VIP Port OFT-DWDM2-LB L-Band nm (190.9THz THz) w/ VIP Port $8, Includes: Channel Analyzer, Universal AC/DC Power Supply/Charger with Adapters for US, UK, CE and AU. Interchangeable FC and SC Adapters, Windows-Compatible Software, USB Cable, Manual, Rubber Boot and Carrying Case TEST EQUIPMENT CHANNEL ANALYZER PRO 71

72 LAUNCH BOX LAUNCH BOX Used in conjunction with PRO Optical Time Domain Reflectometer (OTDR). Fiber optic pulse suppressors eliminate dead zones. Dead zones occur after a reflective event. The first reflective event where the OTDR plugs into the bulk head, will have a 2 5 meter dead zone. Making it impossible to measure loss 2 5 meters beyond the event. The use of a pulse suppressor will move the dead zone away from crucial connections and splice points. Providing your trace with accurate test results in areas where loss must be calculated. Having a second pulse suppressor at the end of the cable under test will enable the OTDR to compare back scatter levels before and after the last reflective event. Testing & Troubleshooting: Plug side A of the pulse suppressor directly into the OTDR, and side B into the cable under test. This will eliminate dead zones for your first connection point. Plug pulse suppressor #2 into the end of cable under test as a landing point. This gives you the ability to see loss on both sides of the last reflective event. TEST EQUIPMENT Launch Boxes Optional: Test Box As an optional feature, you can request optical events be added to your pulse suppressor to create a test box which is used to verify the accuracy of your OTDR. (e.g. A test box measurement which matches the reference documentation supplied means your OTDR is still calibrated) Recommended length is 1KM+ to ensure accuracy over distance. Features: Rugged weatherproof case 2 meter lead cables Corning fiber optic cable Test Box options Fusion splice Macro bend Attenuator Model Number Description Price LB-M-100-XXYY meter Multimode (62.5/125) $ LB-M-300-XXYY meter Multimode (62.5/125) $ LB-N-100-XXYY meter Multimode (50/125) $ LB-N-300-XXYY meter Multimode (50/125) $ LB-S-300-XXYY meter Singlemode (9/125) $ LB-S-500-XXYY meter Singlemode (9/125) $ LB-S-1KM-XXYY meter Singlemode (9/125) $ Replace the XX and YY from the specifications table (above) with the connector style of your choosing. The XX represents the first connector within your Pulse Suppressor and the YY represents the second connector. Connector Style SC (UPC / APC) ST (UPC) FC (UPC / APC) LC (UPC / APC) XX CU / CA TU FU / FA LU / LA YY CU / CA TU FU / FA LU / LA 72 Custom configurations also available. Call for more options.

73 EXFO ETHERNET TESTERS AXS-200/850 Ethernet Test Set Part of EXFO s wide-ranging Ethernet test offering, the AXS-200/850 Ethernet Test Set delivers comprehensive test functionalities without the typical complexity associated with Ethernet/IP testing. Whether for installing, turning up or maintaining Ethernet and IP services, the AXS-200/850 is ready to perform. Thanks to a feature set that includes bidirectional RFC 2544, traffic generation and monitoring, multistream background traffic, BERT, as well as IP connectivity tools such as ping and traceroute, this lightweight, handheld unit provides front-line technicians with all the tools they need to get through their test cycles quickly and efficiently. AXS-850-XX-XX Models AXS-850 = Ethernet 10/100 Base-T electrical AXS = Ethernet 10/100/1000 electrical and GigE optical Example: AXS optical-Cable_test Note a. Includes GigE electrical and GigE optical; available only with AXS Options 00 = Without options 100optical = Enable support for 100M optical interface GigE = Enable support for 1000Base-T and GigE optical a Cable_test = Cable test TRAFFIC GEN = Traffic generation and monitoring test MULTI_STREAM = Multiple streams IPV6 = Internet protocol version 6 BIDIRECTIONAL SFP UPGRADES FTB-8596 SFP modules Bidir 1490TX 1310RX 1000BASE-BX10 $ FTB-8597 SFP modules Bidir 1310TX 1490RX 1000BASE-BX10 $ FTB-8598 SFP modules Bidir 1310TX 1490/1550RX 1000BASE-BX $ FTB-8599 SFP modules Bidir 1550TX 1310RX 1000BASE-BX $ TESTING RFC 2544 Traffic generation and monitoring Multistream background traffic BERT Patterns (BERT) Bit error insertion 1-50 Error measurement SFP UPGRADES FTB-8590 SFP modules GigE/FC/2FC at 850 nm, MM, < 500 m $ FTB-8591 SFP modules GigE/FC/2FC at 1310 nm, 10 km $ FTB-8592 SFP modules GigE/FC/2FC at 1550 nm, 90 km $ FTB SFP modules 100Base-FX, 1340 nm, MM, 2 km $95.00 FTB SFP modules 100Base-LX10, 1310 nm, SM, 15 km $ Throughput, back-to-back, frame loss and latency measurements according to RFC Frame size: RFC-defined sizes, user-configurable between 1-7 sizes. Capability to generate traffic and monitor Ethernet and IP networks. Capability to perform traffic shaping with the following statistics: throughput, frame loss, sequencing, packet jitter, latency, frame size, traffic type and flow control Capability to transmit and monitor up to three additional streams over Ethernet and IP networks. Configurable per-stream analysis; capability to set packet size, MAC source/destination address, VLAN ID, VLAN priority, IP source/destination address, ToS field, DSCP field, TTL, UDP source/destination port and payload. Up to layer 4 supported with or without VLAN Q-in-Q. PRBS 2E9-1, PRBS 2E11-1, PRBS 2E15-1, PRBS 2E20-1, PRBS 2E23-1, PRBS 2E31-1 and one user pattern. Capability to invert patterns. Jabber/giant, runt, undersize, oversize, FCS, symbol, alignment, collision, late collision, excessive collision. Error measurement (BERT) Bit error, bit mismatch 0, bit mismatch 1. Alarm detection VLAN stacking Cable testing Service disruption time (SDT) measurement IPv6 testing *Call For Configurations* LOS, link down, pattern loss, frequency. AXS-200/855 Part of the SharpTESTER Access Line Capability to generate streams with up to two layers of VLAN (including IEEE 802.1ad Q-in-Q tagged VLAN) traffic by VLAN ID or VLAN priority at any of the stacked VLAN layers. Category 5 cable (or better), 100 Ω UTP/STP cable, 120 meters Includes statistics such as longest, shortest, last, average, count, total and pass/fail thresholds. Includes BERT, RFC 2544, traffic generation and monitoring, background streams, Smart Loopback, remote loopback, ping and traceroute. Whether for mobile backhaul, TDM/ISDN or Ethernet commercial services testing, the AXS-200/855 streamlines processes and seamlessly transitions from E1/DS1, DS3 or PRI circuits, to a full suite of Ethernet performance test functionalities without swapping modules or test units using a single preloaded software package. FTB-8510B and FTB8510G Packet Blazer 1 and 10 Gigabit Ethernet Test Modules Housed in the FTB-400 and FTB-200 platforms, the FTB-8510B and FTB-8510G modules test Ethernet connectivity in its native format: 10/100/1000Base-T, 1000Base-SX, 1000Base-LX, 1000Base-ZX, 10GBASE-xR or 10GBASE-xW. They can also be used to test next-generation SONET/SDH, hybrid multiplexers, dark fiber or xwdm networks running 1 and 10 Gigabit Ethernet interfaces. FTB-8120NGE and FTB-8130NGE Power Blazer Next-Generation Multiservice Test Modules Housed in the FTB-200 platform, the FTB-8120NGE (2.5/2.7 Gbit/s) and FTB- 8130NGE (10/10.7 Gbit/s) Power Blazer test modules specifically address field commissioning and maintenance requirements, providing SONET/SDH and Ethernet test functions in the industry s smallest and most efficient form factor and setting a new standard for multiservice field testing. TEST EQUIPMENT ETHERNET TESTERS EXFO 73

74 VIAVI ETHERNET TESTERS 10M-1G SmartClass TM Ethernet Tester The SmartClass Ethernet provides an economical 1G Ethernet test set with optical and electrical interfaces that is an easy-to-use, entry-level Ethernet/IP tester for front-line technicians who support Metro Ethernet networks. The compact, rugged, and battery-operated SmartClass is ideal for technicians turning on Ethernet and Internet Protocol (IP) services in the field. Features: Generates and measures L2/L3 traffic on up to 1G electrical or optical Ethernet interfaces with VLAN, Q-inQ tags, or Multiple Streams and Multi-Protocol Label Switching (MPLS) labels RFC2544 proves acceptance for Ethernet service level agreements MPLS Test checks for correct policing and prioritization in MPLS domains using the MPLS option Physical Layer tests verify integrity of the physical layer to pass traffic before testing throughput Ethernet Loopback completes the Viavi Ethernet field test portfolio TEST EQUIPMENT ETHERNET TESTERS VIAVI SmartClass Pricing and Configuration CSC-ETHLP-P2 CSC-ETHLP-P3 CSC-ETHTR-P1 CSC-ETHTR-P2 CSC-ETHTR-P3 SmartClass Loopback Optical Configuration, SmartClass Ethernet handheld unit optioned for loopback on 10/100/1000Mbps Electrical and 1000Mbps Optical interfaces. Includes power charger, USB cable, RJ45 Ethernet cable, AA batteries, One Expert(TM) Handheld Manager software for easy result management, soft carry case. No SFPs or optical cables included in this configuration. To get those accessories, add the appropriate accessories or purchase the CSC-ETHLP-P3 package. SmartClass Loopback Complete Configuration, SmartClass Ethernet handheld unit optioned for loopback on 10/100/1000Mbps Electrical and 1000Mbps Optical interfaces. Includes one 850nm SFP, one 1310nm SFP, fiber patch cables, power charger, USB cable, RJ45 Ethernet cable, AA batteries, One Expert(TM) Handheld Manager software for easy result management, soft carry case.note this package contains all optical cables that would be considered necessary to properly use the optical option. Additional SFP s and cables available for purchase if needed. SmartClass Ethernet Electrical Configuration, SmartClass Ethernet handheld unit optioned for traffic production on 10/100/1000Mbps electrical interfaces. Includes power charger, USB cable, RJ45 Ethernet cable, AA batteries, One Expert(TM) Handheld Manager software for easy result management, soft carry case. SmartClass Ethernet Optical Configuration, SmartClass Ethernet handheld unit optioned for traffic production on 10/100/1000Mbps Electrical and 1000Mbps Optical interfaces. Includes power charger, USB cable, RJ45 Ethernet cable, AA batteries, One Expert(TM) Handheld Manager software for easy result management, soft carry case. No SFPs or optical cables included in this configuration. To get those accessories, add the appropriate accessories or purchase the CSC-ETHTR-P3 package SmartClass Ethernet Complete Package, SmartClass Ethernet handheld unit optioned for traffic production on 10/100/1000Mbps Electrical and 1000Mbps Optical interfaces. Includes one 850nm SFP, one 1310nm SFP, fiber patch cables, power charger, USB cable, RJ45 Ethernet cable, AA batteries, One Expert(TM) Handheld Manager software for easy result management, soft carry case. Note this package contains all optical cables that would be considered necessary to properly use the optical option. Additional SFPs and optical cables available for purchase if needed. $2, $3, $3, $4, $5, CSC-MPLS CSC-MPLS $ CSC-MPLS-U1 CSC-MSTR CSC-MSTR-U1 CSC-OPT-U1 Accessories Software Option to support MPLS in the SmartClass Ethernet. This option enables the MPLS software in the SmartClass Ethernet product on units out in the field. For an option included in SmartClass products shipped from the factory, please use part CSC-MPLS. For this upgrade the SmartClass Ethernet ID# is required. To get this ID, from the main menu select System Settings then select Version Info(#2) and read the SCE ID Number. This option can only be enabled on Units with Software version 3 and above. FACTORY INSTALLED Software Option to support Multiple Streams traffic generation in the SmartClass Ethernet. This option enables the Multiple Streams option in the SmartClass Ethernet product on units shipped from the factory. For a field upgrade, please use part CSC-MSTR-U1 as this part does not support field upgrades Software Option to support Multiple Streams in the SmartClass Ethernet. This option enables the Multiple Streams option in the SmartClass Ethernet product on units out in the field. CSC-MSTR-U1 part is only for field upgrades. For an option included in SmartClass products shipped from the factory, please use part CSC-MSTR. For this upgrade the SmartClass Ethernet ID# is required. To get this ID, from the main menu select System Settings then select Version Info(#2) and read the SCE ID Number. This option can only be enabled on Units with Software version 3 and above. User installable software option enabling the optical interface in traffic transmitting enabled SmartClass Ethernet. For this upgrade the SmartClass Ethernet ID# is required. To get this ID, from the main menu select System Settings (#5) then select Version Info(#2) and read the SCE ID Number. CSC-OPT Optical Option CSC-MSTR-U1 Multiple Streams Field Upgrade AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP CSC-TRF Traffic Option AC-SFP-1000LX 1000LX SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP CSC-MPLS MPLS Option AC-SFP-1000SX 1000SX SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP CSC-MPLS-U1 MPLS Field Upgrade AC-SFP-1000ZX 1000ZX SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP CSC-ASY Asy-RFC2544 Option AC-SFP-1000BX nm TX, 1490 nm RX, Single mode SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP CSC-ASY-U1 Multiple Streams Option AC-SFP-1000BX nm TX, 1310 nm RX, Single mode SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP $ $ $ $1, CSC-MSTR Multiple Streams Option AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP AC-SFP-CWDM nm CWDM SFP + assorted cables 74

75 VIAVI ETHERNET TESTERS HST-3000 Handheld Service Tester The HST-3000 provides the best any access network tester has to offer. Built on a strong and proven reputation for test accuracy, the HST-3000 can help you find real problems up to 30 percent faster. The HST-3000 starts with unsurpassed copper qualification and fault-finding tools and adds fiber inspection, single and bonded pair ADSL2+/VDSL2, Gigabit Ethernet, IPTV, Microsoft TV and VoIP testing to help round out full triple play testing strategy. It also supports legacy T1, DS3, ISDN PRI/BRI, and other interfaces via field-swappable modules and optional software. Benefits Best-in-class for test accuracy -- it really does matter Multiple chipsets supported for xdsl -- widest interoperability on the market Find real problems up to 30% faster -- correlates copper, xdsl and IPTV measurements Protects your investment -- modular approach to add GigE, Ethernet, E1, etc. Helps you define an accurate, repeatable test strategy -- with automated tests, expert modes -- reduces errors and minimizes repeats. Applications Full copper analysis suite qualify, provision, and troubleshoot copper pairs includes DVOM, Opens, TDR, wideband TIMS, spectral noise, and resistive fault locator (RFL). Bonded ADSL2+/VDSL test accuracy brings up both pairs of a bonded group simultaneously Gigabit Ethernet module features SAMComplete/ ITU-T Y.1564 service activation- automated SLA verification and troubleshooting for circuits that carry multiple services and bandwidth profiles. Unique USB-mounted Viavi P500i provides unique pass/fail fiber inspection Standard automation and TechComplete - Improve testing processes through automation and centralized, web-based management tools. HST Pricing and Configuration HST-PKG2 HST-PKG3 HST-PKG6 HST-PKG8 HST-PKG9 Key Features 3.8" diagonal, 1/4 VGA, Color Active Matrix display. Simplified user interface to facilitate ease-of-use and minimize technicians learning curve. Handheld, rugged and portable. Lightweight (1.3kg/2.7lb). Weather resistant. Ideal for field use. Battery operated (up to 10 hours). Swappable battery pack. RS-232, USB and Ethernet connectivity. PC replacement - including file transfer, 8MB of storage, VT100 emulation, printing and web browser. Built-in microphone and speaker. Headset connection. HST-3000 base unit with copper test capability, Combination copper (dual tip/ring and ground connectors) and ADSL/2/2+ Annex A ATU-R modem module, Advanced IP test functionality, FTP and Web browsing, DVOM functionality, TDR functionality, RJ-45 to clip lead cable to outside plant ADSL/2/2+ testing, Tip/ring/ground copper lineman cable set, Base unit manual, CD test and troubleshooting manuals, Carrying case HST-3000 base unit with copper test capability, Combination copper (dual tip/ring and ground connectors), Advanced IP test functionality, FTP and Web browsing, TDR functionality, Tip/ring/ground copper lineman cable set, Base unit manual, CD test and troubleshooting manuals, Carrying case HST 3000 platform without copper test capability, Dual port T1 testing module, PCM TIMS test option, PCM signaling test option, ISDN PRI option, VT-100 emulation feature, Pulse Shape software, Cable kit for DS1 testing, Base unit manual, CD manuals for test application, Carrying case HST-3000 base unit without copper test capability, Combo dual port T1 and DS3 testing module, PCM TIMS test option, PCM signaling test option, ISDN PRI option, Cable kit for T1/DS1 testing, Cable kit for DS3 testing, VT-100 emulation feature, Pulse Shape software, Base unit manual, CD manuals for test application, Carrying case HST-3000 base unit with copper test capability, Combination Dual port T1 testing and copper testing module, DVOM, TDR, PCM TIMS test option, PCM signaling test option, ISDN PRI option, VT-100 emulation feature, Pulse Shape software, Cable kit for DS1 testing, Tip/ring cable set with ground lineman cable set, Base unit manual, CD manuals for test applications, Carrying case $4, $3, $5, $6, $6, TEST EQUIPMENT ETHERNET TESTERS VIAVI 75

76 AFL/NOYES TEST KITS NOYES MLP SERIES OPTICAL LOSS KITS MLP1 Fiber Optic Loss Test Kits Basic Multimode Test Kit The MLP1 test kits are inexpensive solutions for testing multimode and single-mode systems. By joining the OPM1 optical power meter and the OLS1 optical light source, the MLP1 is a great kit for beginners or network owners. Two versions of the MLP1 test kit are available for testing Premises networks, LAN, and Gigabit Ethernet. The MLP1-1S test kit includes the OPM1-2C power meter and OLS1-1C light source. The MLP1-2 test kit combines the OPM1-2C optical power meter and OLS1-2C optical light source Test Kit Model MLP 1-1S MLP 1-2 Optical Light Source OLS 1-1C OLS 1-2C Wavelength (nm) red / / /-10 Emitter type Class 1 (IEC ) Connector ST Optical Power Meter OPM 1-2C Power Range +6 to -60 dbm Detector Ge MLP1-1S MLP1-1S Test Kit, ST connector $ MLP1-2 MLP1-2 Test Kit, ST connector $ Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). MLP1 Kit includes: OLS1 optical light source, OPM1-2C optical power meter, protective rubber boots, adapter cap, 50 and 62.5μm mandrels, user s guide, and carrying case. TEST EQUIPMENT Test Kits NOYES MLP4-2 Multimode Test Kit Multimode Kit with Wave ID and Set Reference The MLP4-2 test kit offers accurate fiber optic testing at an affordable price. Combining the OPM4-2D optical power meter and the OLS1-Dual LED light source in a rugged carry case, the MLP4-2 is a complete test kit for fiber optic LANs and WANs. Test Kit Model MLP 4-2 Optical Light Source OLS 1-Dual (single port) Wavelength (nm) 850 ± /-10 Emitter type Class 1 (IEC ) Connector SC (FC & ST available) Optical Power Meter OPM 4-2D Power Range Detector +6 to -50 dbm / +6 to -45 dbm for 850 nm MLP4-2 MLP4-2 Test Kit (-XX = SC, FC, ST connector) $1, Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). MLP5-2 Multimode Test Kit Wave ID, Set Reference, and Data Storage The MLP 5-2 test kit raises field testing to new standards by combining our popular OPM 5-2D optical power meter, and the OLS 1-Dual LED light source in a rugged carrying case. Used during installations, the MLP 5-2 performs insertion loss measurements on multimode fiber at 850 and 1300 nm, as well as measurements on single-mode fiber at 1300 nm. Test Kit Model MLP 5-2 Optical Light Source Ge OLS 1-Dual (single port) Wavelength (nm) 850 ± /-10 Emitter type Class 1 (IEC ) Connector SC (FC & ST available Optical Power Meter OPM 5-2D Power Range Detector Data Storage (Items) +6 to -60 dbm Ge Up to 500 per wavelength MLP4-2 Kit includes: OLS1-Dual optical light source, OPM4-2D optical power meter, AA batteries, protective rubber boots, adapter cap, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, user s guide, and carry case MLP5-2 MLP5-2 Test Kit (-XX = SC, FC, ST connector) $1, Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). MLP5-2 Kit includes: OLS1-Dual optical light source, OPM5-2D optical power meter, AA batteries, protective rubber boots, adapter cap, USB cable, Windows compatible software and user s guide, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, user s guide, and carry case. 76

77 Combining the CSM1-2 optical power meter and CSS1-MM Dual LED light source, the CMK-2 is a cost-effective test kit designed for performing insertion loss measurements on multimode fiber optic links. Weighing only 0.4 lb each, both units are compact and convenient for field use. The CSS1-MM Dual LED light source, and CSM1-2 optical power meter are fully N.I.S.T. traceable. AFL/NOYES TEST KITS NOYES CONTRACTOR SERIES TEST KITS CKM-2 Fiber Optic Loss Test Kits Multimode Test Kit with Set Reference Features Palm-sized, rugged, lightweight Certify multimode fiber links per TIA/EIA standards CW and modulated Tone 270, 330, 1000, and 2000 Hz supported Tone Power measurements in dbm or μw; insertion loss in db Reference power level storage Free 50 μm and 62.5 μm mandrels N.I.S.T traceable Test Kit Model Optical Light Source CKM-2 CSS1-MM (single port) Wavelength (nm) 850 nm ±20 nm 1300 nm +40/-60 nm Emitter type Class 1 (IEC ) Connector Optical Power Meter Power Range Detector Data Storage (Items) SC CSM to -60 dbm Germanium (Ge) CKSM-2 Fiber Optic Loss Test Kits Multimode & Single-mode Test Kit with Set Reference Combining the CSM1-2 optical power meter, CSS1-MM Dual LED light source, and CSS1-SM Dual LASER source, the CKSM-2 is a cost-effective test kit designed for performing insertion loss measurements on multimode as well as single-mode fiber optic links. Features Palm-sized, rugged, lightweight Certify multimode fiber links per TIA/EIA standards CW and modulated Tone 270, 330, 1000, and 2000 Hz supported Tone Power measurements in dbm or μw; insertion loss in db Reference power level storage Large LCD with Backlight Free 50 μm and 62.5 μm mandrels N.I.S.T traceable Optical Light Source N/A CSS1-MM (single port) Wavelength (nm) 850 nm ±20 nm 1300 nm +40/-60 nm Emitter type Class 1 (IEC ) Connector Optical Light Source Wavelength (nm) SC CSS1-SM (single port) 1310 nm ±20 nm, 1550 nm ±20 nm Emitter type Class 1 (FDA 21 CFR and , and IEC ) Connector Optical Power Meter Power Range Detector type Data Storage (Items) UCI base and FC, SC, ST, or LC adapter CSS to -60 dbm Germanium (Ge) N/A CKM-2 CKM-2 Test Kit $ Kit includes: CSS1-MM dual optical light source, CSM1-2 optical power meter, AA batteries, 2.5 mm Universal adapter cap, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, user s guide, and carry case. Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). CKSM-2 CKSM-2 Test Kit $1, Kit includes: CSS1-MM Dual LED source, CSS1-SM Dual Laser source, CSM1-2 optical power meter, AA batteries, 2.5 mm universal adapter cap, UCI-SC connector, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, user s guide, and carry case. Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). 77 TEST EQUIPMENT Test Kits NOYES

78 AFL/NOYES TEST KITS NOYES SMLP SERIES OPTICAL LOSS KITS SMLP4-4 Test Kit Single-mode / Multimode Test Kit with Wave ID and Set Reference The SMLP4-4 test kit combines the OPM4-2D optical power meter and OLS4 integrated LED and LASER light source and is ideally suited for testing fiber optic networks with hybrid (single-mode and multimode) cables. Features Certify multimode and single-mode links per TIA/EIA standards Wave ID - automatic wavelength identifi - cation and switching Dual Wave ID, single Wave ID, CW, and modulated Tone 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, and 2 khz Tone Large LCD with Backlight Power measurements in dbm or μw; insertion loss in db Free 50 μm and 62.5 μm mandrels N.I.S.T traceable Test Kit Model Optical Light Source SMLP4-4 OLS4 Optical MM Optical Port SM Optical Port Wavelength (nm) 850 ± / ± ± 20 TEST EQUIPMENT Test Kits NOYES Emitter type LED, Class 1 (IEC ) Laser, Class 1 (FDA 21 CFR and , and IEC ) Connector SC (FC, ST, or LC available) SC (FC, ST, or LC available) Optical Power Meter Power Range Detector Data Storage (Items) OPM4-2D +6 to -60 dbm Germanium (Ge) SMLP5-5 Test Kit SMLP5-5 Single-Mode/Multimode Test Kit with Wave ID and Data Storage SMLP5-5 Single-Mode/Multimode Test Kit with Wave ID, Set Reference and Data Storage The SMLP5-5 test kit combines the OPM5-2D optical power meter and OLS4 integrated LED and LASER light source and is ideally suited for testing fiber optic networks with hybrid (single-mode and multimode) cables. Features Certify multimode and single-mode links per TIA/EIA standards Wave ID - automatic wavelength identification and switching Dual Wave ID, single Wave ID, CW, and modulated Tone (on single-mode output) 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, and 2 khz Tone Large LCD with Backlight Power measurements in dbm or μw; insertion loss in db Up to 500 test records per wavelength storage and download USB port for download of stored records Free 50 μm and 62.5 μm mandrels N.I.S.T traceable Test Kit Model Optical Light Source N/A SMLP5-5 OLS4 Optical MM Optical Port SM Optical Port Wavelength (nm) 850 ± / ± ± 20 Emitter type LED, Class 1 (IEC ) Laser, Class 1 (FDA 21 CFR and , and IEC ) Connector SC (FC, ST, or LC available) SC (FC, ST, or LC available Optical Power Meter Power Range Detector OPM5-2D +6 to -60 dbm Germanium (Ge) SMLP4-4-XX SM/MM Test Kit w/ Wave ID & Set Reference (-XX = ST, FC, SC Connector) $2, Kit includes: OLS4 optical light source, OPM4-2D optical power meter, AA batteries, protective rubber boots, adapter cap, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, user s guide, and carry case. Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). SMLP5-5-XX SM/MM Test Kit w/ Wave ID & Data Storage (-XX = ST, FC, SC Connector) $2, Kit includes: OLS4 optical light source, OPM5-2D optical power meter, AA batteries, protective rubber boots, adapter cap, USB cable, Windows compatible software and user s guide, 50 and 62.5 μm mandrels, SMLP5-5 test kit user s guide, and carry case Test jumpers and connector adapters are required for operation (purchased separately). Data Storage (Items) Up to 500 per wavelength 78

79 OPTICAL LOSS GO-KIT PRO TEST EQUIPMENT Precision Rated Optics has developed Optical Loss Go-Kits designed for specific markets within the communications industry.. With new advanced capabilities that make testing simple, PRO Optical Loss Go-Kits are the best go-to kits for anyone involved in first-line optical fiber cabling installation and verification. Whether you are a fiber technician or contractor, our expertly configured kits contain all the tools necessary to quickly measure loss, power levels and inspect and clean connector end-faces. Features including both SM and MM testing capabilities along with Test Cables and SC, ST, FC and universal adapters in a semi-rigid carrying case make PRO the best fiber test kit on the market. TM Features Semi-Rigid Carry Case Power Meter (Six Wavelength) Light Source 400x fiber inspection scope Cleaning supplies OPTICAL LOSS GO-KIT ORDERING GOK-OLS-K1 Go-Kit: Optical Loss Kit #1 (SM) $1, Includes: (1) LS-102D Light Source (1310/1550nm) fixed, (1) PM-102B Power Meter (-40~+23), (1) VFL-5 PRO Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW, (1) HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400x), (2) SC-SC SM9 3mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 2mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC SM Simplex (Z), (1) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC SM Duplex (Z), (1) Semi-rigid carrying case GOK-OLS-K3 Go-Kit: Optical Loss Kit #3 (SM & MM) $2, Includes: (1) LS-201Q Light Source (850/1300/1310/1550nm), (1) PM- 102B Power Meter (-40~+23), (1) VFL-5 PRO Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW, (1) HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400x), (2) SC-SC SM9 3mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 2mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC SM Simplex (Z), (2) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC SM Duplex (Z), (2) SC-SC 62.5um Simplex MM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 62.5um Simplex MM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC MM Simplex (PB), (2) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC MM Duplex (PB), (1) Semi-rigid carrying case Go-Kit: Optical Loss Kit #2 GOK-OLS-K2 $1, (SM w/ Data Log) Includes: (1) LS-102D Light Source (1310/1550nm) fixed, (1) PM-204B Power Meter (-50~+26 w/data Storage), (1) VFL-5 PRO Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW, (1) HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400x), (2) SC-SC SM9 3mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 2mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC SM Simplex (Z), (2) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC SM Duplex (Z), (1) Semi-rigid carrying case Go-Kit: Optical Loss Kit #4 GOK-OLS-K4 $2, (SM & MM w/ Data Log) Includes: (1) LS-201Q Light Source (850/1300/1310/1550nm), (1) PM- 204B Power Meter (-50~+26 w/data Storage), (1) VFL-5 PRO Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW, (1) HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400x), (2) SC-SC SM9 3mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 2mm Simplex SM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC SM Simplex (Z), (2) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC SM Duplex (Z), (2) SC-SC 62.5um Simplex MM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) LC-SC 62.5um Simplex MM UPC Patchcord 1 Meter, (2) Mating Sleeve SC/UPC MM Simplex (PB), (2) Mating Sleeve LC/UPC MM Duplex (PB), (1) Semi-rigid carrying case 79 TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO

80 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT You could try to lug all this around or,...maybe there's a simpler solution. TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO Everything you need in a backpack! Over the past several years, fiber optic networks have seen tremendous improvements and are steadily gaining popularity as bandwidth requirements are on the rise. Using fiber offers several more advantages over the more common DSL and cable networks. Being able to provide faster speeds over longer distances is one of the most important advancements of fiber optic internet. All the major names are now in the race to provide millions of users with Gigabit fiber optic internet. If you are in a region with fiber optic networks already established, you are already in the running. Services like Google Fiber, Xfinity, Verizon FiOS and AT&T are broadening their reach and opening opportunities for those in the telecommunications industry. If you want to work with these companies, you need to be prepared. Precision Rated Optics offers a convenient, all-in-one solution for storing and transporting your fiber optic equipment and tools. Whether you are prepping, cleaning, splicing or testing, there is a Go-Kit for every fiber optic operation. If you don t see what you need, just call and ask to build your own Go-Kit. 80

81 CONTRACTOR Contractor Kit PRO TEST EQUIPMENT The Contractor Go-Kit is the perfect solution for technicians that install, test, troubleshoot and restore fiber networks. Performing an OTDR test on a live fiber can damage active equipment. This kit contains a fiber identifier that will allow you to know if the fiber is live before you perform any tests. The power meter, light source and VFL are essential for basic continuity and power level checks. Also, included is an inspection scope with data storage to ensure end face connectors are clean and documented. For new installations the OTDR will graph any potential issues along that fiber span. If needed a core-alignment fusion splicer is included to allow new fiber connections or to repair fiber breaks. EMERGENCY RESPONSE Emergency Response Kit When networks are down it costs companies tens of thousands of dollars. Getting networks back online as quickly as possible requires a highly trained technician with the proper equipment and tools. The Emergency Response Go-Kit is designed to include everything a technician needs to quickly identify the problem area (Break locator, Power Meter/Light source, VFL and fiber identifier) and then repair the break and get connections restored as quickly as possible. Included in the Emergency Restoration Go-Kit is a variety of supplies to support field terminations and connectorization. FTTx DATA CENTER OSP ANTENNA SYSTEMS Fiber to the Home Kit Both economical and fully-featured, the FTTx Go-Kit includes all of the standard fiber testing equipment, plus the PRO-790 Fusion Splicer and the PRO PON-301B. A true workhorse, the PRO 790 has an 8-second splice time, 35-second heating time and a Lithium-Ion battery. With enough battery capacity to complete over 120 splicing operations, you can splice all day long! Rugged, reliable and designed as a passthrough device, the PON-301B Triple-Play PON meter can perform in-service testing of all PON signals (1310/1490/1550nm) from anywhere within the network with no interruption of network services. Data Center Kit It's not a matter of if networks will fail, it's a matter of when. Even with careful planning and strategic design, any network is susceptible to failure. This puts technicians under a lot of pressure to meet Service Level Agreements. The Data Center Go-Kit has everything a technician needs to quickly diagnose and repair fiber optic connections. The Data Center Go-Kit is fitted with the compact OFS-936R Ribbon Fusion Splicer and the OLM-302A Optical Loss MPO Test Set. The CS-MPO Quick Click provides rapid cleaning of MPO transceivers and connectors. With this kit, you will able to clean, splice and test quickly and effectively all within the data center. Outside Plant Kit The Outside Plant Go-Kit is packed full of outside plant tools, strippers, cutters, patch cables and more. This allows technicians to greatly reduce truck rolls by always having their tools and equipment in one convenient location. With the addition of the OBL-201A Optical Break Locator, you ll be able to locate breaks quickly and easily, saving time and decreasing Mean Time to Repair (MTTR). Not to mention it s economically priced so you can get more technicians equipped and in the field all within your budget! Distributed Antenna System Kit By the year 2020, 6.1 billion people will be using a smartphone. Mobile networks are booming and so is the demand for bandwidth. To alleviate the stress on existing networks, Distributed Antenna Systems (DAS) are being installed throughout sports stadiums, event venues and other locations experiencing a large influx of mobile users, not supported by its existing network. Due to the nature of Distributed Antenna Systems, installers and technicians may need to climb towers, go up ladders, or work in difficult environments in order to perform verification testing. The convenience and portability of the DAS Go-Kit allows technicians to expedite network installation and testing. TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO 81

82 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT Kit Contents Part# Description CON-K1 CON-K2 ERK-K1 ERK-K2 FTTX-K1 DATA-K1 OSP-K1 DAS-K1 DAS-K2 OFS-935C Core Alignment Fusion Splicer X X PRO-790 FTTx Fusion Splicer X X X Splicing OFS-936R Ribbon Fusion Splicer X PRO-MS Mechanical Splice 12 pack X FS-C81 PRO High Precision Fiber Optic Cleaver X OFT-301C 1310/1550nm 38/36dB OTDR X PRO-5350-TS-D /1550nm 40/38 PM/LS/VFL OTDR X OBL/OFL/OTDR OFL-301B 1310/1550nm 24/24dB OFL X FTP-1S3A-PSF 1310/1490/1550nm PM/SLS/VFL OTDR X OBL-201A 1550 OBL (w/vfl) X X PON Meter PON-301B 1310/1490/1550nm X MPO OLTS OLM-302A OLM-302A Optical Loss MPO Test Set X LS-102D 1310/1550nm Fixed X X X X Light Source LS-202X 1310/1490/1550/1625nm X LS-201Q 850/1300/1310/1550nm X X TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO PM-102B -40 to +23dBm X X X X X Power Meter PM-204B -50 to +26dBm w/data Storage X X OFI to +0dBm X X X X X X Fiber Identifier OFI-30-HP -30 to +24dBm X VFL VFL-5 PRO Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mw X X X X X X X X VIP-35-DATA 3.5 VIP kit w/ Data Storage X X X X PRO-5350-VIP PRO-5350 Video Inspection Scope X Inspection Probe VIP-45-MPO-K1 Video Inspection Scope w/ MPO Inspect Tip X VIP-45-K1 Video Inspection Probe Kit 1 X X CS-MPO PRO CS-MPO Quick Click MPO Connector X PRO-CK-CLEAN-01 PRO Cleaning kit w/quick Clicks X CS-125 PRO CS-125 Quick Click mm (LC) X X CS-250 PRO CS-250 Quick Click - 2.5mm SC,FC,ST X PRO-CT-001 Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette X Cleaning TC-1 SqueekyKleen Telecom Cleaner Satur. Wipe X PRO-CT PRO Cleaning Stick Wrapped 2.5mm 100(P) X PRO-CT PRO Cleaning Stick Wrapped 1.25mm 100(P) X PRO-LFW-100 PRO-LFW-100 Lint-free Wipe (100ct.) X PRO-CC-AQ PRO-CC-AQ Connector Cleaner Water Base X PS-S-1KM-CUCU-1 Launch Box SM9 1KM SC/UPC-SC/UPC X X X X X PS-S-500-CACU-1 Launch Box SM9 500M SC/APC-SC/UPC X UNA-FC/UPC-125U Adapter Universal FC/UPC 2.5mm to 1.25mm X PMA-2FC-LC/PC Adapter For OPM/OLS FC/PC - LC/PC X PC-S-CLUCU01F LC/UPC-SC/UPC PC Simplex SM9 2mm 1M X X PC-S-ACUCU01F SC/UPC-SC/UPC PC Simplex SM9 3mm 1M X X PC-N-CLUCU01F LC/UPC-SC/UPC PC Simplex M50 2mm 1M X X Connectivity PC-N-ACUCU01F SC/UPC-SC/UPC CA Simplex M50 3mm 1M X X PC-M-CLUCU01F LC/UPC-SC/UPC PC Simplex MM62 2mm 1M X PC-M-ACUCU01F SC/UPC - Simplex (62.5um) - 1 meter X CA-S-SC-S6SPZ Mating Sleeve SC/UPC SM Simplex (Z) X X CA-S-LC-S6DPZ Mating Sleeve LC/UPC SM Duplex (Z) X X CA-S-SC-M6SPB Mating Sleeve SC/UPC MM Simplex (PB) X X CA-S-LC-M6DPB Mating Sleeve LC/UPC MM Duplex (PB) X X Accessories GOK-ACC-STD Go-Kit Standard Accessories X X X X X X X X GOK-ACC-OSP Go-Kit OSP Accessories X 82

83 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT Go-Kit Standard Accessories (GOK-ACC-STD) GOK-CON-K1 Go-Kit: Contractor Kit #1 $17, GOK-CON-K2 Go-Kit: Contractor Kit #2 $22, GOK-ERK-K1 Go-Kit: Emergency Response Kit #1 $12, GOK-ERK-K2 Go-Kit: Emergency Response Kit #2 $13, GOK-FTTX-K1 Go-Kit: Fiber to the Home Kit #1 $20, Go-Kit Outside Plant Accessories (GOK-ACC-OSP) GOK-DAT-K1 Go-Kit: Data Center Kit #1 $25, GOK-OSP-K1 Go-Kit: Outside Plant Kit #1 $6, GOK-DAS-K1 Go-Kit: Distributed Antenna System Kit #1 $6, GOK-DAS-K2 Go-Kit: Distributed Antenna System Kit #2 $6, TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO 83

84 EXFO POWER METERS & LIGHT SOURCES Introducing EXFO s FiberBasix testers, a series of handheld instruments designed to meet your basic day-to-day test requirements while helping you stay within budget. These worry-free, straightforward solutions provide the tools you need to accurately measure signal attenuation during fiber-optic cable installation. EXFO FiberBasix 50 TEST KITS Pocket-sized Optical Test Kits FiberBasix 50 Handheld Testers deliver simple, accurate measurement of signal attenuation during fiber-optic cable installation. Buy the ELS-50 Light Source or EPM-50 Power Meter individually, or choose from five test kits designed for specific users/testing needs: LAN, outside plant, contractors, FTTH and CATV. TEST EQUIPMENT Power Meters & Light Sources EXFO An FTTx Test Solution These products are part of EXFO's series of FTTx optical test products. They allow for the testing of passive optical networks (PONs) at the three main wavelengths (1310, 1490 and 1550 nm) used in fiber-to-the-home (FTTH) and fiber-to-the-premises (FTTP) networks and comply with the ITU-T G.983 and G.984 Recommendation series and the IEEE 802.3ah standard. FBK-54 FiberBasix 50 FTTH Test Kit $1, Kit Includes: Including: EPM-53X-RB-PMA-22 FiberBasix Power Meter with High-Power InGaAs detector and rubber boot - Universal 2,5mm slip grip interface - PMA-22 FC Connector adapter ELS BL-RB-LSA-89 FiberBasix Optical Source 1310/1490/1550 nm laser (9/125ìm)with rubber boot - LSA-89 FC Connector adapter Extra power meter adapters: - 1x PMA-54 SC connector adapter - 1x PMA-32 ST connector adapter Extra light source adapters: - 1x LSA-91 SC connector adapter - 1x LSA-90 ST connector adapter Carrying case GP , Six AA batteries, Two soft pouches - Quick Reference Card - Calibration & Compliance Certificates FBK-52 FiberBasix 50 Outside Plant Test Kit $1, Kit Includes: Including: EPM-53-RB-PMA-22 FiberBasix Power Meter with InGaAs detector and rubber boot - Universal 2,5mm slip grip interface - PMA-22 FC Connector adapter ELS-50-23BL-RB- LSA-89 FiberBasix Optical Source 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125ìm) with rubber boot - LSA-89 FC Connector adapter Extra power meter adapters: - 1x PMA-54 SC connector adapter - 1x PMA-32 ST connector adapter Extra light source adapters: - 1x LSA-91 SC connector adapter - 1x LSA-90 ST connector adapter Carrying case GP , Six AA batteries, Two soft pouches - Quick Reference Card - Calibration & Compliance Certificates FBK-53 FiberBasix 50 Contractor Test Kit $1, Kit Includes: Including: EPM-53-RB-PMA-22 FiberBasix Power Meter with InGaAs detector and rubber boot - Universal 2,5mm slip grip interface - PMA-22 FC Connector adapter ELS-50-12C-RB- LSA-89 FiberBasix Optical Source 850/1300 nm LED source (50/125 ìm) with rubber boot - LSA-89 FC Connector adapter ELS-50-23BL-RB-LSA-89 FiberBasix Optical Source 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125ìm) with rubber boot - LSA-89 FC Connector adapter Extra power meter adapters: - 1x PMA-54 SC connector adapter - 1x PMA-32 ST connector adapter Extra light source adapters: - 2x LSA-91 SC connector adapter - 2x LSA-90 ST connector adapter - Carrying case GP , Nine AA batteries, Three soft pouches - Quick Reference Cards - Calibration & Compliance Certificates FBK-55 FiberBasix 50 CATV Test Kit $1, Kit Includes: Including: EPM-53X-RB-PMA-22 FiberBasix Power Meter with High-Power InGaAs detector and rubber boot - Universal 2,5mm slip grip interface - PMA-22 FC Connector adapter ELS-50-23BL-RB-LSA-89 FiberBasix Optical Source 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125ìm) with rubber boot - LSA-89 FC Connector adapter Extra power meter adapters: - 1x PMA-54 SC connector adapter - 1x PMA-32 ST connector adapter Extra light source adapters: - 1x LSA-91 SC connector adapter - 1x LSA-90 ST connector adapter Carrying case GP , Six AA batteries, Two soft pouches - Quick Reference Card - Calibration & Compliance Certificates EXFO FTTx Test Solution FPM-600 POWER METER The FPM-600 Power Meters are the ideal tool for link and system qualification. Thanks to its memory capacity of 1000 data items and converter software, it facilitates data management and enables data transfer to a PC via USB connection. The FPM-600 features a green/red LED indicator that gives you a pass or fail test verdict according to the thresholds you have defined. FPM-602-XX EXFO FPM-600 Power Meter (GE Detector) $ FPM-602X-XX High-power Ge detector $ EXFO FLS-600 LIGHT SOURCE Automatic Wavelength Switching The FLS-600 Light Source are designed for firstclass versatility. Choose among laser, LED models, as well as various wavelength options. What s more, you can save time by building a list of your favorite wavelengths and only sweeping through these wavelengths when testing. FLS BL 1310/1550 nm laser source (9/125 µm) $1, FLS D23BL 850/1300 nm LED source (62.5/125 µm) $2,

85 EXFO POWER METERS & LIGHT SOURCES EXFO FOT-930 MAXTESTER Power Meter Designed for network service providers, network installers and CATV operators, the FOT-930 MaxTester provides fully automated loss test results in 10 seconds for up to three wavelengths, as well as automatic ORL and fiber-length measurement. It combines a powerful light source, a power meter, a visual fault locator, a full-duplex digital talk set and a video fiber inspection probe, and it comes with a large, high-resolution color display and nine hours autonomy all this and more in an ergonomic, eye-catching handheld package built for today s fiber-optic testing requirements. This unit easily and efficiently provides complete, high-quality test documentation. Its data logging and management features help users quickly access and download test results to any PC through the RS-232 port for in-depth analysis and first-class report generation. The FOT-930 MaxTester delivers fast, three-wavelength loss and ORL results based on user-configurable pass/fail thresholds, for error-free testing. It is the only unit of its kind designed for testing both multimode and singlemode fiber. What s more, it comes with a GeX detector, for highpower measurement up to +26 dbm. Optimized for Testing Passive Optical Networks This mode lets you configure your FOT-930 MaxTester to suit your FTTx wavelengths and test-unit locations, as well as choose your preferred data presentation options for on-screen display or report generation. Benefits include the display of test data according to FTTx terminology, as well as similar test-data presentation, regardless of the location of main and remote units. SPECIFICATIONS FOT-932 FOT-932X FOT-933 Detector Type Ge Gex InGaAs Measurement range (dbm) 10 to to to -73 Wavelength (nm) 800 to to to 1650 Uncertainty (nw) ± 5 % ± 0.1 ± 5 % ± 3 ± 5 % ± 0.05 Calibrated Wavelengths Measurement Units Storage Power Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Relative humidity Size (H x W x D) Weight Options kilometers, meters, kilofeet, feet, miles Capacity of 1024 complete tests Li-Ion battery (9 hours) 14 F to 122 F ( 10 C to 50 C) 40 F to 158 F ( 40 C to 70 C) 0 % to 95 % noncondensing 9.875" x 4.937" x 3" in (250 mm x 125 mm x 75 mm) 2.2 lb (1 kg) VFL 650 nm Visual Fault Locator with universal 2.5 mm adapter $ VFT FP4S FP4D 650 nm Visual fault locator and talk set, 1550 nm Laser (9/125 µm) with headset (GP-1002). Option NOT possible if already 5 wavelengths present on FOT-930. FIP-400-P-SINGLE: 400X Video Probe. Comes w/ FIPT-400- FC-SC: FC-SC Bulkhead tip, FIPT-400-U25M: Univ. patchcord tip (2.5mm ferrule), Compartmented plastic case for tips, Software & Instruction manual on CD. FIP-400-P-DUAL: 200X/400X Video Probe. Comes w/ FIPT-400-FC-SC: FC-SC Bulkhead tip, FIPT-400-U25M: Univ. patchcord tip (2.5mm ferrule), Compartmented plastic case for tips, Software & Instruction manual on CD. $2, $1, $1, Features FasTest and ORL function Fiber Inspection Probe connection 2 rechargeable batteries (GP-1001) & AC adapter/charger Soft carrying case (GP ) USB to serial converter; USB to DB9 male (GP-2004) Calibration mandrel Instruction manual and Certificate of Compliance Test report Shoulder strap Connector adapter EUI-XX Connector adapter FOA-XX FOT-932- XX FOT-932X- 12C-XX FOT-932X- 12D-XX FOT XX FOT-932X- XX FOT-932X- 4-XX FOT-932X- 5-XX FOT-933- XX FOT XX FOT XX Ge detector, Dual lambda 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) Ge detector, Four lambda - 1st FasTest Port: 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm), - 2nd FasTest Port: 850/1300 nm LED (50/125 µm) Ge detector, Four lambda - 1st FasTest Port: 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm), - 2nd FasTest Port: 850/1300 nm LED (62.5/125 µm) Ge detector, Tri-lambda 1310/1490/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) High-power Ge detector, Dual lambda 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) High-power Ge detector, Tri-lambda 1310/1550/1625 nm laser (9/125 µm) High-power Ge detector, Tri-lambda 1310/1490/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) InGaAs detector, Dual lambda 1310/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) InGaAs detector, Tri-lambda 1310/1550/1625 nm laser (9/125 µm) InGaAs detector, Tri-lambda 1310/1490/1550 nm laser (9/125 µm) $5, $8, $8, $6, $5, $6, $6, $5, $7, $6, TEST EQUIPMENT Power Meters & Light Sources EXFO 85

86 VIAVI TEST EQUIPMENT Optical Channel Checker TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment VIAVI The VIAVI OCC series is a handheld, battery operated Channel Checker that is ideal for field service groups tasked with the installation, maintenance, and upgrades of systems. The Channel Checker scans the system and automatically records all channels with the wavelength and the related power level. The information can be displayed in a graphical spectrum format, or in a table of results so that users can easily check the performance of each and every channel. OCC-55 CWDM Optical Channel Checker Features Industry s smallest and lightest CWDM channel checker Wavelength scan range: 1260 nm to 1620 nm Outstanding battery lifetime ensures highest flexibility Graphical/tabular display mode Results can be saved via internal memory Report generation software OFS-355 OCC-55-CWDM OCC-55 CWDM $6, OCC-56C-DWDM OCC-56C DWDM $7, OLS-6 Laser Source Pocket-sized Dual Wavelength The OLS-6 offers high stability and long battery operating time in a rugged, pocket-sized casing for direct use in the field. With these instruments, no measurement errors occur due to different wavelength settings between the source and the receiver. These errors are avoided by automatic wavelength setting in power meters. Features Wavelengths: 1310/1550 nm, 1550/1625 nm, 1490/1550 nm Modulation for easy fiber recognition. Pocket-sized solutions for multimode and singlemode applications. Auto-lambda mode allows for automatic setting of VIAVI power meters to OLS-6 wavelengths. Battery capacity indication (%) is displayed when the OLS-6 is switched on/off as well as an automatic power-down after 20 min to save battery life. SPECIFICATIONS Wavelength range Output power range TLS-55C nm ( THz) to nm ( THz) +9 dbm to +6 dbm, adjustable TLS-55L nm ( THz) to nm ( THz) +9 dbm to +6 dbm, adjustable Frequency accuracy ± 2.5 GHz ± 2.5 GHz Optical Channel Checker Features Industry s smallest and lightest DWDM channel checker Supports C-band or L-band applications Outstanding battery lifetime ensures highest flexibility Graphical/tabular display mode Supports 50 GHz, 100 GHz, or 200 GHz channel spacing (according to ITU-T) Results can be saved via internal memory or external USB memory stick Report generation software OFS-355 The TLS-55 Smart Optical tunable laser source is designed to support ROADM network channel routing applications. These handheld light sources are setting new benchmarks when it comes to size, weight and power. The tester also provides wavelength tuning in C-band or L-band on a footprint of only 195 x 95 mm at a weight of 500 g is unique in today s market. Quick charger for NiMH or NiCd cells (accessory) 2255/02 OLS-6 - (1310/1550nm) FC/PC $1, TLS-55 SMART Optical Tunable Laser Source TLS-55C-CBAND TLS-55C C-band $8, BN 2279/ nm laser option (only with TLS-55C) TLS-55L-LBAND TLS-55L L-band $8, OCC-56C DWDM Features: Industry s first battery-operated tunable laser source for field applications. Supports ROADM network channel routing applications. Battery-operation ensures highest flexibility even for field applications. C-band or L-band version. Extra 1510 nm wavelength for OSC testing (only with TLS-55C). Supports 50 GHz, 100 GHz, or 200 GHz channel spacing(according to ITU-T). 86

87 100 Series Power Meters The 100 Series Power Meters work in conjunction with a laser source, automatically detecting the light wavelength at 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 and 1625nm. Ruggedized, lightweight and reliable, the 100 Series packs a lot of power into a reasonably-priced, easy-to-use unit. A convenient Low Battery indicator reminds the user to recharge the battery, while the compact size delivers outstanding usability, typically only found on higher-priced units. PRO POWER METERS & LIGHT SOURCES SPECIFICATIONS PM-102A PM-102B Measuring Range (dbm) -60 ~ ~ +23 Wavelength (nm) 850/1300/1310/1490/1550/1625 Connector FC/PC, SC/PC, ST/PC Detector Type InGaAs Accuracy db (+10nW) Resolution 0.01dB Linearity + 5% Auto Power-off Yes Backlight Yes Reference Value Yes Power Supply Li-ion Battery; 5V AC/DC Adapter Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Power Meters PM-12A/B Small enough to fit in your shirt pocket, the PM-12 is a super-compact, ergonomic power meter that has a display range from +10 ~ -70dBm (12A), +26 ~ -50dBm (12B) (@1550nm) and can measure 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550 and 1625nm wavelengths. The user can choose between Linear or Logarithmic power displays. The PM-12 automatically detects the wavelength being tested, and when used in conjunction with any Light Source, the PM-12 can accurately measure signal loss in fiber, cable and other passive optical devices, effectively equating to a Loss Test Set. Sold, serviced and supported in the USA. SPECIFICATIONS PM-12A PM-12B Display Range +10 ~ 1550nm +26 ~ 1550nm Accuracy 0.35dB ±1nW 0.35dB ±10nW Resolution 0.01 db Calibrated Wavelengths 850/1300/1550/1490/1625 Sensor Type InGaAs Working Wavelength 800 ~ 1700 Battery Life Power Source 230 Hours (3,500 Hours Stand-by) AAA Batteries (x2) Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 0 ~ 90% RH (Humidity) 4.7 x 1.3 x 1.18 / 2.4 oz Optional Accessories: E2000 Adapter, LC Adapter, external FC to LC adapter, 2.5mm Universal Adapter, 1.25mm Universal Adapter, SRC-1 Semi-Rigid 100 Series Case PM-102A Power Meter PM-102A $ PM-102B Power Meter PM-102B (CATV) $ Includes: Carrying Bag, User Manual, Worldwide compatible AC/DC power adapter, Test report, Adapters: FC/PC, SC/PC, ST/PC, Built-in 2.5mm Universal Adapter, Li-ion Battery Features: Fully-Automatic Measuring Range Linear and Logarithmic Power Display 2.5mm Universal Interface Low Power Consumption - Over 100 Working Hours Relative Value Measurement Function PM-12A PM-12A Power Meter (+10 ~ -70) $ PM-12B PM-12B Power Meter ( +26 ~ -50) $ Includes: Power Meter, AAA Batteries (x2), Nylon Wrist Strap, Nylon Carrying Case TEST EQUIPMENT Power Meters & Light Sources PRO 87

88 PRO POWER METERS & LIGHT SOURCES Power Meters 200 Series The PM 200 series of Power Meters are both rugged and refined. Operating in all commonly used wavelengths, these well-engineered units have been designed to function in laboratories, LANs, WANs and CATV environments, as well as long-distance optical networks. The PM 200 series, used in conjunction with our Stabilized Light Sources, allows the user to identify optical fiber, measure optical attenuation, verify continuity and evaluate fiber link transmission quality. The Auto- Wavelength Recognition eliminates the need for communication between technicians and reduces the potential for error. SPECIFICATIONS PM-204A PM-204B Accuracy ± 5% ± 1nW ± 5% ± 10nW TEST EQUIPMENT Power Meters & Light Sources PRO Resolution 88 ~ +10dBm; ~ -60dBm ~ +26dBm; ~ -40dBm Measuring Range -70 to +10 (dbm) -50 to +26 (dbm) Calibrated Wavelength Detector Type 850/1300/1310 /1490/1550/1625nm InGaAs Linearity ± 5% Tone Detection (Hz) 270,1,000, 2,000 Power Supply 2500mAh NiMH AA Batteries (x2), 6V AC/DC Adapter Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 6.3 x 3 x 1.8 / 9.5 oz (160 x 76 x 45 mm / 270 g) Connectors Data Storage Light Sources SPECIFICATIONS LS-102D FC/PC, SC/PC, ST/PC 1000 Data Items LS-103D Output wavelength (nm) 1310 & & 1300 Central Wavelength 1310 ± 20nm & 1550 ± 20nm 850 ± 10nm & 1300 ± 20nm Connector SC/UPC SC/UPC Emitter Type Output stability Spectral Width LD Short Term (15 minutes): <0.1dB Long Term ( 5 Hours or above): <0.2dB 5 nm Output Frequency (Hz) 270, 1,000, 2,000 Output Power Power supply - 5 dbm Li-ion Battery ; 5V AC/DC Adapter Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 100 Series The 100 Series Laser Sources can operate in either Continuous Wave (CW) mode for testing or in Modulated Mode (Hz), which can be used to verify the signal being transmitted, similar to a tone generator for those familiar with copper wire testing. A Low Battery indicator reminds the user to recharge the battery and the unit s light weight, smaller size and ergonomic shape have been extremely well-received by technicians at every level. 4.5 x 2.5 x 1.8 / 4.9 oz (115 x 65 x 30 mm / 140 g) Optional Accessories: E2000 Adapter, External LC Adapter, 1.25mm Universal Adapter, SRC-1 Semi-Rigid 100 Series Case PM-204A Power Meter PM-204A (w/ data storage) $ PM-204B Power Meter PM-204B (CATV) - (w/ data storage) $ Includes: Power Meter, FC/UPC,SC/UPC,ST/UPC Interchangeable Connectors, NiMH Batteries (x2), Built-in 2.5mm Universal Adapter, Manual, Software (CD), USB Cable, AC/DC Power Adapter, FC/PC, SC/ PC, ST/PC Connectors, Test Report, Soft Carrying Case Optional adapters: FC/PC male -SC/APC female Adapter, FC/PC male -FC/APC female Adapter, FC/PC male -MU/PC female Adapter, FC/PC male -ST/APC female Adapter, FC/PC male -LC/PC female Adapter, Others connector adapters LS-102D LS-102D (SM) Light Source 1310 & 1550 $ LS-103D LS-103D (MM) Light Source 850 & 1300 $ Includes: SC/UPC Connector (built-in), User Manual, AC/DC Power Adapter, Calibration Report, Lithium-ion Battery, Soft Carrying Case

89 PRO POWER METERS & LIGHT SOURCES LS-202D / LS-203DF Dual Light Sources The LS-202D series offers excellent stability and portability for accurate fiber optic testing. Dual output ports provide stable laser power at 1310 and 1550nm wavelengths and can operate in either continuous wave (CW) mode or Modulated Mode (Hz). Designed with the technician in mind, output power is instantly adjustable from the keypad. A convenient Low Battery indicator reminds the user to recharge the battery, while the lightweight, compact, ruggedized case of the LS-202D delivers rock-solid reliability under all working conditions. Features: SPECIFICATIONS LS-202D LS-203DF Output wavelength 1310 & 1550 nm 850/1300 nm Central Wavelength 1310±20 & 1550±20 nm 850/1300 ±120nm Adjustable Range N/A ±3dB, 0.1dB/step Emitter Type Connector Output stability Spectral Width LD FC/UPC, SC/UPC, ST/UPC (Interchangeable) (APC is Available Upon Request) Short Term (15 min.): < 1310,1550nm Long Term (<8 Hours ): < 1310,1550nm 3 nm Output Frequency (Hz) 270 / 1,000 / 2000 Output Power Power supply ±0.5 db 2500mAh Ni-MH AA (x2), AC/DC Power Supply Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C ) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 6.3 x 3 x 1.8 / 9.5 oz (160 x 76 x 45 mm / 270 g) SPECIFICATIONS LS-201Q LS-202X Output wavelength (nm) 850/1300/1310/1550 (MM/SM) 1310/1490/1550/1625 (SM) Emitter Type Connector Output stability LD SC/UPC, FC/UPC, ST/UPC Short-Term (15 min) 1310nm/1550nm / 850nm/1300nm Long-Term (>8 Hours) 1310nm/1550nm / 850nm/1300nm Central Wavelength ± 20nm Spectral Width 5 nm Output Frequency (Hz) 270 / 1,000 / 2,000 Output Power Auto Power Off Backlight -5 dbm Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Power supply Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) LS-201Q / LS-202X Quad Light Sources The 200 Series Quad Light Sources offers excellent stability and portability for accurate fiber optic testing. Dual output ports provide stable laser power at four (x4) common wavelengths. This compact unit will operate in either Continuous Wave (CW) mode or Modulated Mode (Hz). Designed with the technician in mind, the output power is instantly adjustable from the keypad. The lightweight and smaller size delivers rock-solid reliability under all working conditions. Yes Yes 2500mAh Ni-MH AA (x2) 6.3 x 3 x 1.7 / 9.5 oz (160 x 76 x 45 mm / 270 g) Easy-to-Use, Straightforward Operation Backlit LCD Rechargeable Batteries Included 3-year Warranty and Recommended Calibration Interval Sold, Serviced and Supported in the USA Optional Accessories: FC/APC Connector, SC/APC Connector LS-202D LS-202D Dual Light Source (1310/1550) SM $1, LS-203DF LS-203DF Dual Light Source (850/1300) MM $ Includes: FC/UPC, SC/UPC, ST/UPC Interchangeable Connectors, User Manual, Worldwide-Compatible AC/DC Power Adapter, Rechargeable Battery (x2), Calibration Report, Soft Carrying Case Optional Accessories: FC/APC Connector, SC/APC Connector LS-201Q LS-201Q Light Source (850/1300/1310/1550) $1, LS-202X LS-202X Light Source (1310/1490/1550/1625) $2, Includes: FC/PC, SC/PC, ST/PC Interchangeable Connectors, User Manual, Worldwide Compatible AC/DC Power Adapter, Battery, Test Report, Carrying Case 89 TEST EQUIPMENT Power Meters & Light Sources PRO

90 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT OLM-202A / 202B Optical Loss Multimeter (Single Channel Fiber) The OLM 200 Series Optical Loss Multimeters provide the ultimate in convenience by combining a versatile 850, 1300, 1310, 1490, 1550, 1625 (nm) Power Meter with a 1310, 1490, 1550nm Laser Source all in one unit. The OLM 200 Series is perfect for fiber installation and maintenance and is sold, serviced and supported in the USA. Two technicians, equipped with two OLM 200 Series units can work twice as fast by testing two fibers at a time, without disconnecting the fiber or swapping connectors. Because the unit contains both a Power Meter and Light Source in one unit, it can also function as a backup if another Power Meter or Laser Source fails while on a job site. TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO SPECIFICATIONS OLM-202A OLM-202B Power Meter Calibration wavelength 850/1300/1310/1490/1550/1625 (nm) Connector Interchangeable FC/SC/ST for PC/APC Data storage(items) 999 Ref. Value Yes Display Units db / dbm / mw /uw Display precision(db) 0.01 Accuracy ± 5% ± 1nW Wavelength Recognition 1310/1490/1550(input power> -40dBm) Tone Detection 270 Hz / 1KHz / 2KHz(input power> -40dBm) Measuring Range(dBm) -70 to to +26 Laser Source Output wavelength 1310/1490/1550 (nm) Connector Interchangeable FC/SC/ST for PC Modulation frequencies 270/1K/2K Hz Output Power -5dBm ± 0.5dB Stability Long-term(8h) ± 0.1dB@1310/1550nm; ± 0.2dB@1490nm Stability Short-term (15min) ± 0.05dB@1310/1550nm ; ± 0.1dB@1490nm Wavelength Recognizing Code Yes General Specification Auto Power off Yes Power Supply 2000mAh NiMH 1.2V, (x2), AC/DC Adapter PC interface USB Battery Life > 100 Hours (laser off) Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -4 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) Relative Humidity <90% (Non-condensing) Dimension 6.6 x 3 x 1.70 (168 x 76 x 43 mm) Weight 11 oz (310 g) Features: Auto wavelength recognition Data storage up to 999 items USB interface and PC associated software available Data management software Optional Accessories: LC/E2000 connectors for power meter port and various connector adapters OLM-202A OLM-202A Optical Loss Multimeter $1, OLM-202B OLM-202B Optical Loss Multimeter $1, Includes: User Manual, Rechargeable Batteries, Carrying Soft Bag, Interchangeable FC/SC/ST connectors, worldwide compatible AC /DC Power Adapter, PC software, USB Connecting Cable 90

91 OLM-302A Optical Loss Multimeter (Multi-Channel Fiber) The OLM-302A MPO Loss Test Set from Precision Rated Optics is a versatile solution that allows technicians make a precise evaluation of the quality of MPO links. Additionally, this loss test set helps in implementing incoming qualification of MPO components like cassettes and jumpers. The key elements of this solution include the LS-302A Laser Light Source and PM-302A Optical Power Meter that can be connected directly with one jumper that provides measurement of loss on each of the 12 channels. A breakout MPO to LC or SC cable assembly can be added to test hybrid cables. By testing 12 or more fiber channels simultaneously at the touch of a button, the OLM-302A MPO Loss Test Set is the easiest MPO testing solution available on the market today. PRO TEST EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS Power Meter Calibration wavelength 850/1300/1310/1550 (nm) Channels 12 Connector MPO / MTP (Female / Male) Data storage(items) 300 Sets Display Units db / dbm Resolution ± 0.01dB Uncertainty ± 0.5dB Maximum Input Power +13dBm (Composite) Threshold Setting 4 wavelength Reference Setting 4 wavelength Tone Detection Yes Measuring Range (dbm) -60 ~ +3 Polarity Test According to TIA-568-C.0 Frequency Recognition (Hz) 270/1K/2K Laser Source Output wavelength 850 (nm) Channels 12 Connector MPO / MTP (Female) Modulation Frequencies (Hz) 270/1K/2K Spectral Type VCSEL General Specification Power Supply NiMH Rechargeable Battery / AC Adapter PC interface USB Battery Life 10 Hours Operating Temperature 32ºF ~ 122ºF (0ºC ~ 50ºC) Environmental Conditions 0 ~ 95% (Humidity, Non-Condensing) Dimension 7.5 x 4.1 x 2.2 (190 x 105 x 55 mm) Weight 24.7 oz (700 g) Features: Rugged design with protective rubber boot Quickly evaluate MPO link quality Data storage for 300 sets of records Includes soft carrying case OLM-302A OLM-302A MPO Loss Test Set $7, Includes: OLM-302A MPO Loss Test Set, NiMH Battery, Protective Rubber Boot, USB Data Transfer Cable, PC Software CD, AC/DC Power Adapter/Charger, CE Certificate, Certificate of Calibration, User Manual, Soft Carrying Case TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO 91

92 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT OLT-301 Series Bi-Directional Optical Loss Tester The OLT-301 Series Intelligent Optical Loss Tester is an all-in-one loss tester integrated with a Stabilized Light Source, Optical Power meter, Optical Loss Tester, ORL Tester and Length Testing functions. It can perform automatic bidirectional loss test on single fiber with Pass/Fail assessment. With rich functions, flexible configuration and excellent User friendly design, the OLT- 301 Series is the ideal optical loss tester to completely evaluate the optical fiber link condition in FTTx, LAN, and CATV network. TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO SPECIFICATIONS Power Supply Data Interface Battery Life Backlight Display Auto Off Storage Temperature Operating Temperature Environmental Conditions Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) Lithium Battery/ AC Adapter USB Continuous Operation 35 hours Yes Yes (Auto off after 5 minutes idle) -40ºF ~ 158ºF (-40ºC ~ 70ºC) -4ºF ~ 122ºC(-20ºC ~ 50ºC) 0 ~ 95% (Humidity, Non-Condensing) 7 x 3.1 x 1.7 / 12.34oz (177 x 80 x 44mm / 350g) Power Meter Calibration wavelength (nm) 850 / 1300 / 1310 / 1490 / 1550 / 1625 Connector Types FC Interchangable SC, ST Data Storage 1000 records Display Units W / mw / μw / nw / pw / dbm / db(ref) Resolution 0.01dB Accuracy 850nm Detector Type InGaAs Measuring Range (dbm) -70 ~ +10 or -50 ~ +27 Frequency Recognition (Hz) 270 / 1K / 2K Laser Source Output Wavelength (±20nm) 1310 / 1490 / 1550 / 1625 Output Power >-4dBm Spectrum Width 5nm Emitter Type FP-LD Output Mode (Hz) 270 /1K / 2K Power Stability ±0.05dB / 15min; ±0.10dB / 8hr Optical Loss Test Link Loss Range 50dB (1550nm, 200km) Link Loss Accuracy ±0.25dB Link Loss Test Time < 2 seconds per wavelength ORL Test ORL Range 0~60dB (APC connector) ORL Accuracy (0~50dB), (50~60dB) ORL Uncertainty 20dB Features: Optical Power Monitoring Automatic Wavelength Identification Data Transfer to PC via USB 1000 Test Records Storage and Management OLT-301SM1AR 1310/1550nm, -70~+10 (dbm) $3, OLT-301SM1BR 1310/1550nm, -50~+27 (dbm) $4, OLT-301SM2AR 1310/1490/1550nm, -70~+10 (dbm) $4, OLT-301SM2BR 1310/1490/1550nm, -50~+27 (dbm) $5, OLT-301SM3AR 1310/1550/1625nm, -70~+10 (dbm) $5, OLT-301SM3BR 1310/1550/1625nm, -50~+27 (dbm) $5, Includes: OLT-301 Bi-Directional Optical Loss Tester, Lithium Battery, AC Adapter/Charger, USB Cable, Software CD, Soft Carrying Case, Warranty Card, CE Certificate, Certificate of Calibration, User Manual 92

93 PRO TEST EQUIPMENT OVA-201S / 202S Optical Attenuator The OVA Series Optical Variable Attenuator for both singlemode wavelengths is a compact, portable instrument mainly used to introduce loss or attenuation into the fiber optic link for testing purposes or to reduce the signal strength of the transmit signal at the receiving end. SPECIFICATIONS OVA-201S OVA-202S Attenuation Range 0~80dB 0~60dB Fiber Type Calibrated Wavelengths Linearity Accuracy Insertion Loss Return Loss Max Input Power 30~60dB, 2.0dB@60~80 db SMF 9/125μm 1310nm/1550nm 0.3dB <3dB >50dB(PC) 24dBm 20~50dB, 1.0dB@50~60 db Application: Maintenance of Telecom Systems Maintenance of CATV Systems Fiber Optic Transmission System & Test Lab Various other Trouble Shooting Applications Optional Accessories: Various connector adapters Power Supply Connector Operating temperature Storage temperature Relative humidity Dimension Weight PON Meter 1.2 V Ni-MH Battery * 2pcs Interchangeable FC/PC, SC/PC, ST/PC connectors.(fc/apc, SC/APC are available at time of ordering) -10 C to 50 C -20 C to 60 C 0%~95% (non-condensing) 160L*76W*45H(nm) 360g(Battery included) PON-301B Rugged, reliable and designed as a pass-through device, the PON- 301B PON Meter can perform in-service testing of all PON signals (1310/1490/1550nm) from anywhere within the network. The PON-301B also features a Burst Mode, as well as instantaneous Pass/Warning/ Fail assessment. SPECIFICATIONS Calibrated Wavelength 1310nm 1490nm 1550nm Measurement Range -40 ~ ~ ~ +20 Spectral Passband (nm) 1310± ± ±10 Power Uncertainty (db) 0.5 Accuracy (db) 0.01 Insertion Loss (db) 1.5 Display TFT LCD Connectors Standard SC/APC (Interchangeable FC, ST) Data Storage Data Interface Power Supply Battery Capacity > 2,000 Records USB Rechargeable Lithium-ion Battery (1050mAh) / AC/DC Power Adapter 6 Hours Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Storage Temperature -13 º F ~ 158 º F (-25 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions 0 ~ 95% (Humidity, Non-Condensing) Weight & Dimensions (HxWxD) 6.9 x 3.1 x 1.7 / 0.7 lb (177 x 80 x 44mm / 345g) OVA-201S Optical Attenuator $3, OVA-202S Optical Attenuator $2, Includes: FC/PC,SC/PC,ST/PC interchangeable connectors, Carrying Case, User Manual, Rechargeable Battery, Worldwide Compatible AC/ DC Adapter/Charger Features: Specifically Designed for FTTx/PON (B/E/G) applications Pass-through Connection and Simultaneous Measurement of all PON Signals Filtered Detectors for Individual Signal Measurement at each Wavelength Upstream Signal Burst Mode Detection at 1310nm PON-301B PON Meter $1, Includes: PON Meter, Lithium-ion Battery, Protective Rubber Boot, USB Data Transfer Cable, PC Software CD, AC/DC Power Adapter/Charger, CE Certificate, Certificate of Calibration, User Manual, Protective Soft Carrying Case 93 TEST EQUIPMENT Test Equipment PRO

94 T 3 INNOVATION COPPER / NETWORK TESTERS Arc Chaser 21st Century Dual Mode TDR for Testing and Monitoring Energized and Unenergized Cables The Arc Chaser Dual Mode TDR is capable of finding faults (Opens, Shorts, Arc Faults) on fully energized cables up to 600 Volts. Arc Chaser can monitor live cables for intermittent conditions, capturing these events and reporting where and when they occur. Using advanced Spread Spectrum Time Domain Reflectometry (SSTDR), Arc Chaser is capable of accuracy to fault of better than 1%. TEST EQUIPMENT Copper / Network Testers T 3 Features: Color Touch Screen Display Compact Form Factor 3rd Generation Rechargeable Lithium-Ion Batteries Benchtop, Handheld or Hung Up Uses Modular Cable Interfaces Waterproof/Shock Resistant Transport case AC120 T3 Innovation AC120 Arc Chaser $2, Includes: Arc Chaser main unit, T3 Leader Cable 5ft 600V CAT II, Flanged crocodile clips: red and black, 600V CAT II UL/CSA, Dual banana to BNC female, Adapter: BNC male to F female, Power Supply, SD Card, Micro USB Cable, Carabiner Strap, Protective Arc Chaser Case Features: High resolution full color graphical display Displays wire map in color per TIA-568A/B color codes, in pin or pair order (configurable) Protective silicone holster Micro USB connector (to export cable reports), RJ45 connector, and Coax connector Cable Prowler Full Color Cable Testing & Report Management The Cable Prowler combines the functions of a high-end cable tester and length measurement tester, with the capability to identify link status, link capability, and PoE detection. All of this is in full color and internal memory to save results. CB300 T3 Innovation CB300 Cable Prowler $ Includes: Cable Prowler Main Unit, Coax and Network Remote Set: #1-5, F-Conn coupler includes foam holder, Network/Tel Testing and ID Remote #1, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, Micro USB Cable, Hanging T3 Pouch CB350 T3 Innovation CB350 Cable Prowler $ Includes: Cable Prowler main Unit, Coax and Network Remote Set: #1-5, F-Conn coupler includes foam holder, #1-8 Network/Tel Testing and ID Remotes, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, Micro USB Cable, Large T3 Pouch CB400 T3 Innovation CB400 Cable Prowler $ Includes: Cable Prowler Main Unit, #1-8 Network/Tel Testing and ID Remotes, #1-20 Coax Remotes, #1-20 Network Remotes, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, TrakAll Tone and Probe, Micro USB Cable, Large T3 Pouch 94 T3 Innovation CB300 Cable Prowler

95 T 3 INNOVATION COPPER / NETWORK TESTERS Features: Fast testing using multiple coax mapper remote sets Quickly discover coax system layout configuration to save time All testing in one unit: Discovery, Quality and Condition Clear concise measurement display for easy understanding of the capability of each run CC200 CC210 CC220 CC250 CC260 Features: Coax Clarifier with 2 Coax RF Remotes, RK104, CA004, AD002, AD003 (3), AD004 (3), AD005 (4), and CP100 Coax Clarifier with 4 Coax RF Remotes, RK104, CA004, AD002, AD003 (5), AD004 (5), AD005 (4), and CP100 Coax Clarifier with 4 Coax RF Remotes, RK112, CA004, AD002, AD003 (5), AD004 (5), AD005 (4), and CP100 Coax Clarifier with 4 Coax RF Remotes, TP200 Tone Probe, RK112, CA004, AD002, AD003 (5), AD004 (5), AD005 (4), and CP200 Coax Clarifier with 6 Coax RF Remotes, RK112, CA004, AD002, AD003 (7), AD004 (7), AD005 (6), and CP200 Large color LCD display Easy-to-use High quality industrial grade accessories and adapters Built-in list of cable types and their VOP values Audio indication when a change/ fault is detected Favorites list for commonly tested cable types Coax Clarifier Test, Map, Profile and Qualify "Dark" Coax Cable Networks Dark unpowered coax systems give no clue as to their design, condition or configuration. The new Coax Clarifier Coax Tester by T3 Innovation makes it simple and easy to discern the layout of a coax network, locate faults on individual cable runs, identify remotes through splitters, and determine cable run length. In addition, separate cable mapper sets allow a technician to map out the entire coax system and measure the quality and characterization of the overall network for carrying services, such as high grade video, surveillance data and HD programming. $ $ $ $ $ ACCESSORIES CR001 CR002 CR003 CR004 CR005 CR006 RK104 RK112 Power Prowler No. 1 Coax RF Remote No. 2 Coax RF Remote No. 3 Coax RF Remote No. 4 Coax RF Remote No. 5 Coax RF Remote No. 6 Coax RF Remote Nos. 1-4 ID Only Coax Remote Set in Foam Holder Nos ID Only Coax Remote Set in Foam Holder 3-In-One DMM/TDR Cable Fault Finder for Energized or Unenergized Cables The Power Prowler multi-function time-domain reflectometry (TDR) cable fault finder can identify faulty cables and has the ability to accurately measure the distance to the fault. The Power Prowler can be used on energized or un-energized cables and is suitable for AC and DC voltages up to 600 volts and incorporates a Live Event Detection function that s ideal for pinpointing intermittent faults. The digital multimeter function measures AC and DC voltages, impedance and continuity. A special low impedance function (LoZ) function is available to eliminate ghost voltages caused by EMI interference from associated equipment and drives. The easy-to-use Power Prowler is supplied with a convenient hanging pouch, cable leads, a range of connectors and has a bright, easy-to-read, full-color screen. Additional optional cable accessories can be ordered separately. CP100 CP200 CA004 AD002 AD003 AD004 AD005 TP200 Hanging T3 Pouch Zipped Pouch Screw-On F-Jack to Push- On F-Plug Cable - 12 F-Jack to BNC Jack F Jack to Push-On Cable F-Connector Coupler, F81 F-Terminator Plug TrakAll Tone and Probe PLR600 T3 Innovation PLR600 Power Prowler $ Includes: Power Prowler Main Unit, DMM Meter Leads 600V CAT II, Leader Cable: 5 feet 600V CAT II, Flanged crocodile clips: red and black 600V CAT II, BNC (F) to Double Banana Plug, BNC (M) to F Connection (F), Hanging T3 Pouch TEST EQUIPMENT Copper / Network Testers T 3 95

96 T 3 INNOVATION COPPER / NETWORK TESTERS Features: Supports IPV4 and IPV6 protocols Verifies DHCP connectivity and DNS Pings IPV4, IPV6, and URL addresses CDP, LLDP, NDP, and VLAN detection TCP/UDP Throughput Test Net Prowler Identify, Monitor, and Correct LAN issues The Net Prowler Cabling and Advanced Network Tester takes all the features and functionality of the Cable Prowler and adds the capability to identify, monitor, and troubleshoot LAN issues associated with physical layer and link conditions in the network. TEST EQUIPMENT Copper / Network Testers T 3 NP700 T3 Innovation NP700 Net Prowler $ Includes: Net Prowler Main Unit, Coax and Network Remote Set: #1-5, F-Conn coupler includes foam holder, Network/Tel Testing and ID Remote #1, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, Micro USB Cable, Hanging T3 Pouch NP750 T3 Innovation NP750 Net Prowler $ Includes: Net Prowler main Unit, Coax and Network Remote Set: #1-5, F-Conn coupler includes foam holder, #1-8 Network/Tel Testing and ID Remotes, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, Micro USB Cable, Large T3 Pouch NP800 T3 Innovation NP800 Net Prowler $ Includes: Net Prowler Main Unit, #1-8 Network/Tel Testing and ID Remotes, #1-20 Coax Remotes, #1-20 Network Remotes, RJ12 Cable Qty 2, Micro USB Cable, Large T3 Pouch The Net Chaser Ethernet Speed Certifier offers a complete solution to test and speed certify the data-carrying capabilities of Ethernet network cables up to 1 Gb/s by testing for noise in the network, detecting faults in the cable wiring, and ensuring that cables are able to support the speed capabilities of active equipment. The NetChaser s advanced discovery gives the clearest vision of network layout and interfaces between active components like servers, switches, routers, etc. All the information is collected, stored, and ready for reporting. 21st century speed certification. Features: Speed Certification to IEEE standards Cable testing to TIA568A/B Pings specific IPs or URL addresses DHCP Traceroute VLAN NC950-AR T3 Innovation NC950 Net Chaser w/active Remote $1, Includes: Net Chaser main unit, Active remote, Power supply (2), 4 GB SD card, Micro USB, #1 Testing network remote, Network and coax remote set: #1-5, F-Conn coupler includes foam holder, Network patch cable (2), Sacrificial cable (2), T3 hanging strap and clip (2), Large T3 carrying case 96 Net Chaser T3 Innovation NP700 Net Prowler Test & Speed Certify Ethernet Network Cables to 1 GB

97 Validator-NT All-in-One Network Management Tool Validator-NT s patented method of uploading and downloading information about cable tests and network configuration will help you to gather the necessary information to manage your network easily, while documenting changes, upgrades or new configurations. Clear, fast Speed and Performance Certification up to 1 Gigabit combines with powerful planning software and active network capabilities to give you the complete tool for installing, managing and fine-tuning any Ethernet network. VIAVI COPPER / NETWORK TESTERS Features: Certifies CAT5, CAT5E and CAT6 Ethernet cables to be 1EEE compliant to 1 gigabit speed for all Ethernet systems Tests to TIA 568/570 interconnect standards Tests coax, telephone, audio and security cables Qualifies VoIP lines Includes powerful Plan-Um Cabling Project Management software Creates and prints job reports and cable labels Active network capabilities for test, link and identification Certify, identify, configure and document your network No other tester/certifier does so much, so easily, and so economically. NT955 Validator-NT Ethernet Speed Certifier $1, Includes: Validator-NT Main Unit and Smart Remote, 2 lithium-ion rechargeable long-life batteries, 2 AC adapter/charger units, 4 adapter cable assemblies, Set of 8 wiremap remotes, USB cable assembly, Compact flash card, Plan-Um design layout software, Deluxe carrying case with cushioned sides. TEST EQUIPMENT Copper / Network Testers VIAVI 97

98 MICROSCOPES & INSPECTION PROBES Video Inspection Probe Solution From next-generation network installation to managing legacy systems, there are fundamental tools that every fiber optic technician uses. From optical power meters and visual fault locators to video microscope systems and cleaning materials, these tools are essential to anyone who handles fiber. Achieving optimized performance requires systematic and proactive methods that many technicians can find troublesome and confusing. The VIAVI Essential Fiber Toolkits overcome barriers by integrating the essential tools together into a seamless system that is fast, portable, and easy. FIT-S105-PRO Fiber Inspection Probe OLP-82 SmartClass Inspection Kit TEST EQUIPMENT Microscopes & Inspection Probes Dual-magnification (200/400X) FBP video probe microscope Handheld inspect and test display system with integrated power meter and 400X PCM Interchangeable FBPT inspection tips (2): hhsc-pc bulkhead hhlc-pc bulkhead FMAE adapters (2) for PCM: hhuniversal 2.5 mm PC patch cord hhuniversal 1.25 mm PC patch cord Plastic case for inspection tips and adapters Carrying case FIT-S105-PRO VIAVI Fiber Inspection & Test Kit $3, FIT-S105-C KIT HP3-60-P4, P5, TIPS, CLEANING TOOLS $2, Kit Includes: Handheld Display with integrated Power Meter & 400X Patch Cord Module. Includes 200/400X FBP Probe Microscope, FBPT Tips (SC, LC), FMAE Adapters, (U25M, U12M), Bulkhead/Patchcord Cleaning Tools (2.5mm & 1.25mm), Case & power supply - US FIT-S105 Kit HP3-60-P4 w/ FBP 200/400x probe $2, Kit Includes: Handheld Display with integrated Power Meter & 400X Patch Cord Module. Includes 200/400X FBP Probe Microscope, FBPT Tips (SC, LC), FMAE Adapters (U25M, U12M), Case & power supply - US FBP-S003 Fiber Inspection Probe The FBP-S003 is a Dual-magnification (200/400X) FBP probe microscope hardwired to HD1 display with 3.5- in TFT LCD; interchangeable FBPT inspection tips (4) in hard case: SC and LC bulkhead tips; Universal 2.5 mm and 1.25 mm patch cord tips; hardsided carrying case. FBP-S003 DUAL- Magnification 200/400x Probe Kit $2, FBP-S002 Probe Kit: 400X FBP Probe, Hardwired $2, Kit Includes: 200x FBP-P1-400 probe hardwired to an FBP-HD1 display. It also includes inspection tips for SC & LC bulkheads and universal 1.25 & 2.5mm patch cords, a power supply, and hard case. FBP-S001 Probe Kit: 200X FBP Probe, Hardwired $2, Kit Includes: 200x FBP-P1 probe hardwired to an FBP-HD1 display. It also includes inspection tips for SC & LC bulkheads and universal 1.25 & 2.5mm patch cords, a power supply, and hard case. 98 The new OLP-82 from VIAVI is the first handheld tool to combine pass/ fail fiber inspection and optical power measurement (OPM) into one solution. As part of the new VIAVI SmartClass Fiber Family, the OLP-82 helps service providers guarantee a lifetime of system performance from their network connectivity and gives contractors an essential tool for delivering best-in-class reliable networks to their customer FBP-SD4i HD4I/P5000i/Tip Case Inspection Kit $3, Kit Includes: OLP-82, Soft Bag, Power Supply, FiberChekPRO Software, USB Cable, Manual, Dry Batteries (8x), P5000i Digital Inspection Microscope, Bulkhead: SC and LC, Patch Cord: 2.5 and 1.25 mm, 1.25 mm OPM Adapter OLP-82/82P FIT-8201-PRO OLP-82 SmartClass Inspection Kit $4, Kit Includes: OLP-82, Soft Bag, Power Supply, FiberChekPRO Software, USB Cable, Manual, Dry Batteries (8x), P5000i Digital Inspection Microscope, Bulkhead: SC and LC, Patch Cord: 2.5 and 1.25 mm), 1.25 mm OPM Adapter, Cleaning Materials for 2.5 and 1.25 mm, Hands-Free Carrier, Rechargeable Battery, FFL-050 Visual Fault Locator with 2.5 and 1.25 mm Adapter FIT-82P01-PRO OLP-82 SmartClass Inspection Kit $4, w/power Meter FBP-SM05 Fiber Inspection Probe The HD3-P display further expands the value of the popular HD3 series by integrating a PATCHCORD MICROSCOPE (PCM) into the compact design. By combining the power of two microscopes into one system, the HD3-P enables you to inspect both the female (bulkhead) and male (patch cord) sides of a fiber interconnect at the same time. The patch cord scope accepts our FMAE Series adapters, but is configurable to accept FMA Series adapters with the use of a coupler FBP-SM05-C Inspection and Cleaning Kit- 200/400X $2, Kit Includes: FBP series Dual Magnification (200/400X) Probe Microscope with an integrated HD3-P4 display (includes a power supply/charger with US plug). Also included are 2 FBPT series inspection tips (SC & LC) for bulkhead inspection and 2 FMAE adapters (Univ. 2.5mm and Univ 1.25mm) for inspecting patch cords. FBP-SM05 Inspection Kit 200/400X FBP W/HD3-P4 $2, Kit Includes: FBP series Dual Magnification (200/400X) Probe Microscope with an integrated HD3-P4 display (includes a power supply/charger with US plug). Also included are 2 FBPT series inspection tips (SC & LC) for bulkhead inspection and 2 FMAE adapters (Univ. 2.5mm and Univ 1.25mm) for inspecting patch cords. Kit also includes a carrying case which holds all the components of this kit.

99 MICROSCOPES & INSPECTION PROBES FBP-SM03 Fiber Inspection Probe FBP-SD101 Inspection Kit w/p5000i The FBP-SM03 features our industry leading 200/400x FBP-P5 probe hardwired to an FBP-HD3 display. It also includes inspection tips for SC & LC bulkheads and universal 1.25 & 2.5mm patch cords, a power supply, and case. FBP-SM03-C Inspection & Cleaning Kit 200X/400X FB $2, Kit Includes: 200X/400X FBP Probe, HD3 Display, FBPT tips SC, LC, FC, ST, SC-APC, U25M, U25MA, U12M, Bulkhead/Patchcord Cleaning Tools (2.5mm & 1.25mm), carrying case & power supply/charger FBP-SM03 Probe Kit: 200/400X FBP Probe, Hardwired $2, Kit Includes: 200/400X FBP Probe, Hardwired to HD3 Display, Case, Tips: SC, LC, U25, U12 FVW Series Bench Top Inspect System with Monitor The FV and FVW-series microscopes utilize coaxial illumination to provide the user with a critical view of fine scratches, making them the ideal choice for factory postpolish, component assembly, and QC inspection of fiber connectors. Both systems feature a focusing head that accepts an extensive selection of FMA-series adapters. The FVW-series includes a stand alone 10.5-inch LCD flat screen display integrated microscope. These units also include a 2.5 mm universal adapter for viewing the most common types of connectors. Additional adapters can be purchased separately. FV-series workstations are bench-top video microscopes designed for inspecting patch cords and ferrules after polishing. They are available in several magnifications, but in general, our 400X models are used after polishing to inspect for fine defects incurred during the polishing or cleaning process. The 200X models are most commonly used to inspect for cleanliness during system assembly prior to mating connectors. VIAVI s FV systems have become the industry standard because they deliver crystalclear imaging of fine defects VIAVI FBPT Probe Tips FBPT-U25M Universal 2.5mm Patch Cord Tip $96.39 FBPT-U25MA Universal 2.5mm Patch Cord Tip, APC Polish $97.56 FBPT-U12M Universal 1.25mm Patch Cord Tip $96.39 FBPT-U12MA-SF Universal 1.25mm Patch Cord Tip, APC Polish $ FBPT-SC SC Bulkhead Tip $82.55 FBPT-SC-L SC Bulkhead Tip, Long Reach $ FBPT-SC-APC SC-APC Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-SC-A6 SC Bulkhead Tip, Ang. 60 Deg. $ FBPT-ST ST Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-ST-A6 ST Bulkhead Tip, Ang. 60 Deg. $ FBPT-LC-L LC Bulkhead Tip, Long Reach $ FBPT-LC-APC LC-APC Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-LC LC (LX5 Connectors) Bulkhead Tip $96.39 VIAVI FBPT Probe Tips The VIAVI FBP-SD101 P5000i Dual- Magnification Digital Analysis Probe inspects and certifies the end faces of fiber connectors. Quick and easy go/no-go analysis of the end face condition. This kit includes FiberCheckPRO software for use with a PC or laptop. You can also connect the P5000i directly to your VIAVI TBERD 2000, 4000, 6000, or 6000A, or HST-3000e (current firmware required). The VIAVI FBP-SD101 includes SC & LC bulkhead inspection tips, universal 2.5mm & 1.25mm patchcord tips and a case. FBP-SD101 FBP-SD101 Probe Kit w/p5000i $2, FVW-409 Bench Top Inspect System w/monitor $1, FBPT-FC FC Bulkhead Tip $82.34 FBPT-FC-A6 FC Bulkhead Tip, Ang. 60 Deg. $ FBPT-FC-APC FC-APC Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-FCA-1 FC-APC Bulkhead Tip, No Collar $ FBPT-E2000 E2000 Bulkhead Tip, APC or PC $ FBPT-SMA SMA Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-MU MU Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-MTRJ-1 MTRJ (simple type) Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-MTP-L MTP/MPO PC Bulkhead Tip $ FBPT-MTPA-L MTP/MPO APC Bulkhead Tip $1, FBPT-MTPA FBPT-UFMA MTP-APC X-AXIS PAN KNOB FOR FBP Westover Universal Flare Adapter $1, $95.00 VIAVI FBET Probe Tips FBET-U25M FBET-U25MA FBET-U12M Tip, Univ. 2.5mm Patch Cord, for FBE Tip, Univ. 2.5mm Patch Cord, APC, for FBE Tip, Univ. 1.25mm Patch Cord, for FBE $30.00 $40.98 $32.15 FBET-SC Tip, SC Bulkhead, for FBE $26.18 FBET-SCA Tip, SC/APC Bulkhead, for FBE $32.00 FBET-LC Tip, LC Bulkhead, for FBE $40.98 FBET-FC Tip, FC Bulkhead for FBE $21.00 FBET-ST Tip, ST Bulkhead, for FBE $21.00 TEST EQUIPMENT Microscopes & Inspection Probes 99

100 MICROSCOPES & INSPECTION PROBES EXFO FIP-400S / FIP-400D Fiber Inspection Probes Thanks to EXFO s FIP-400 Fiber Inspection Probe, checking connectors and other fiber terminations for polish quality and cleanliness has never been easier. Benefit from the best optical resolution in the industry and see scratches and dirt particles as small as 1 um. TEST EQUIPMENT Microscopes & Inspection Probes EXFO Probes FP4S FIP-400-P-SINGLE: 400x Fiber Inspection Probe $1, FP4D FIP-400-P-DUAL: 200x/400x FIP $1, FIP-400-D Handheld display with power supply and rechargeable battery $ FIP-400-DSINGLE 400x Video Inspection Probe KIT with handheld display $1, FIP-400-D-DUAL 200x/400x Video Inspection Probe KIT with handheld display $2, FIP-400-USB2SIN 400x Video Inspection Probe KIT w/ USB2 converter $1, FIP-400-USB2DUA 200x/400x Video Inspection Probe KIT w/ USB2 converter $2, FIP-400-USB2 USB 2.0 Converter Module $ FIP-400-USB1SIN 400x Video Inspection Probe KIT w/ USB1 converter $1, FIP-400-USB1DUA 200x/400x Video Inspection Probe KIT w/ USB1.1 converter $1, FIP-400-USB1 USB 1.1 Converter Module $

101 VIP-35 Series Video Inspection Probe The VIP-35 Video Inspection Probe is designed to provide customers with the ability to troubleshoot network performance issues (most commonly caused by dirty connectors) by inspecting the end-face of a connector for debris. The VIP-35 includes a 400x inspection probe and a 3.5 TFT Active Matrix display for detection of even the smallest contaminants. With the included probe tips, the technician has the ability to check the quality of both the cable and bulkhead connectors. The VIP-35 even includes a built-in PAL/NTSC video output, which allows viewing on a full-size external monitor. MICROSCOPES & INSPECTION PROBES SPECIFICATIONS VIP-35-K2 VIP-35-DATA Magnification 400X Display Size 3.5" Dimensions (HxWxD) 6.69 x 3.94 x 1.77 in Weight 14.1 oz Display Type TFT Active Matrix Video output PAL / NTSC Power 12V DC Built-in Li-on Rechargeable Battery Input Power V AC Adapter0 Power supply AC or DC Operation Battery 3 Hours Charging 3 Hours Operating Temperature 4 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) Connectors Included 1.25mm, 2.5mm Patchcord Tips Data Storage No Yes Data Download No Yes Hand-Held Microscopes The HM-C200S and the HM-C400S use a high-intensity, white LED and 200x (C200S) and 400x (C400S) magnification to inspect the end-face of a connector or cleaved fiber. HM-C200S PRO 200X Microscope $ HM-C400S PRO 400X Microscope $ VIP-35-K2 3.5" Video Inspection Kit - 4 Tips $1, Kit Includes: VIP-35, 400X Inspection Probe and Monitor, AC/DC Charger, FC/SC/ST Bulkhead Adapter, LC Bulkhead Adapter, 2.5mm Universal Adapter, 1.25mm Universal Adapter, Soft Carrying Case VIP-35-DATA 3.5" Video Inspection Kit - 4 Tips $1, Kit Includes: VIP-35, 400X Inspection Probe and Monitor, AC/DC Charger, FC, SC, ST Bulkhead Adapters, LC Bulkhead Adapter, 2.5mm Universal Adapter, 1.25mm Universal Adapter, USB Data Cable, Soft Carrying Case Hand-Held Microscopes These fiber inspection microscopes are strongly recommended for the critical examination of polish quality. The LED illumination provides 100,000 hours of lamp life and extends battery life up to 30 hours of continuous use. It comes with a universal 2.5mm adapter (ST, SC, and FC connectors). FM-C400 Hand Held Microscope, 400X, Coaxial $ FM-DI200 Westover 200x Dual Illumination Scope $ TEST EQUIPMENT Microscopes & Inspection Probes 101

102 TEST EQUIPMENT Microscopes & Inspection Probes MICROSCOPES & INSPECTION PROBES VIP-45 Series Video Inspection Probe The ergonomically-designed VIP-45 Series Video Inspection Probe connects directly to your PC through the computer s USB 2.0 port. Powered by the USB connection, it features easy single finger focusing, a built-in image freeze/capture button, and detectable resolution to 0.5μm. The VIP-45 Series Video Inspection Probe includes our standard video capture software, providing image display, image capture, digital zoom, and basic analysis tools. Pass/Fail analysis and re-porting features can be added with our optional software upgrade. VIP-45-K1 VIP-45 w/specified UPC tips $1, VIP-45-K2 VIP-45 w/specified APC tips $1, VIP-45-MPO-K1 VIP-45 w/mpo PC tip $1, VIP-45-MPO-K2 VIP-45 w/mpo APC tip $1, Kits Include: USB 2.0 digital inspection probe, Specified inspection tips, Soft carrying case, Standard video capture software, CD and manual. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES VIP-45-WIFI WIFI Module for the VIP-45 $ VIP-45-USB-ADPC USB to Micro USB Rt Angle Adapter Cable $ FBT-80 Windows Based Tablet - Display $ NOYES The VS300 is a 400x video microscope with no direct optical path from the connector under inspection to the user. Each scope includes a 2.5 mm Universal adapter cap and neck strap and carry case. The Noyes VS300 models use thread-on adapter caps VS-300 Noyes VS300 View Safe Video Microscope $ SPECIFICATIONS Inspection Tips Field of View Resolution Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Focus Dimensions Light Source Power Supply Video Microscope Features: Convenient image capture button Digital zoom Inspect patchcord and adapter bulkhead connectors Optional WiFi Feature VIP-45-K1 VIP-45-K2 VIP-45-MPO-K1 VIP-45-MPO-K2 Universal 1.25mm UPC Patchcord tip Universal 2.5mm UPC Patchcord tip SC/FC UPC Bulkhead tip LC UPC Bulkhead tip VS300 View Safe Universal 2.5mm APC Patchcord tip SC/FC APC Bulkhead tip ~425μm x 320μm 0.5μm detectable 0 C to 50 C -20 C to 70 C Manual adjustment, 2mm max travel 35mm diameter x 175mm length (without tip) Blue LED USB port of PC NOYES Fiber Optic Inspection Scope The Noyes OFS-300 with universal adapter (ST, FC & SC) is a versatile instrument used to inspect fiber optic connectors. Recommended for both multimode and singlemode applications. Operates on 2 AA alkaline batteries. Call for additional adapters. MPO/MTP PC Bulkhead tip OFS-300 MPO/MTP APC Bulkhead tip OFS C Noyes 200X Scope w/ 2.5mm adapter $499.00

103 VISUAL FAULT LOCATORS NOYES HiLite & VFI2 Visual Fault Identifiers The HiLite and VFI 2 are compact but powerful visible red laser sources designed to troubleshoot faults on fiber optic cables. Light generated by these units will escape from sharp bends and breaks in jacketed or bare fibers, as well as poorly mated connectors. They can identify faults in fiber optic jumper cables, distribution frames, patch panels, and splice trays. The HiLite and VFI 2 are an excellent complement to an OTDR because they can locate faults inside the OTDR s dead-zone. Other applications include end-to-end continuity checks, identifying connectors in patch panels and fibers during splicing operations. The universal connector interface provides fast operation with many connector styles without changing an adapter. Features 650 nm visible red laser source Compact size High power (1 mw) Universal connector interface for quick connection VFI2 HiLite VFI PR VFI 2 unit, instruction card, $ and carrying case. VFI PR Noyes HiLite VFL 2.5mm Adapter $ EXFO FLS-240 Pocket Pal Visual Fault Locator The Pocket Pal is the easiest way to identify fibers from end to end and locate polished connector endfaces. Its red laser shines through most yellow-jacketed fibers to help you pinpoint breaks, bends, faulty connectors, splices and other causes of signal loss. It has a reach of up to 5 km. The convenient FLS-240 locates faults visually by creating a bright red glow at the exact location of the fault on singlemode or multimode fibers. FLS-241-UNIV Pocket Pal VFL - 635nm Wavelength, 2.5mm sleeve $ GP-1008 VFL Adapter (2.5mm to 1.25mm) $ WILCOM Pen-Style VFL Pocket Visual Fault Locator The Wilcom Pocket Visual Fault Locator is a pencil style that features a universal connector accepting any optical connector style with a 2.5mm ferrule. The F6230A emits a visible red light, which can be seen for up to 5 km. Designed for singlemode and multimode. F6230A Pocket VFL w/ Universal Adapter $ F2630A Adapter - Converts 2.5mm to 1.25mm $ TEST EQUIPMENT Visual Fault Locators 103

104 VISUAL FAULT LOCATORS VFL-1A Visual Fault Locator The VFL-1A is a well-made, compact, powerful Visible Light Source with three (3) variable output levels including 0/3/8 dbm. The VFL-1A can be used to locate sharp bends and breaks in jacketed or bare fiber up to 10km in length. It can also be used to identify connectors in patch panels or to identify fibers during splicing operations. VFL-5 Pocket Visual Fault Locator The VFL-5 is a compact, powerful Visual Fault Locator with an output power of up to 1mw. The VFL-5 can be used to detect sharp bends and breaks in jacketed or bare fiber. It can also be used to identify connectors in patch panels or to identify fibers during splicing operations. TEST EQUIPMENT Visual Fault Locators Features: Compact and Ruggedized Construction User-Selectable 0/3/8 dbm Output Levels Locates Bends and Breaks in Bare or Jacketed Fiber SPECIFICATIONS Item / Model No. VFL-1A VFL-10 VFL-5 Wavelength (nm) 650 (±10) 650 (±10) 650 (±10) Emitter Type LD FP, LD FP, LD Connector Type FC/ST/SC Universal Standard 2.5mm, External 1.25mm Adapter Universal 2.5 mm Modulated Frequency (Hz) 2 1 (Non Frequency) 1 (non Frequency) Output Power 1, 2, 6 mw (Adjustable) 1mW (10mW Optional) 1 mw (10mW Optional) Power Supply AC/DC Adapter & Li-ion Battery AA Alkaline Batteries (x2) AAA Alkaline Batteries (x2) Battery Life 20 Hours >15 Hours > 40 Hours Operating Temperature 14 º F ~ 122 º F (-10 º C ~ 50 º C) 14 º F ~ 113 º F (-10 º C ~ 45 º C) 14 º F ~ 140 º F (-10 º C ~ 60 º C) Storage Temperature -14 º F ~ 158 º F (-20 º C ~ 70 º C) -40 º F ~ 158 º F (-40 º C ~ 70 º C) 14 º F ~ 158 º F (-10 º C ~ 70 º C) Environmental Conditions 0 ~ 95% (Humidity) 0 ~ 95% (Humidity) 0 ~ 95% (Humidity) Weight & Dimension (LxWxH) 4.5 x 2.5 x 1.2 / 5 oz (115 x 65 x 30 mm / 140 g) VFL-1A VFL-1A $ Includes: (SC/PC, ST/PC, FC/APC), Carrying Bag, User Manual, AC/DC power adapter, Test report. VFL-10 VFL-10 $ Includes: VFL-10 Visual Fault Locator, AA Batteries (2), Nylon Zipper Case, 2.5mmSpare Split Sleeve, Pack of Swabs, Quality Report 7.1 x 0.6 / 4.2 oz (180 x 15 mm / 120 g) VFL-10 Pocket Visual Fault Locator The VFL-10 Visual Fault Locator is a pen style, compact, visible Laser Source with a powerful 8dBm output, which can be used to locate sharp bends or breaks in bare or jacketed fiber up to 10km in length. It can also be used to identify connectors in patch panels, or to identify fibers during splicing operations. 3.9 x 1.2 x 0.7 / 2 oz (100 x 30 x 18 mm/ 60 g) VFL-5 Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW) $ VFL-5-K1 Mini Visual Fault Locator 1mW w/adp $ VFL-5/10 Mini Visual Fault Locator 10mW $ Includes: VFL-5 Visual Fault Locator, AAA Batteries (2), Nylon Zipper Case, 2.5mm Spare Split Sleeve, Pack of Swabs, Quality Report 104

105 OPTICAL FIBER IDENTIFIERS OFI-11 Optical Fiber Identifier The OFI-11 Optical Fiber Identifier is a rugged, easy-to-use installation and maintenance instrument, which can detect low frequency tones at 270Hz, 1kHz and 2kHz. When traffic is present on the fiber under test, an audible tone can be heard. Fiber traffic direction is indicated by sequential LEDs on the probe. By utilizing local detection technology (non-destructive macrobend detection which does not damage or overstress the fiber) the unit eliminates the need to open the fiber at the splice point for identification, eliminating the probability of interrupting service. OFI-30 Optical Fiber Identifier The OFI-30 Optical Fiber Identifier is a rugged, all-metal, easy-to-use installation and maintenance instrument, which can detect low frequency tones at 270Hz, 1kHz and 2kHz. When traffic is present on the fiber under test, an audible tone can be heard. Fiber traffic direction is indicated by sequential LEDs on the probe. By utilizing local detection technology (non-destructive macrobend detection which does not damage or overstress the fiber) the unit eliminates the need to open the fiber at the splice point for identification, eliminating the probability of interrupting service. Features: Identifies Traffic at 270Hz, 1KHz, 2KHz Core-Power Display of the Fibers (-50 ~ +0dBm) Very Low Loss (Fiber Attenuation) when Testing is in Process Included Adapters: 0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm and 3.0mm Screw-Mounted Plunger Reduces Risk of Fiber Damage Optional accessories: RB2.0mm plunger OFI-11 OFI-11 Optical Fiber Identifier $ Includes: OFI, Adapters (0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm and 3.0mm), Batteries, User Manual, Soft Carrying Case Wilcom F6222 / F6222C Optical Fiber Identifier The Wilcom Models F6222 and F6222C Optical Fiber Identifier are a rugged, easy-to-use installation and maintenance instrument which identifies optical fibers by detecting the optical signals being transmitted through a fiber. The Model F6222C Optical Fiber Identifier is designed specifically to meet the needs of the CATV industry. By utilizing local detection technology (nondestructive macro-bend detection which does not damage or overstress the fiber), the unit eliminates the need to open the fiber at the splice point for identification; eliminating the probability of interrupting service. Both Optical Fiber Identifiers detect low frequency tones at 270 Hz, 1000 Hz and 2000 Hz. When traffic is present on the fiber under test, an audible tone can be heard as well as the traffic direction which is indicated by LEDs illuminating on the probe. Features: Rugged Metal Case:- The units use the same field proven lightweight rugged metal housing as the rest of Wilcom s Optical Fiber Identifier product line. 850nm to 1700nm Range:- With the use of InGaAs detectors, the unit can be used on singlemode and multimode applications. Audible Tone:- The unit provides an audible tone in the presence of a fiber optic signal. Core Power Display:- Both the F6222 and F6222C can display Relative Core Power which is helpful in identifying bad connectors, splice points, etc. LED Indication:- LEDs indicate tone detection, Traffic presence, Traffic Direction, and Low Battery. Hands-Free-Operation:- With an easy to use thumb lock, hands-free operation can be enabled and disabled. Features: All-Metal Construction. Identifies Traffic at 270Hz, 1KHz, 2KHz Core-Power Display of the Fibers (-50 ~ +10dBm) Very Low-Loss (Fiber Attenuation) when Testing is in Process Included Adapters: 0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm and 3.0mm Easy-to-Use One-Button Operation OFI-30 Optical Fiber Identifier $1, OFI-30-HP Optical Fiber Identifier High Power $1, Includes: OFI, Adapters (0.25mm, 0.9mm, 2.0mm and 3.0mm), Batteries, User Manual, Soft Carrying Case F6222 Wilcom F6222 $1, F6222C Wilcom F6222C $1, Includes: Carrying pouch containing three easy to use field interchangeable adapter heads to accommodate; 900 µm buffered fiber, ribbon or 250µm coated fiber and 3mm jacketed fiber TEST EQUIPMENT Optical Fiber Identifiers 105

106 TEST EQUIPMENT Optical Fiber Identifiers OPTICAL FIBER IDENTIFIERS AFL/NOYES Optical Fiber Identifiers OFI 200D OFI 400 Optical Fiber Identifier The OFI-200D is equipped with a unique two-position head design that can be configured, without tools or recalibration, to work with 250 µm, 900 µm, ribbon or jacketed fiber. The slim design of the head is particularly valuable when working in splice trays, cabinets and pedestals where work space is limited. The OFI-200D Optical Fiber Identifier is battery operated and, thanks to an automatic power capability that maximizes battery life, can perform thousands of tests before needing battery replacement. A low battery indicator is also provided. Features: Rugged, handheld, lightweight Accepts 250µm and 900µm coated fiber, 3mm jacketed fiber cable, and ribbon fiber No head swapping or adjustments Identifies light carrying fiber Low insertion loss - traffic remains uninterrupted Indicates direction of traffic Indicates Tone signal visually and audibly 2kHz Tone detection Battery operated Low battery indication EXFO LFD-300 / TG-300 Live Fiber Identifier For detecting dark/live fibers or identifying a particular dark fiber using a pulse light (270 Hz, 1 khz, 2 khz), traditional LFD functionality does the trick. However, they cannot pinpoint a specific live fiber especially with doubtful labeling and poor record-keeping and help you ensure you disconnect the right one. Combined with the TG-300, a non-intrusive, non-disruptive clip-on signature generator that is based on FiberFinder technology, EXFO s LFD-300 addresses this need with guaranteed low loss. Installed at the transmitter site, the TG-300 adds a typical 0.25 db signature to the live signal by applying a soft low-frequency modulation pressure to the fiber. This signature is then detected at the other end by the LFD-300, in mere seconds, enabling technicians to identify a specific live fiber without having to disconnect it and, above all, without having to guess. Features: Maximum loss of 1 db guaranteed for most singlemode telecom fibers No damage to the fiber Traffic detection and direction identification In-line, non-disruptive power estimation Optimized for 900¼m, 1.6 mm and 3 mm jackets LFD-300 LFD-300 Live Fiber Identifier $2, Kit Includes: Soft carrying case, 4 AA battery, AC Adapter, Light Cap, Instruction manual and Certificate of Compliance TG-300 TG-300 Tone Generator $3, TK-FF Fiber Finder kit $5, Optical Fiber Identifier The OFI-400 uses a unique optical head design featuring a 2-position plunger that enables it to be used with 250µm, 900µm and ribbon fiber or 2mm and 3mm jacketed fiber. Other brands of optical fiber identifiers require users to purchase, store and swap out optical plungers each time a different type of fiber is tested. The OFI-400 optical head induces a safe, repeatable macro-bend to the fiber that allows a small amount of light to escape for analysis. Thanks to the design of the optical head, the insertion loss induced by the macro-bend is too small to affect the signal on the fiber and the integrity of the fiber is unaffected by the measurement process. Features: 270 Hz, 330 Hz, 1 khz, and 2 khz Tone detection Easy-to-read LCD display with backlight Measures fiber core or relative power Power off and set reference feature Battery operated Low battery indication OFI-200D Noyes Fiber Identifier OFI 200 $1, OFI-400 Noyes Fiber Identifier OFI 400 $1, SPECIFICATIONS Fiber type Insertion loss (db) 3 mm, 1.6 mm, 900 μm Maximum guaranteed nm nm 0.3 Power range (dbm) 25 to 35 Power measurement repeatability (db) Test time (s) <20 Size (H x W x D) Weight (no batteries) Temperature Relative humidity ±1 9 5/8 in x 1 3/4 in x 2 1/4 in 0.8 lb operating 32 F to 122 F storage 40 F to 158 F 0 % to 93 % non-condensing

107 CONSUMABLES & CLEANING PRODUCTS Isopropyl Alcohol 99% reagent grade isopropyl is issued in cleaning fiber or connector end faces for better transmission performance. Also offered are pre-filled foam swabs and 8 oz. dispensing bottles available in glass or plastic bottles. NOTE: All alcohol must be shipped by ground only and in regulated quantities. No export! FOM-IA-4X6 1 case of 6 (4oz.) alcohol squeeze bottles $14.75 FOM-IA-1GX4 1 case of 4 gallons alcohol $ FOM-IA-24X1 Alcohol - 24oz. bottle $7.45 FOM-IA-1GX1 1 Gallon Bottle of Alcohol $32.91 FOM-0106 Bi-furcated alcohol foam swabs (10 packs) $12.77 FOM-007PL Automatic alcohol dispensing bottle (plastic) $6.95 FOM-007P Automatic alcohol dispensing bottle (amber glass) $7.54 FOM Case of 6 (4oz.) Bottled Alcohol $16.95 Sticklers Connector Cleaner Optic Prep Tissues Sticklers pump spray bottle of fast-drying, nonflammable, nonhazardous cleaner for all fiber tasks, such as cleaning connectors and cleaning before splicing. 85 grams, approximately 400+ cleanings. MCC-POC03M Sticklers Connector Cleaner $18.20 Kim Wipes The fiber optic industry demands a lint free product when used with alcohol for cleaning fiber and connector end faces Kim Wipes 1 box 280 wipes $ C Case of Wipes 60 Boxes of 280 wipes $ Sticklers Lint-Free Polyester Wipes Sticklers mini-tub contains 90 perforated lint-free wipes, each wipe being 4 x 2 (10 cm x 5 cm). Each wipe can clean up to six fiber optic connectors or one bare fiber. Each mini-tub is approx. 3 in diameter and 3 tall (8 cm x 8 cm). Unlimited shelf life. PRO-CW34 Lint-Free Polyester Wipes $10.97 A substitute for alcohol and Kim Wipes, Optic Prep contain a pre-moistened lens-grade tissue in foil wrap for cleaning optical fibers. The mild solvent is non-abrasive and stores easily in a tool kit. FOM-CP410-1 Optic Prep Tissue Pack Box (1 Packet) $0.65 FOM-CP410 Optic Prep Tissue Pack Box (50pk) $27.65 Canned Air Competitively priced and provides a tube that securely fits in nozzle. Removes particles from normally inaccessible areas. Plastic trigger nozzle style from Tech Spray now available. NOTE: Must be shipped by Ground Shipment only. No Export! FOM-1008 Tech Spray Canned Air (10 oz.) $12.85 MCC-FOD10A Big Blast (TM) Canned Air - 14oz. $12.60 Connector Cleaner The PRO-CC Fiber Optic Cleaner is a water-based, non-toxic, static-eliminating, no-residue cleaning spray designed to clean bulkheads and ferrules. PRO-CC-AQ Connecter Cleaner (Water Base) $12.00 PRO-CC-QC Connecter Cleaner (Solvent Base) $17.00 TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Consumables & Cleaning 107

108 CONSUMABLES & CLEANING PRODUCTS QbE Cleaning System Electro-Wash PX, NXO & MX The QbE offers x 3 lint free wipes per package. Simply pull a wipe over the neoprene platen, which prevents end face scratching, and draw the connector over the wipe in a linear motion. Use as a dry cleaner alone, or as wet cleaner in conjunction with Electro-Wash. When combined with Electro-Wash, each QbE offers upwards of 300 cleanings per box. Electro-Wash universal cleaners/ degreasers are available in a variety of packaging options. They are effective in removing grime from loose tube cable, as well as cleaning ferrule end faces. The cleaner dries fast and leaves no residue. Electro-Wash PX & NXO are Ground Shipment Only. No Export! TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Consumables & Cleaning QbE QbE Cleaning Lint Free Wipes $53.70 FOM-ES810 Electro-Wash 5oz. Aerosol Can (PX) $13.00 SWABS Choose from wrapped swabs or general-purpose cotton swabs. The 2.5mm and 1.25mm swabs provide easy entry into bulkheads, mating sleeves and connector end faces to remove contaminants and debris. FOM mm Wrapped Swabs (5pk) $3.50 FOM mm Wrapped Swabs (100pk) $40.00 FOM mm Wrapped Swabs (5pk) $3.50 FOM mm Mini Foam Swabs (50pk) $15.00 FOM General Purpose Cotton Swabs 1 Bag (100 Swabs) $4.50 MCC-S25 Microcare 2.5mm connector cleaning stick $32.00 MCC-S12 Microcare 1.25mm connector cleaning stk. $32.00 MCC-S16 Microcare 2.0mm & 1.6mm connector clean. $32.00 MCC-P25 Cleaning stick with a recessed nib $32.00 Index Matching Gel The index matching gel provides an effective way of reducing Fresnel reflections, and decreasing power loss in connectors and mechanical splices. A liquid gel in a syringe is also available. FOM-0001V Index Matching Gel (.4oz) $25.00 FOM-9006 Liquid Matching Gel (6g, Syringe) $16.00 FOM-ES810 Electro-Wash 5oz. Aerosol Can (PX) $13.00 FOM-ES1210 Electro-Wash 12oz. Aerosol Can (PX) $23.77 FOM-ES110 Electro-Wash 1 Gallon Bottle (PX) $77.89 FOM-ES1607 Electro-Wash 12.5oz. Aerosol Can (NXO) $50.81 FOM-ES107 Electro-Wash 1 Gallon Bottle (NXO) $ FOM-CP421 Electro-Wash Wipes 25 wipes per box $55.76 STICKLERS Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit This convenient kit includes all the cleaning supplies necessary for cleaning 2.5mm and 1.25mm fiber optic connections. Kit Includes MCC-POC03M MCC-WFW MCC-FA1 MCC-S25 MCC-S12 Fiber Optic Splice & Connector Cleaner: (2) cans Lint-Free Polyester Wipes: (2) Tubs The Flat Pack CleanWipes (25) packs Microcare 2.5mm connector cleaning stick (30) swabs Microcare 1.25mm connector cleaning stick (20) swabs High-intensity, heavy-duty LED inspection flashlight. (1) Heavy-duty, weather-resistant, soft-sided polyester bag with a zipper closure. The bag is 9 wide x 5 deep x 5 tall (1) MCC-FK03 STICKLERS Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit $

109 CONSUMABLES & CLEANING PRODUCTS Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette Connectors cleaned: SC, SC2, FC, ST, DIN, D4, MU, LC, MT More than 500 times/cartridge Environment Operation Temperature -20 C to 50 C IBC Cleaning Tools Designed for SC, ST and FC for UPC & APC polishes 9392 IBC Cleaner (2.5mm) Cleaning Tool $ IBC Cleaner (1.25mm) Cleaning Tool $65.00 PRO-CT-001 Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette $75.00 PRO-CT-004 Replacement Reel $30.00 SqueekyKleen Telcom Cleaner CLETOP and CLETOP-S Cleaning Cassettes and Cleaning Sticks are designed for a high degree of consistency and reliability when cleaning fiber endfaces. CLETOP cleaning products use a specially formulated dry cloth to remove dust, dirt, oil and other contaminants from ferrule surfaces. This cloth can be used without isopropyl alcohol and features anti-static properties to prevent dust from re-attaching to the fiber after cleaning. Cost effective and easy to replace, the cassette reels can be used for up to 400 wipes. CASSETTES & REELS CLETOP-S Type A Cassette with Blue Tape $ CLETOP-S Type B Cassette with White Tape $ CLETOP-S Type B Cassette with Blue Tape $ CLETOP Type B Cassette with White Tape $ CLETOP Type B Cassette with Blue Tape $ CLETOP Type A Cassette with White Tape $ The FERRULE MATE cleaner from Seikoh Giken effectively cleans ferrules in the field or on the production floor. It may be used for PC and APC 1.25mm/2.5mm ferrules for 600 swipes, with a cost as low as 10 cents per cleaning. SFM-250 Ferrule Mate Cleaner (2.5mm) $65.00 SFM-125 Ferrule Mate Cleaner (1.25mm) $65.00 Cleans and fans fiber in two wipes without alcohol, saving time and money. Hear the difference! No follow-up with alcohol required to get fibers squeaky clean and separated when prepping for splicing. SqueekyKleen is less harsh on hands and reduces chemical odors and vapor concentrations to a minimum in splice trailers and vaults. SqueekyKleen s unique formulation works to remove pik from the entire surface of loose-tube or ribbon fibers, leaving no residue. SqueekyKleen helps keep splice equipment clean of contamination for better fiber alignment and splice quality. Safe on acrylate and Mylar. TC-128 Gal. SqueekyKleen (TM) Telcom Cleaner $39.83 TC-35LF 1-quart (.95 liter) bottle with flip top $12.15 TC-1 SqueekyKleen Telcom Cleaner Satur. Wipes $1.70 CLETOP Cleaning Products What s The Difference Between CLETOP and CLETOP-S? CLETOP-S is a recently improved version that features a more-ergonomic design, central push button operation for ambidextrous use and requires no tools when replacing reels. Both the original CLETOP and CLETOP-S provide the same quality and reliability of cleaning! What s The Difference Between Type A and Type B? CLETOP Type A has two slots designed specifically for 2.5mm ferrules (accepts SC, SC2, FC, ST, DIN, D4 connector types). CLETOP Type B features open rectangular access to cleaning tape accepting all the connector types as Type A and more: MU, LC, MT, MPO & MT-RJ (without pins), E-2000 and BICONIC. Ferrule Mate Cleaner CLETOP STICKS FOM CLETOP Sticks, 1.25mm (5 pack) $5.43 FOM CLETOP Sticks, 2.5mm (5 pack) $ CLETOP Sticks, 1.25mm (200 pack) $ CLETOP Sticks, 2.5mm (200 pack) $ REPLACEMENT REELS CLETOP-S Replacement Reel (White Tape) $ CLETOP-S Replacement Reel (Blue Tape) $ CLETOP Woven Film Replacement Reel (White) $ CLETOP Woven Film Replacement Reel (Blue) $ TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Consumables & Cleaning

110 PRO CLEANING KITS CK-CLEAN Cleaning Go-Kits PRO-CK-TECH PRO-CK-CLEAN-BA PRO-CK-CLEAN-01 PRO-CK-CLEAN-02 Cleaning Kits Item Code Description PRO-CK-TECH PRO-CK-CLEAN PRO-CK-CLEAN-01 PRO-CK-CLEAN-02 PRO-BAG-LOGO 9 x 12 Black Nylon Tool Bag w/fom Logo X PRO-BAG-LARGE X X X PRO-CT Cleaning Stick Wrapped 2.5mm (100 Pack) X X X X TOOLS & ACCESSORIES PRO Cleaning Kits PRO-CT Cleaning Stick Wrapped 1.25mm (100 Pack) X X X X TC-1 American Polywater SqueekyKleen Wipes (10) X X X X PRO-CC-AQ PRO Connector Cleaner Water Base X X X X PRO-CC-QC PRO Connector Cleaner- Pump-Spray X X X X PRO-LFW-100 Lint-free Wipes (100ct) X X X X P1501E-1 Cotten Swab 6 General SM (100 Pack) X X X X FOM-0005 Swabs Mini Foam 2.5mm (50 Pack) X X X X CP410-1 Optic Prep Pre-saturated Pads (1 Packet) X X X FOM-CP421-1 Electro-Wash Wipe (MX) (1 Packet) X X X PRO-CT-001 Fiber Optic Cleaning Cassette X X X PRO-CT-004 Replacement Cassette Reel X X X PRO-CS-125 Quick Click 1.25mm (LC) X X PRO-CS-250 Quick Click 2.5mm (SC) X X HM-C400S 400x Fiber Scope X Cleaning Kits PRO-CK-TECH Basic Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit $ PRO-CK-CLEAN-BA Basic Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit $ Quick-Click TM The PRO CS-125 Quick Click is a mechanical cleaning tool designed to clean connectors residing in an adapter, faceplate or unmated connector. The PRO CS-125 can clean LC and MU connectors. The CS-250 can clean SC, ST, FC and E2000 connectors. Both models can accommodate PC and APC polishes. The PRO MPO Bulkhead Cleaner is a mechanical cleaning tool designed to clean MPO/MTP connectors. A simple pushing motion engages the tool, and a click can be heard, which alerts the operator that the tool is fully engaged. Because the Quick Click does not use solvents, cleaning is instantaneous and there are no solvents to replace. Quick Clicks are sold, serviced and supported in the USA, are RoHS compliant, good for over 800 cleaning operations and are impact-resistant to 250N. PRO-CK-CLEAN-01 Deluxe Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit $ PRO-CK-CLEAN-02 Deluxe Fiber Optic Cleaning Kit w/ 400x Scope $ CS-125 CS-250 CS-250 PRO Quick Click (2.5mm) Cleaning Tool $59.95 CS-125 PRO Quick Click (1.25mm) Cleaning Tool $59.95 CS-MPO PRO Quick Click MPO Bulkhead Cleaning Tool $90.00 CS-MPO 110

111 JONARD Fiber Stripper 3 Hole BUFFER & JACKET STRIPPERS JONARD Ergonomic Fiber Stripper Three hole Fiber Optic Stripper model performs Used for stripping the 250 micron coating all common fiber stripping functions. This Fiber from the 125 micron optical fiber. Preset at Optic Stripper strips the mm fiber jacket the factory so no adjustments are necessary, down to the micron buffer coating. this unique Ergonomic design prevents nicks The second hole strips the micron or scratches on the optical fiber. The stripping buffer coating down to the 250 micron coating blades are ground and hardened for durability and the third hole is used to strip the 250 and long life. Yellow plastic formed handles, micron cable down to the glass fiber without tool is 6 long nicks or scratches. JIC-375 Fiber Optic Stripper Three Hole $24.00 JIC-175 Ergonomic Fiber Optic Stripper $24.10 IMPERIAL Strippers JONARD FIBER STRIPPER & SCISSOR KIT With Ergonomic, non-slip comfort grip handles, this two-in-one tool is an industry standard manufactured in the USA. IFO-1200 Duplex Cable Jacket Stripper $38.30 IFO-1212 Ribbon Fiber Jacket Stripper $39.78 IFO-1500 Duplex Zipcord Buffer Stripper $38.76 IFO-1520 OSP Fiber Buffer Stripper $32.13 AFL De-Ribbonizer The FST-12 Fiber Separation Tool is used to quickly, accurately and reliably split ribbons into sub-groups or individual fibers. The ergonomic FST-12 design enables safe and reliable, one-handed operation for use in diverse fiber deployment environments, such as aerial and remote-site applications. S AFL De-Ribbonizer $1, FITEL De-Ribbonizer The S220A uses two finely positioned blades to shaves the matrix off the top and bottom of ribbon fiber while leaving the individual fiber jackets untouched. After the matrix is removed, the fibers separate out easily by hand. For use with 300 and 400µm ribbons of 2 to 12 strands. Blade life is 1,000 separations. S220A Fitel De-Ribbonizer $ SUMITOMO Ribbonizer Sumitomo s FTA-2 is used for ribbonizing single fibers over a short length and for allowing multiple single fibers to be spliced simultaneously on a ribbon splicer. FTA-2 Sumitomo Ribbonizer $ Kit includes the JIC-375 Fiber Optic Stripper, ES-1964 Electrician s Scissor, and convenient molded plastic pouch(with belt loop). TK-375 FIBER STRIPPER & SCISSOR KIT $43.35 MICRO STRIP Tool Kit The Micro Strip Tool Kit provides precision fiber tools with interchangeable/replaceable blades and tube guides. They provide excellent removal of both the buffer and jacket of fiber optic cable without nicking or damaging the fiber. MS-FOK1 Micro Strip Tool Kit (3 blades for 125, 140, 230µm) $ MS-1FS Blade Holder $16.85 MS-1RB06S Replacement Blade-Violet (Strips to 125µm) $35.00 MS-1RB12S Replacement Blade-White (Strips to 250µm) $35.00 MS-1RB21S Replacement Blade-Royal (Strips to 500µm) $35.00 FITEL S210 Stripper The S210 Single Fiber Stripper is designed to strip 250μm and 900μm diameter fiber. S210 stripper features a 20mm wide base with the blade located in the center to ensure safe longitudinal stripping. S210 Fitel Single Fiber Stripper $ FITEL Ribbon Splitter The FITEL S233 Ribbon Splitter splits 4, 8, and 12-fiber ribbons quickly and accurately. The unit features a compact design for field use and an all-metal body for maximum durability. Accommodates interchangeable fiber guides for different ribbon sizes and no tools are required to change fiber guides. S233A Fitel Ribbon Splitter 4 Fiber Ribbon $ S233B Fitel Ribbon Splitter 8 Fiber Ribbon $ S233C Fitel Ribbon Splitter 12 Fiber Ribbon $ TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Buffer & Jacket Strippers 111

112 STRIPPERS NO-NIK Fiber Optic Strippers 22 different NO-NIK tools in sizes ranging from 102 to 1,372 microns. Accurate to 0mm, mm. Exclusive centering device positions fiber for precise scoring and removal of buffer coating. Cutting blades made from razor quality steel score the buffer completely. Color-coded, cushion-grip handles for quick identification. Plastic heads, which make contact only with the buffer, center and support your work on both sides. Back-up blades support the cutting blades, nest positively, and lock up when the tool is closed to maintain perfect concentricity. NO-NIK Fiber Optic Stripping Kits This sturdy No-Nik Fiber Optic Stripper Kit is available with the most popular sizes, 203 microns (Red Handles), 254 microns (Light Blue Handles) and 305 microns (White Handles). The vinyl case protects these precision tools and provides convenient safe storage. PART # HANDLE COLOR MINIMUM STRIPPING BLADE DIAMETER (mm) PRICE NN102 Navy 102mm (.004 in) $37.01 NN152 Gold 152mm (.006 in) $40.44 NN175 Mustard 175mm (.007 in) $41.65 NN203 Red 203mm (.008 in) $37.96 NN254 Lt. Blue 254mm (.010 in) $38.91 NN305 White 300mm (.012) $37.96 NN1118 (For Plastic Fiber) Brown 1.118mm (.044 in) $29.63 NN1372 (For Plastic Fiber) Clear 1.372mm (.054) $30.00 TOOLS & ACCESSORIES Strippers NN03 Fiber Optic Stripper Kit, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $ MILLER Fiber Strippers For stripping 250 micron buffer coating from 125 micron optical fiber. Precision diameter hole and V-opening in blade allow for accurate buffer coating removal. Factory set, requires no adjustments. Prevents scratching or nicking of optical fiber. All cutting surfaces are precision formed, hardened, tempered and ground assuring precise buffer removal. PART # CLADDING DIAMETER PRICE FO-103-S 125μm.005 in $45.16 FO-103-S μm in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.0055 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.006 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.0065 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.007 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.0075 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.008 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.009 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.010 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.011 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.012 in $67.80 FO-103-S μm.021 in $67.80 CLAUSS CFS-2 Fiber Stripper For stripping 250 micron buffer coating to expose 125 micron cladded fiber. 1mm diameter stripping hole at tip of tool can be used to strip the fiber jacket. 140μm diameter hole and V-opening in blade allows removal of 250 micron buffer coating from 125µm fiber. Pre-set at the factory - no adjustments needed. Will not scratch or nick glass fiber. CFS-2 Dual Hole Fiber Stripper, 125μm, 2-3mm Jackets $ NN152KIT 152 micron Stripping Kits, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $90.03 NN175KIT 175 micron Stripping Kits, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $90.03 NN203KIT 203 micron Stripping Kits, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $99.40 NN254KIT 254 micron Stripping Kits, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $88.76 NN305KIT 305 micron Stripping Kits, 4 x 6-1/4 (102mm x 159mm) $88.76 MILLER Dual-Hole Fiber Strippers FO-103-D-J New Dual Hole models offer the same quality of the standard FO 103-S fiber tool coupled with a second hole. Second hole is for stripping 2-3mm fiber jackets and standard 125 fiber stripping (250 micron removal to 125 micron). FO-103-D-J Dual Hole FIber Stripper, 125μm, 2-3mm $49.81 FO-103-D-250 Second hole is for stripping 900 micron tight buffer down to 250 micron buffer coating and standard 125 micron fiber stripping (250 micron removal to 125 micron) allows longer stripping lengths without damaging the fiber. Easy-to-read stripping diagrams imprinted on handles. FO-103-D-250 Dual Hole Fiber Stripper, 125μm & 250μm $72.50 MILLER Tri-Hole Fiber Strippers New three-hole model performs all common fiber stripping functions in one compact tool. Hole for removal of 2 to 3mm fiber jackets Removes 900 tight buffer to 250 micron buffer coating Standard 250 to 125 micron stripping FO-103-T-250-J Tri-Hole Fiber Stripper, 125μm, 250μm, 2-3mm $81.40 FO-103-T Tri-Hole Fiber Stripper, 250μm & 400μm $75.22

113 CABLE CUTTERS & STRIPPERS CORNING Mid-Access Tool The Corning Cable System Mid-Access Tool allows for mid-entry access in 2.4 to 3mm buffer tubes. Also available is a tool for 5 to 24mm buffer tubes. OFT-000 Mid-Access Tool for 2.4mm - 3.0mm Tubes $ OFT-001 Replacement Blade for OFT-000 $22.14 UAT3-000 Mid-Access Tool For 5.0mm - 24mm Tubes $ UAT3-BLADES Replacement Blade for UAT-3000 $81.88 SMART-STRIP Cable Stripper Versatile and compact tool suitable for all types of standard insulation. Produces an accurate cutting depth to any standard insulated size of wire or cable in the mm (0.03 to 0.39 inch) range. Strips UTP and STP data network cable. SMART-STRIP Data Cable Stripper $12.00 MILLER MSAT: Mid-Span Access Tool Quickly and easily access fibers in 2, 2.5 and 3mm buffer tubes in a mid-span location without fiber damage. All blades precisely factory mounted in tube slitting channels with no adjustment required by the installer. Tool design incorporates buffer tube size gages on the tool body for ease of selecting proper tube slitting channel. Convenient spring loaded lever opens and closes the tool and lever becomes flush with the top of the tool body when closed. For use with the following diameter buffer tubes: 2.0mm mm ( ) 2.5mm mm ( ) 3.0mm mm ( ). Made in the U.S.A MSAT: Mid-Span Access Tool $ MSAT Replacement Blade Set $37.54 JONARD Fiber Optic Drop Cable Slitter The FOD-2000 Fiber Optic Drop Cable Slitter is a patent pending tool that simplifies the slitting of drop cable jackets at the end of the cable or mid-span. For Flat Cables. The FOD-2000 puts a slit on both sides of the jacket allowing easy access to the fiber or strength member. The ease of use makes this tool truly unique! To use just position the tool around the cable, pull and slit. A simple solution for a vital task. The FOD comes completely assembled with two blades, which can be reversed once the blades are worn. Replacement blades are also available under part number FOD-RB25 for a package of 25 blades. FOD-2000 Fiber Optic Drop Cable Slitter $43.65 FOD-RB25 Replacement Blades - 25 pack $41.60 ACS Armored Cable Slitter The ACS Tool is designed to work on jacketed and armored multi-fiber cable. Its main purpose is to gain midspan access to fiber optic conductors by slitting the outer jacket and armor on cables. The tool is designed with a precision adjustable blade to avoid damage to the fibers. The tool works on a cable diameter range of 5/16-1-1/8 (8mm mm). The blade can be set up to.215 (5.5mm) deep. ACS Armored Cable Slitter $ CB-251K Replacement Blade Assembly $45.51 JONARD CST-1900: ROUND CABLE STRIPPER The CST-1900 is designed for fast and precise jacket removal of PVC, rubber, PE and other jacket materials, and works well on round cables with diameters ranging from 3/16 to 1-1/8 ( mm).this is a Triple Action Tool, cutting longitudinally for end stripping, spiral for end stripping and midspan cuts, and circular for jacket removal CST-1900 CST-1900: Round Cable Stripper $50.35 JONARD Cable Slitting and Ring Tool With the removable reversible V block, the CSR-1575 accommodates both smaller and larger diameter cables. The CSR-1575 is designed to slit and ring UTP, STP, Coax, SO, SJ, SJT, RG58, RG174, RG187 and other cables, plus buffer tubes and jackets on fiber optic cables up to 7.5mm (0.3 ) in diameter. Besides measuring just 4-1/2 this tool features a convenient finger ring opening on the end of the tool for ease of use. The adjustable slit blade and the ring blade can be set for any depth to insure nick-free strips and slits. Replacement blade are available just request the CSR-2 Replacement Blade Set. CSR-1575 Cable Slitting and Ring Tool $29.60 JONARD Mid Span Splitter - MS-6 Designed to provide easy access to optical fibers in loose buffer tubes 1.2mm mm diameter. With 6 precision grooves, buffer tube slitting is done without damage to the fiber. The blades are replaceable (MSB-1533). Groove Sizes: mm, mm, mm, mm, mm, mm. Easy to use, each groove is marked with the recommended fiber size. MS-6 Jonard Mid Span Splitter - MS-6 $70.85 MSB-1533 Jonard Replacement Blades For MS-6 $ TOOLS & ACCESSORIES CABLE CUTTERS & STRIPPERS

114 CABLE CUTTERS & STRIPPERS MILLER MSAT 5 Mid-Span Access Tool MILLER Round Cable Strippers TOOLS & ACCESSORIES CABLE CUTTERS & STRIPPERS The MSAT 5 mid-span access tool is easy to use, needs no adjustments, and is made in the USA. The Tool is designed to quickly access fibers in a variety of loose tube sizes ranging from mm MSAT 5 Mid-Span Access Tool $82.89 JONARD High Leverage Cutters High leverage design for superior cutting ability. Crafted for heavy-duty wire cutting and made of specially forged alloy steel designed for strength and cutting ability JIC High Leverage Cable Cutters $16.50 JIC-683 Lineman s B Side Cut Pliers $17.25 JIC-2288 High Leverage Diagonal Cutter $16.50 CABLEMATIC Drop Cable Cutters Designed to cut and strip solid and stranded cooper and aluminum conductor. Precision, high quality carbon steels construction. Preformed rounded jaws automatically position the cable for optimum cutting. Designed to minimize flattening of the cable end. CC22 Cable Cutter, up to.350 in. (8.89mm) $24.36 CC38 Cable Cutter, up to.430 in. (10.92mm) $36.39 CC60 Cable Cutter, up to.510 in. (12.95mm) $43.48 JONARD Crimper with Die This fully ratcheted crimper offers exceptional performance. Designed for minimal closing force (higher crimp force produced with lower hand force), plus there is no break-over hand force making the last click easily achievable. The head is angled to lessen the need to bend the wrist awkwardly, die changes are made quickly and easily, ergonomic handles are dual component with a soft rubber insert plus the tool includes a built in safety release mechanism. Very durable steel housing accommodates both Fiber Optic and Coax dies. Crimps FC, ST, SC, LC, SMA, and MT-RJ Connectors.151 /.178 /.134 /.139 /.190, 3.84mm/4.52mm/3.40mm/3.53mm 4.83mm UC-8039 FIBER OPTIC CRIMPER WITH DIE $57.30 These two tools were designed for fast, safe and precise jacket removal of PE, PVC, rubber, and other jackets. RCS-114 for smaller diameter cables: to 1.14 inches (4.5 29mm). RCS-158 for larger diameter cables: 0.75 to 1.58 inches (19 40mm). Tri-Action Strip capability. Rotary cut to a longitudinal cut along the cable length for end stripping. Spiral cut for mid-span stripping. Spiral cutting features provide easier removal of tougher jackets. Spring-loaded cable brace firmly secures cable to the blade for controlled cutting action. Blade depth can be regulated by simply turning the blade housing. RCS mm (5.43 in), Round Cable Stripper $47.22 RCS mm (6.02 in), Round Cable Stripper $73.67 CB-231 Replacement Blade $10.29 Cable stripper for outer jackets and insulations from 0.18 to 1.12 inches (4.5 to 28.5mm) O.D. Stripping action is both circumferential, then longitudinal for removal of insulation section at the end or mid span of wires. Adjustable depth up to 0.12 inch (3mm) cutting depth. Chisel point blade for harder coverings is standard; spherical blade design for softer insulation is optional. Handy spring-loaded ripping blade at base of tool to facilitate insulation removal. Solid construction for rugged applications. RCS-114 RCS-158 MK02 MK02 Round Cable Jacket Stripper with Hook Blade $ Spherical Cutting Replacement Blades (set of 5) $ Replacement Chisel Point Blades (set of 5) $26.19 JONARD 5 Piece Telecom Installers Kit Kit includes the M-216C/EX Can Wrench, KN-7 Ergonomic Cable Splicing Knife, ES-1964 Electrician s Scissor, JIC Probe Pick and the H-50 Pouch (made of durable PVC material with metal clip). TK-50 Five Piece Telecom Installers Kit $

115 SHEARS, SCRIBES & TWEEZERS KEVLAR Shears FOKC Designed to cut Kevlar strength members in fiber optic cables. 861/25F High-leverage tool for cutting, trimming and slicing through fibers and other tough industrial and electronics materials. KC699 Soft, cushioned oversized bows for operator comfort. Blades are hardened stainless steel with a fine serration on one blade to grip Kevlar fibers and prevent slipping while cutting. JONARD Scissors ES-1964ERG Can cut 12 AWG stranded, 16 AWG solid. With a broader unique ergonomically designed comfort handle offering greater cutting leverage. ES-1964 Notched to strip 19 and 23 AWG wire and one blade is serrated. A scraper and file are on the back of the blade. Holds edge even when used on fiber and kevlar based cables KS-1 Lightweight shears ideal for cutting Kevlar strength members found in fiber optic cable construction. FOKC 861/25F KC699 KS-1 JIC-186 FOKC Fiber Optic Kevlar Cutter $ /2SF Electrical Shears - Serrated with Grips $25.16 KC699 Kevlar Shears. Length 184mm (7.25 ) $14.76 KS-1 Kevlar Shears. Length 140mm (5.5 ) $14.83 JIC-186 Kevlar Shears - Serrated w/grips (6 ) $13.85 JONARD Cable Splicing Knife Features a non-slip easy grip ergonomic handle made from TPR (thermoplastic rubber) for better control and reduced hand fatigue. Blade length is 1¾ and overall length is 6¼ KN-7 Ergonomic Cable Splicing Knife $7.25 SPLICER S KNIFE CK6 Tough, coping-style blade. Forged steel. Full-size, High-dielectric, Red-cushioned handle. CK6 6-1/4 Cable Splicer s Knife $9.42 TWEEZERS AA-SA 4SA 4C 5SA 7SA 7C ES-1964ERG Ergonomic Electrician Scissors $11.85 ES-1964 ELECTRICIAN S SCISSORS $10.10 Scribes ES-1964ERG This compact kit contains a special purpose ergonomic cable splicer s knife, scissor and leather pouch. The knife features a short 1 3/4 tough, cutlery-steel blade and a non-slip handle. The scissors are made of high carbon steel with scraper and file on one sides plus 2 stripping notches.. Both items fit securely in the leather pouch which can be mounted on belts up to 2 wide. CS-30-DE Double Edge Carbide Scribe $53.25 CS-30-DE-R Double Edge Carbide Replacement Blade $47.45 CS-30-W 30 Wedge-Carbide Tip $42.32 DS-60-C 60 Cone Angle-Diamond Tip Retractable $38.37 DS-90-W 90 Wedge Angle-Diamond Tip Retractable $90.04 AA-SA Strong fine tip, Stainless steel tweezers, 4 7/8 / 124mm $ SA Extra fine tip, Stainless steel tweezers, 4 7/8 / 124mm $ C Extra fine tip, Chrome-plated carbon steel tweezers, 4 1/4 / 108mm $ SA Needle sharp tips, Stainless steel tweezers, 4 1/4 / 108mm $ SA Extra fine curve tips, Stainless steel tweezers, 4 1/2 / 114mm $ C Extra fine curve tips, Chrome-plated carbon steel tweezers, 4 1/2 / 114mm $ Serrated inside tips, Stainless steel tweezers, 4 3/4 / 121mm $ Serrated inside tips, Chrome-plated carbon steel tweezers, 4 3/4 / 121mm $ ES-1964 JONARD Three Piece Splicer s Kit TK-400 Three Piece Splicer s Kit $27.25 CS-30-DE TOOLS & ACCESSORIES SHEARS, SCRIBES & TWEEZERS

116 TOOLS Tool Go-Kits PRO-TK-STARTER PRO-TK-DELUXE PRO-TK-PROF Item / Model No. Description PRO-TK-STARTER PRO-TK-DELUXE PRO-TK-PROF PRO-BAG-LARGE 12" x 10" x 11" Black Canvas Bag Large X X X HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400X) X X X PRO-FSC-200 PRO-FSC-200 Fiber Scrap Container X X X TOOLS & ACCESSORIES TOOLS SHARPIE-BK Black Sharpie X X X R25 Empty syringe w/.9mm Needle (25pk) X X X PRO-CP410-1 Optic Prep Tissue - 1 Packet X X X PRO-CW34 Fiber Optic Cleaning Wipes X X X PRO-IA-4OZ Empty 4oz bottle for Alcohol X X X RMC-6 Measurement Scale 6" (150mm) X X X WO-1067G Safety Glasses X X X 7090 Loctite Formula 7090 Epoxy Hardener X X X PP-575 Hand polish pad (5.75") 1/16" thick X X X UC-8039 Fiber Optic Crimp Tool with Die X X X CS-30-DE Double Ended Carbide Scribe X X X FOPD-25 Universal Fiber Optic Polishing Disk X X X 680 Anaerobic Adhesive Hardener X X X JIC-186 Kevlar Shears X X X JIC-375 Fiber Optic Stripper Three Hole X X X PRO-9111A Glass Polish Plate 6" x 9" X X X PRO-0008 Electrical Tape X X X PRO Polish Film 3 in 1 (5, 1,.3um) 25pk X X FOPD-LC Aluminum Fiber Optic Polishing Disk LC X SMART-STRIP Buffer Tube Stripper X PRO um Alum. Oxide Polish Film 9 x 6.5 (25P) X PRO um AL Oxide Polish Film 0.3um 9 x 6.5 (25P) X PRO um Silicon Carbide Polish Film 9 x 6.5 (25P) X PRO-1008 Canned Air - Tech Spray 10oz X PRO-TK-STARTER PRO Starter Tool Kit $ PRO-TK-DELUXE PRO Deluxe Tool Kit $ PRO-TK-PROF PRO Professional Tool Kit $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

117 TOOLS Tool Go-Kits PRO-TK-QWIKTERM PRO-TK-VGROOVE PRO-TK-HANDTOOL Item / Model No. Description PRO-TK-QWIKTERM PRO-TK-VGROOVE PRO-TK-HANDTOOL PRO-BAG-LARGE 12" x 10" x 11" Black Canvas Bag Large X PRO-BAG-SM-NL 12 x 10 Black Canvas Bag Small X X JIC-186 Kevlar Shears X X JIC-375 Fiber Optic Stripper Three Hole X X HM-C400S Fiber Optic Inspection Scope (400X) X PRO-FSC-200 PRO-FSC-200 Fiber Scrap Container X SHARPIE-BK Black Sharpie X FS100 Polishing/Work mat (Black) (22 x 14) X PRO-6000N Fiber Optic Cleaver X PRO-CC-QC PRO-CC-QC Connector Cleaner- Pump-Spray X X PRO-LFW-100 PRO-LFW-100 Lint-free Wipe (100ct.) X X FB-11VG V-Groove Cleaning Swabs (50/tube) X VGB-003-CR V-Groove Brush X FOM-0005 Swabs Mini Foam 2.5mm 50 Pack X D5111 Electrode Sharpener/Cleaning Pad X JIC-842 Telecom Long Nose Pliers X JIC High Leverage Cable Cutters X CST-1900 Round Cable Strippers X CSR-1575 Cable Slitting and Ring Tool X KN-7 Cable Splicing Knife X H Utility Knife X FOD-2000 Fiber Optic Drop Cable Slitter X PRO-TK-QWIKTERM PRO Quick Termination Tool Kit $ PRO-TK-VGROOVE PRO V-Groove Tool Kit $98.00 PRO-TK-HANDTOOL PRO Hand Tool Kit $ TOOLS & ACCESSORIES TOOLS 117

118 QUICK TERMINATION CONNECTORS CORNING UniCam Connectors & Kits CONNECTIVITY Quick Termination Connectors Corning Cable Systems offers several tool kits for installation of UniCam Connectors. The flagship tool kit is the UniCam Pretium Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM-PFC), a thoughtfully designed tool kit that virtually eliminates human variability from installation. The TKT-UNICAM-PFC includes a lightweight, handheld installation tool with an immediate go/no-go feedback signal, providing unmistakable confirmation of a successful termination. The kit s highperformance cleaver has an integrated fiber scrap bin and a dual-clamp precision hold for the field fiber, with a diamond blade to achieve a superior cleave. The UniCam Pretium Tool Kit can be used with multimode or single-mode LC, SC and ST Compatible UniCam Connectors (standard and Pretium-performance), and is required to achieve Pretium-performance specifications for UniCam Pretium-Performance Single-Mode Connectors. TKT-UNICAM Kit Includes TL-UC01 UniCam Connector Elite Installation Tool UniCam Connector Crimp Tool TKT-UNICAM Fiber Stripper, Clauss No-Nik Stripper Jacket Stripper FBC-01 Score and Snap Fiber Cleaver Electrician s Scissors Number Marker Tweezers Electrician Tape Alcohol Wipes FOM-9104 Permanent Marker Strip Gauge Loctite 411 Adhesive SPR Instructions, UniCam Connector TL-UC01 CONNECTORS TKT-UNICAM-PFC Kit Includes PART NUMBER STYLE TYPE FERRULE FIBER SIZE PRICE ST MM Composite 62.5/125μm $ ST MM Zirconia 50/125μm $ ST MM Zirconia 62.5/125μm $ ST SM Zirconia 8.3/125μm $ SC MM Zirconia 62.5/125μm $ SC SM Zirconia 8.3/125μm $ SC MM Composite 62.5/125μm $ SC MM Zirconia 50/125μm $ FC SM Zirconia 8.3/125μm $ P-E MT-RJ MM Composite 62.5/125μm $ LC MM Zirconia 62.5/125μm $ X LC MM Zirconia 50/125μm $ LC SM Zirconia 8.3/125μm $19.63 FBC-015 Pretium Fact Cleaver w/ Diamond Blade and Built-In Fiber Scrap Container FBC-015 TL-UCP UniCam Pretium Installation Tool with Integrated CTS Electrician s Scissors with Notches TL-UCP Crimp Tool Wire Fiber Stripper Plastic Refuse Container Package of Corning Wipes In Kit Only Retractable Permanent Marker Bottle of Corning Fiber Cleaning Fluid VFL-A125 VFL-A250 LC 1.25 mm Ferrule Adapter SC and ST Compatible 2.5 mm Ferrule Adapter mm Ferrule Cleaning Sticks (10/pack) SC and ST Compatible 2.5 mm Ferrule Cleaning Sticks (10/pack) Dual-Hole Miller Tool Fiber Stripper (for 900 μm and 250μm fiber) TKT-UNICAM-PFC Unicam Pretium Tool Bag with Integrated Waste Receptacle and Organized Foam Insert Interior CONNECTOR KITS TKT-UNICAM-PFC UniCam Pretium Tool Kit $1, TKT-UNICAM Standard UniCam Connector Installation Tool kit OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES TL-UCP TEST-UNICAM-CTS VFL-AKIT The standard UniCam Connector Installation Tool Kit (TKT-UNICAM) is a basic installation tool kit and can be used to terminate all single- and 2-fiber UniCam Connector styles (SC, LC, ST compatible, FC and MT-RJ connectors). UniCam Pretium-Performance Multimode Connectors (SC, LC and ST compatible) can achieve Pretium-performance with the use of this tool. UniCam Pretium Installation Tool Converts existing TKT-UNICAM to include CTS option UniCam LC (1.25mm), SC & ST (2.50mm) VFL ferrule adapters $ $1, $ $ Also available in 25 packs Call for pricing 118 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

119 QUICK TERMINATION CONNECTORS AFL Fast Connectors AFL s new FAST connectors are pre-polished, field installable connectors that eliminate the need for hand polishing in the field. Feature pre-stubbed factory polished ferrule that couples to the fiber being terminated by precision mechanical alignment and insures low loss with a proprietary gel. Each FAST connector comes with a factory-installed wedge clip that holds the clamping device open while a fiber is inserted. Once fiber is in place, the wedge clip is removed and discarded. Fiber is terminated and ready to be plugged in. The FAST tool kit provides all necessary tools for fiber preparation, two available cleavers: TB (for multimode connectors) and CT-30A (for singlemode connectors). Features Pre-stubbed, factory-polished ferrule No epoxy required Precision mechanical alignment insures low loss Fiber can be reseated 3.0mm, 2.0mm, and 900μm boot provided with each connector VFI can be used to confirm fiber is installed properly Meets TIA/EIA 568A performance requirements Meets TIA/EIA 604 (focis) connector interface requirements AFL FAST Connector Universal Tool Kit The FAST Connector Universal Tool Kit provides all the necessary installation tools required for fiber preparation of 250μm or 900μm fibers, or 900μm, 2mm, or 3mm cordage forafl s pre-polished FAST connectors. Included in the kit is the CT-30A universal multimode/ single-mode cleaver, AFL s premier cleaver with a 16-position blade and built-in fiber scrap collector. The FAST Connector Universal Tool Kit carrying case contains all the industry standard termination tools required for fiber preparation, as well as, adequate storage for carrying extra FAST connectors for on-site convenience. Features Industry standard fiber preparation tools Compact design, flexible yet rugged case Complete instructions provided CS KIT FAST Connector Universal Tool Kit $2, S CT-30A Universal Cleaver FPF Fiber Preparation Fluid CS FAST SC Assembly Tool FM Lint-free Cloth Wipes CS FAST LC Assembly Tool C Marker Pen S mm Cable Clamp CS Installation Instructions S mm Cable Clamp CS Strip Length Template CS /0.9mm Cable Clamp CS Assembly Video (CD) CS Fiber Stripper CS Carrying Case C Kevlar Scissors CONNECTORS* & KITS PART NUMBER FIBER TYPE COLOR CABLE SIZE PRICE FAST SC Connector (packaged 6 per package) FAST-SC-MM50-6 MM 50/125 Black 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $56.32 FAST-SC-MM625-6 MM 62.5/125 Beige 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $56.32 FAST-SC-SM-6 SM Blue 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $71.20 FAST-SC-MM50L-6 MM 50/125 OM3 (10 gig) Aqua 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $62.40 FAST ST Connector (packaged 6 per package) FAST-ST-MM50-6 MM 50/125 Black 900μm, 250μm $58.80 FAST-ST-MM625-6 MM 62.5/125 Beige 900μm, 250μm $58.80 FAST-ST-SM-6 SM Blue 900μm, 250μm $72.80 FAST-ST-MM50L-6 MM 50/125 OM3 (10 gig) Aqua 900μm, 250μm $62.40 FAST LC Connector (packaged 6 per package) FAST-LC-MM50-6 MM 50/125 Black 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $62.24 FAST-LC-MM625-6 MM 62.5/125 Beige 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $62.24 FAST-LC-SM-6 SM Blue 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $92.48 FAST-LC-MM50L-6 MM 50/125 OM3 (10 gig) Aqua 3.0mm, 2.0mm, 900μm, 250μm $65.36 VISUAL FAULT IDENTIFIERS VFI PR AFL Noyes VFL w/1.25mm & 2.5mm Adapter $ VFI PR AFL Noyes HiLite $ MR 1.25mm Universal Adapter $56.00 Applications Premise environments LAN Fiber to the Desk environments Patch panel/wiring closets FTTX applications Quick repair/replacement areas 119 CONNECTIVITY Quick Termination Connectors

120 QUICK TERMINATION CONNECTORS TYCO/AMP Light Crimp Plus CONNECTIVITY Quick Termination Connectors AMP LightCrimp Plus ST, SC, LC and MT-RJ connectors provide easy and quick fiber terminations. There is no epoxy curing or polishing required. All connectors feature a Zirconia ferrule and a typical loss of 0.3dB. CONNECTORS PART NUMBER STYLE TYPE PRICE ST Simplex Multimode, 62.5μm $ SC Simplex Multimode, 62.5μm $ ST Simplex Multimode, 50μm $ SC Simplex Multimode, 50μm $ LC Simplex Multimode, 62.5μm $ LC Simplex Multimode, 50μm $ LC Simplex Singlemode, 9/125μm $ LC Duplex Multimode, 62.5μm $22.75 KITS & SUPPLIES ST, SC, MTRJ and LC LightCrimp Tool Kit $1, LC LightCrimp Plus Upgrade Kit $ M CrimpLok CrimpLok connectors combine the speed of non-adhesive connectors with the performance characteristics of epoxy and Hot Melt Connectors. CrimpLoks are the ideal solution when there is no power source or for working in tight workspaces CrimpLok Tool Kit Includes 6955-C Crimp Tool 6955-P Polish Tool SP Lapping Film, One step, CrimpLok Lapping Film, Final SM, CrimpLok Universal Polishing Jig 355-A View Scope, 100X 6955-S Buffer Stripper Cable Stripper Link Free Cloths (4 x 4 ) 6955-H CrimpLok Tool Pouch CONNECTORS PART NUMBER STYLE TYPE FERRULE TYPICAL LOSS PRICE 6901 ST MM Zirconia.2dB $ SC MM Zirconia.2dB $ ST SM Zirconia.1dB $ SC SM Zirconia.1dB $9.50 LightCrimp Tool Kit Includes Pro-Crimper Hand Tool LightCrimp Plus SC Die Set LightCrimp Plus ST Die Set FOM-0021 Buffer Stripper Tube Fiber Stripper FOM-9809 Kevlar Cutters SC Cable Holder ST Cable Holder FOM-6000 Cleave Tool LightCrimp Video OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES Cable Holder/Template ST Style $ Cable Holder/Template SC Style $8.85 FOM-6000 Fiber Optic Cleaver $ SC LightCrimp Plus Crimp Tool $ ST LightCrimp Plus Crimp Tool $ LC LightCrimp Plus Crimp Tool $ KIT & SUPPLIES 6955 CrimpLok Tool Kit for ST, SC Connectors $ CT 3M Universal Crimp Tool $ T 3M CrimpLok Activation Tool $ SP M CrimpLok One-step Polish Film $ M CrimpLok SM Final Step Film (50 pk) $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

121 LEVITON Thread-Lock Kit & Connectors The Thread-Lock connector from Leviton is available in SC, FC and ST styles. These field-terminable, simple, craft-friendly connectors can be installed quickly with no heat, epoxy or proprietary tools. Features silicon snap-on build-up sleeves for easy installation. Available for 62.5µm, 50µm & singlemode fiber. CONNECTORS & CLIP MSC SC Thread-Lock Connector MM (50µm or 62.5µm Fiber) $ MST ST Thread-Lock Connector MM (50µm or 62.5µm Fiber) $ MFC FC Thread-Lock Connector MM (50µm or 62.5µm Fiber) $ SSC SC Thread-Lock Connector Singlemode $ SST ST Thread-Lock Connector Singlemode $ SFC FC Thread-Lock Connector Singlemode $ DPC SC Duplex Clip for Thread-Lock Connectors, Black (25/bag) $9.45 QUICK TERMINATION CONNECTORS KIT & SUPPLIES UTP Leviton Opt-X Pro Tool Kit for Thread-Lock Connectors $ SBS Silicon Build-Up Sleeve, w/ one of each BUS type (5/bag) $ CTT Thread-Lock ST/SC Tightening Tool $4.35 3M Hot Melt Connectors 3M Hot Melt continues to be a popular choice among installers in the field. The Hot Melt connectors utilize an advanced adhesive technology eliminating the application of epoxy. The connectors provide quick termination in 2 minutes or less and reheatable to allow for the fiber repositioning. All 3M Hot Melt connectors have a typical loss of 0.2dB. All Hot Melt Kits Include 6312/XXXX 120V Oven / 230V Oven 6365-ST Stripping Tools 6190 ST Connector Holders CT Crimp Tool SP FC Connector Holders FS Fiber Scribe SP FC Connector Holders VS View Scope (200x) 6365-PP Round Polishing Pad CA-8 Pronto Adhesive 6192A 2µm Lapping Film (pale green) Alcohol Bottle (empty) 661X-0.5S 0.5µm Diamond Lapping Film (pale gray) Water Bottle (empty) 863X-0.02S 0.5µm Final Lapping Film (frosted) - 50 Fiber Scrap Can 263X 0.05µm Lapping Film (pale yellow) - 30 Roll-Up Pouch 8365-PP Soft Polishing Pad - 2 Lint-Free Cloths 8892 Polishing Jig - 3 Fiber Marking Pen 6365-JS Jacket Stripper Training CD 6365-KS Kevlar Snips Instructions (paper) CONNECTOR KITS M Hot Melt Tool Kit for ST, FC, SC with Oven (230V) $1, Conversion Kit (Oven, ST, SC, FC Holders, and Cooling Stand) $ OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES FOM Port Hot Melt Oven $ FOM Port Hot Melt Oven $ A Auto Polisher for Hot Melts includes ST Holder) $1, SC Holder for 6850A Polisher $ FC Holder for 6850A Polisher $ X-0.5S 0.5µm Diamond Lapping Film $ A 2µm 5 Polish Film 50 Pack $ B 2µm 4 Polish Film 1000 Pack for 6850A Polisher $ AA Singlemode Final Polish Film for Hot Melts $ LC LC Hot Melt Expansion Kit $1, LH LC Hot Melt Holders $ CONNECTORS PART # STYLE TYPE FIBER SIZE PRICE 6100 ST Multimode 125μm $ YS ST Singlemode 126μm $ FC Multimode 125μm $ W FC Singlemode 126μm $ SC Multimode 125μm $ SC Singlemode 126μm $ S LC Simplex MM/900µm Boot 125μm $ D LC Duplex MM/900µm Boot 125μm $ S LC Simplex MM/1.6-2mm Boot 125μm $ D LC Duplex MM/1.6-2mm Boot 125μm $ S LC Simplex MM/3.0mm Boot 125μm $ D LC Duplex MM/3.0mm Boot 125μm $ S LC Simplex SM/900µm Boot 126μm $ S LC Simplex SM/1.6-2mm Boot 126μm $ S LC Simplex SM/3.0mm Boot 126μm $11.73 CONNECTIVITY Quick Termination Connectors

122 SPLICE-ON CONNECTORS Splice-On Connectors PRO s Splice-on Connectors utilize a PRO fusion splicer to terminate fiber optic connectors in the field, addressing return loss concerns present in analog optical networks. Splice-on connectors feature factory pre-polished ferrules that eliminate the need for polishing and adhesives so they can be terminated in the field reducing the potential for operator error. The splice-on connector can be used not only in the field of communication but also in advanced technical fields including avionics, space, military, ship-building and power plants. LC Splice-On Connectors SC Splice-On Connectors LCS-SM-UPC-20 Splice-On Connector LC 2mm SM9 UPC $5.95 LCS-SM-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector LC 900um SM9 UPC $5.95 SC-OM1-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector SC 900um M62 UPC $6.46 SC-OM1-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector SC 2/3mm M62 UPC $6.46 CONNECTIVITY Splice-On Connectors LCS-SM-APC-20 Splice-On Connector LC 2mm SM9 APC $6.46 LCS-SM-APC-09 Splice-On Connector LC 900um SM9 APC $6.46 LCS-OM3-UPC-20 Splice-On Connector LC 2mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 LCS-OM3-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector LC 900um M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 LCS-OM2-UPC-20 Splice-On Connector LC 2mm M50 UPC $6.46 LCS-OM2-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector LC 900um M50 UPC $6.46 LCS-OM1-UPC-20 Splice-On Connector LC 2mm M62 UPC $6.46 LCS-OM1-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector LC 900um M62 UPC $6.46 ST Splice-On Connectors ST-SM-UPC-30 Splice-On Connector ST 3mm SM9 UPC $5.95 ST-SM-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector ST 900um SM9 UPC $5.95 ST-OM3-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector ST 2.4mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 ST-OM3-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector ST 2/3mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 ST-OM3-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector ST 900um M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 ST-OM2-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector ST 2.4mm M50 UPC $6.46 SC-OM1-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector SC 2.4mm M62 UPC $6.46 SC-OM2-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector SC 900um M50 UPC $6.46 SC-OM2-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector SC 2/3mm M50 UPC $6.46 SC-OM2-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector SC 2.4mm M50 UPC $6.46 SC-OM3-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector SC 900um M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 SC-OM3-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector SC 2/3mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 SC-OM3-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector SC 2.4mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 SC-SM-APC-09 Splice-On Connector SC 900um SM9 APC $6.46 SC-SM-APC-2/3 Splice-On Connector SC 2/3mm SM9 APC $6.46 SC-SM-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector SC 900um SM9 UPC $5.95 SC-SM-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector SC 2/3mm SM9 UPC $5.95 SC-SM-UPC-30 Splice On Connector SC 3mm SM9 UPC $5.95 FC Splice-On Connectors FC-OM1-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector FC 900um M62 UPC $6.46 FC-OM1-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector FC 2/3mm M62 UPC $6.46 FC-OM1-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector FC 2.4mm M62 UPC $6.46 FC-OM2-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector FC 900um M62 UPC $6.46 FC-OM2-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector FC 2/3mm M62 UPC $6.46 FC-OM2-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector FC 2.4mm M62 UPC $6.46 ST-OM2-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector ST 2/3mm M50 UPC $6.46 ST-OM2-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector ST 900um M50 UPC $6.46 ST-OM1-UPC-24 Splice On Connector ST 2.4mm M62 UPC $6.46 ST-OM1-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector ST 2/3mm M62 UPC $6.46 ST-OM1-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector ST 900um M62 UPC $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group FC-OM3-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector FC 900um M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 FC-OM3-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector FC 2/3mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 FC-OM3-UPC-24 Splice-On Connector FC 2.4mm M50 OM3 UPC $6.80 FC-SM-APC-09 Splice-On Connector FC 900um SM9 APC $6.46 FC-SM-APC-2/3 Splice-On Connector FC 2/3mm SM9 APC $6.46 FC-SM-UPC-09 Splice-On Connector FC 900um SM9 UPC $5.95 FC-SM-UPC-2/3 Splice-On Connector FC 2mm SM9 UPC $5.95

123 SPLICE-ON CONNECTORS FITEL Splice-On Connector System FITEL s new connector termination system allows for unsurpassed performance and flexibility in the field. This new splice-on connector eliminates the need for field polishing and significantly improves the quality of the termination and installation time required. FITEL s factory polished ferrules with pre-cleaved fiber stubs are spliced onto the field fiber utilizing FITEL s proprietary ferrule holder and fusion splicer. Once spliced, the SC/APC or SC/UPC connector is easily assembled by using a process that requires minimal skill or training. 900μm CONSTRUCTION 2 & 3mm CONSTRUCTION SPECIFICATIONS SC/UPC; FC/UPC SC/APC; FC/APC Reflectance < - 55dbB < -65dB Insertion Loss Fiber Type Jacket Type Ferrule Type Typical 0.30dB CONNECTOR KITS SOC-KIT-A S122 Connector Termination Add-on Kit $1, SOC-KIT-B S177 Connector Termination Add-on Kit $1, SMF 900μm, 2mm, 3mm Zirconia ceramic ferrule w/pre-polished fiber stub SUMITOMO Lynx CustomFit Splice-On-Connectors The Lynx CustomFit Splice-On Connector is compatible with a vast array of existing splicer brands in the market. Customization in the field, ease of use, elimination of hand polishing, reproducible results, reliability, and unprecedented accuracy in connectorization makes the Lynx CustomFit Splice-On Connector the new choice in fiber termination. Features Permanent Termination Meets Telcordia GR-326 Standard Complete Connectorization in Less than 3 Minutes Compatible with Conventional SC Connector Instant Splice Loss Feedback, Requiring No Additional Equipment Requires Neither Adhesives, Hand Polishing, nor Matching Gel Customized Connectorization in the OSP, CO, and Premise Environments Compatible with Many Existing Fusion Splicers, Eliminating Costly Purchases SPECIFICATIONS Fiber Type Coating Diameter Connector Type SMF; MMF 50μm and 62.5μm 250μm, 900μm, 2mm, and 3mm Polishing UPC APC Insertion Loss Typical 0.20dB Typical 0.20dB Return Loss < -55dB < -65dB Color Blue Green SC CONNECTORS SSCS-PN1 SC/APC Splice-On-Connector, 900μm $18.72 SSCS-PN2 SC/APC Splice-On-Connector, 2mm $17.36 SSCS-PN3 SC/APC Splice-On-Connector, 3mm $19.05 SSCS-P1 SC/UPC Splice-On-Connector, 900μm $16.56 SSCS-P2 SC/UPC Splice-On-Connector, 2mm $16.94 SSCS-P3 SC/UPC Splice-On-Connector, 3mm $16.94 SAPS-387 FC/ APC Splice-On-Connector, 3mm $19.84 SAPS-356 FC/UPC Splice-On-Connector, 2mm $19.37 SAPS-357 FC/UPC Splice-On-Connector, 3mm $19.37 CONNECTORS LYNX-SCUPCSM-F1 LYNX-SCAPCSM-F1 LYNX-SCUPCMM-F2 LYNX-HOLDER-C SC/UPC Lynx Splice-On-Connector, Singlemode, 250μm & 900μm (pack) SC/APC Lynx Splice-On-Connector, Singlemode, 250μm & 900μm (pack) SC/UPC Lynx Splice-On-Connector, Multimode 50μm, 250μm & 900μm (pack) SUPPLIES $11.94 $16.89 $16.31 LYNX-HOLDER-C Connector Holder for Lynx Connectors $ CONNECTIVITY Splice-On Connectors 123

124 QUICK TERMINATION & SPLICE-ON CONNECTORS FUSECONNECT Connectors AFL s FuseConnect fusion spliced, field installable connectors are uniquely designed and feature only four to five components. The factory pre-polished ferrule eliminates the need for polishing, adhesives, and crimping in the field, which minimizes the potential for operator error and expensive connector scrap. FuseConnect utilizes a fusion splicer to terminate the connector in the field, addressing return loss concerns present in analog optical networks. This advanced process yields true APC performance for SC/APC and LC/ APC configurations, and is compliant to GR-326-CORE. FuseConnect is compatible with Fujikura fusion splicers and most other fiber holder-based fusion splicing platforms CONNECTIVITY QUICK TERMINATION & SPLICE - ON CONNECTORS FuseConnect in Fusion Splicer Features Field installable No adhesives, crimping or polishing True APC performance Compatible with most fusion splicers SM compliance to GR-326-CORE MM compliance to TIA/EIA568C.3 Applications Connectorization in RF-overlay TTTP networks Connectorization in cable TV backbone networks Connectorization in outside plant Connectorization in FTTDesk Connectorization in MDU FTTP cabling Data center installation Central office connector replacement LC CONNECTORS FUSE-LC2M50-6 LC/PC MM50 2.0mm 6PK SC CONNECTORS FUSE-SC3M50-6 SC/PC M PK FUSE-LC2M50L-6 LC/PC MM50 10GIG 2.0 6PK FUSE-SC3M50L-6 SC/PC M50 10G 6PK FUSE-LC2M62-6 LC/PC MM mm 6PK FUSE-SC3M62-6 SC/PC M MM 6PK FUSE-LC2SMA-6 LC/APC SM 2.0mm 6PK FUSE-SC3SMA-6 SC/APC SM 3.0MM 6PK FUSE-LC2SMU-6 LC/UPC SM 2.0mm 6PK FUSE-SC3SMU-6 SC/UPC SM 3.0 6PK FUSE-LC9M50-6 LC/PC MM50 900um 6PK FUSE-SC9M50-6 SC/PC M50 900um 6PK FUSE-LC9M50L-6 LC/PC M50 10G 900um 6PK FUSE-SC9M50L-6 SC/PC M50 10G 900um 6PK FUSE-LC9M62-6 LC/PC M um 6PK FUSE-SC9M62-6 SC/PC M um 6PK FUSE-LC9SMA-6 LC/APC SM 900um 6PK FUSE-SC9SMA-6 SC/APC SM 900um 6PK FUSE-LC9SMU-6 LC/UPC SM 900um 6PK FUSE-SC9SMU-6 SC/UPC SM 900um 6PK FC CONNECTORS FUSE-FC3M50-6 FC/UPC M50 3MM 6PK ST CONNECTORS FUSE-ST3M50-6 ST/UPC M50 3MM 6PK FUSE-FC3M50L-6 FC/UPC MM50L 3MM 6PK FUSE-ST3M50L-6 ST/UPC M50L 3MM 6PK FUSE-FC3M62-6 FC/UPC MM62 3MM 6PK FUSE-ST3M62-6 ST/UPC M62 3MM 6PK FUSE-FC3SMU-6 FC/UPC SM 3MM 6PK FUSE-ST3SMU-6 ST/UPC SM 3MM 6PK FUSE-FC9M50-6 FC/PC MM50 900um 6PK FUSE-ST9M50-6 ST/PC M50 900um 6PK FUSE-FC9M50L-6 FC/PC MM50 10GIG 900um 6PK FUSE-ST9M50L-6 ST/PC M50 10G 900um 6PK FUSE-FC9M62-6 FC/PC MM um 6PK FUSE-ST9M62-6 ST/PC M um 6PK FUSE-FC9SMU-6 FC/UPC SM 900um 6PK FUSE-ST9SMU-6 ST/UPC SM 900um 6PK The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

125 SINGLEMODE & MULTIMODE PATCHCORDS Singlemode 9/125 µm UPC Patchcords 3mm FC-FC SIMPLEX PC-S-AFUFU01F 1 M $7.31 PC-S-AFUFU02F 2 M $7.58 PC-S-AFUFU03F 3 M $7.85 PC-S-AFUFU05F 5 M $8.39 PC-S-AFUFU10F 10 M $9.74 LC-LC SIMPLEX PC-S-ALULU01F 1 M $9.89 PC-S-ALULU02F 2 M $10.18 PC-S-ALULU03F 3 M $10.48 PC-S-ALULU05F 5 M $11.06 PC-S-ALULU10F 10 M $12.52 SC-SC SIMPLEX PC-S-ACUCU01F 1 M $7.09 PC-S-ACUCU02F 2 M $7.60 PC-S-ACUCU03F 3 M $7.68 PC-S-ACUCU05F 5 M $8.26 PC-S-ACUCU10F 10 M $9.72 ST-ST SIMPLEX PC-S-ATUTU01F 1 M $7.09 PC-S-ATUTU02F 2 M $7.38 PC-S-ATUTU03F 3 M $7.68 PC-S-ATUTU05F 5 M $8.26 PC-S-ATUTU10F 10 M $9.72 FC-FC DUPLEX PC-S-DFUFU01F 1 M $15.78 PC-S-DFUFU02F 2 M $17.44 PC-S-DFUFU03F 3 M $16.95 PC-S-DFUFU05F 5 M $18.12 PC-S-DFUFU10F 10 M $21.04 LC-LC DUPLEX PC-S-DLULU01F 1 M $16.49 PC-S-DLULU02F 2 M $16.99 PC-S-DLULU03F 3 M $17.46 PC-S-DLULU05F 5 M $18.43 PC-S-DLULU10F 10 M $20.87 SC-SC DUPLEX PC-S-DCUCU01F 1 M $14.18 PC-S-DCUCU02F 2 M $14.78 PC-S-DCUCU03F 3 M $15.35 PC-S-DCUCU05F 5 M $16.52 PC-S-DCUCU10F 10 M $19.44 ST-ST DUPLEX PC-S-DTUTU01F 1 M $14.18 PC-S-DTUTU02F 2 M $14.78 PC-S-DTUTU03F 3 M $15.35 PC-S-DTUTU05F 5 M $16.52 PC-S-DTUTU10F 10 M $19.44 Singlemode 9/125 µm HYBRID UPC Patchcords 3mm LC-SC SIMPLEX LC-ST SIMPLEX SC-ST SIMPLEX PC-S-ALUCU01F 1 M $10.11 PC-S-ALUTU01F 1 M $8.49 PC-S-ACUTU01F 1 M $7.09 PC-S-ALUCU02F 2 M $10.46 PC-S-ALUTU02F 2 M $8.78 PC-S-ACUTU02F 2 M $7.38 PC-S-ALUCU03F 3 M $10.80 PC-S-ALUTU03F 3 M $9.08 PC-S-ACUTU03F 3 M $7.68 PC-S-ALUCU05F 5 M $11.50 PC-S-ALUTU05F 5 M $9.66 PC-S-ACUTU05F 5 M $8.26 PC-S-ALUCU10F 10 M $13.24 PC-S-ALUTU10F 10 M $11.12 PC-S-ACUTU10F 10 M $9.72 LC-SC DUPLEX LC-ST DUPLEX SC-ST DUPLEX PC-S-DLUCU01F 1 M $15.16 PC-S-DLUTU01F 1 M $16.98 PC-S-DCUTU01F 1 M $14.18 PC-S-DLUCU02F 2 M $15.70 PC-S-DLUTU02F 2 M $17.58 PC-S-DCUTU02F 2 M $14.78 PC-S-DLUCU03F 3 M $16.21 PC-S-DLUTU03F 3 M $18.15 PC-S-DCUTU03F 3 M $15.35 PC-S-DLUCU05F 5 M $17.25 PC-S-DLUTU05F 5 M $19.32 PC-S-DCUTU05F 5 M $16.52 PC-S-DLUCU10F 10 M $19.86 PC-S-DLUTU10F 10 M $22.24 PC-S-DCUTU10F 10 M $19.44 Singlemode 9/125 µm APC Patchcords 3mm FC-FC SIMPLEX LC-LC SIMPLEX SC-SC SIMPLEX PC-S-AFAFA01F 1 M $15.14 PC-S-ALALA01F 1 M $11.89 PC-S-ACACA01F 1 M $9.49 PC-S-AFAFA02F 2 M $22.08 PC-S-ALALA02F 2 M $12.18 PC-S-ACACA02F 2 M $9.78 PC-S-AFAFA03F 3 M $15.99 PC-S-ALALA03F 3 M $12.48 PC-S-ACACA03F 3 M $10.08 PC-S-AFAFA05F 5 M $16.85 PC-S-ALALA05F 5 M $13.06 PC-S-ACACA05F 5 M $10.66 PC-S-AFAFA10F 10 M $19.00 PC-S-ALALA10F 10 M $14.52 PC-S-ACACA10F 10 M $12.12 FC-FC DUPLEX LC-LC DUPLEX SC-SC DUPLEX PC-S-DFAFA01F 1 M $20.58 PC-S-DLALA01F 1 M $23.78 PC-S-DCACA01F 1 M $16.76 PC-S-DFAFA02F 2 M $21.18 PC-S-DLALA02F 2 M $24.38 PC-S-DCACA02F 2 M $17.17 PC-S-DFAFA03F 3 M $21.75 PC-S-DLALA03F 3 M $24.95 PC-S-DCACA03F 3 M $18.16 PC-S-DFAFA05F 5 M $22.92 PC-S-DLALA05F 5 M $26.12 PC-S-DCACA05F 5 M $18.43 PC-S-DFAFA10F 10 M $25.84 PC-S-DLALA10F 10 M $29.04 PC-S-DCACA10F 10 M $22.14 CABLE ASSEMBLIES SingleMode & Multimode 125

126 MULTIMODE PATCHCORDS Multimode 50/125 µm UPC Patchcords 3mm FC-FC SIMPLEX LC-LC SIMPLEX SC-SC SIMPLEX ST-ST SIMPLEX PC-N-AFUFU01F 1 M $6.93 PC-N-ALULU01F 1 M $8.93 PC-N-ACUCU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-N-ATUTU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-N-AFUFU02F 2 M $7.38 PC-N-ALULU02F 2 M $9.38 PC-N-ACUCU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-N-ATUTU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-N-AFUFU03F 3 M $7.82 PC-N-ALULU03F 3 M $9.82 PC-N-ACUCU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-N-ATUTU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-N-AFUFU05F 5 M $8.72 PC-N-ALULU05F 5 M $10.72 PC-N-ACUCU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-N-ATUTU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-N-AFUFU10F 10 M $10.96 PC-N-ALULU10F 10 M $12.96 PC-N-ACUCU10F 10 M $10.08 PC-N-ATUTU10F 10 M $10.08 FC-FC DUPLEX LC-LC DUPLEX SC-SC DUPLEX ST-ST DUPLEX PC-N-DFUFU01F 1 M $13.86 PC-N-DLULU01F 1 M $17.86 PC-N-DCUCU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-N-DTUTU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-N-DFUFU02F 2 M $14.75 PC-N-DLULU02F 2 M $18.75 PC-N-DCUCU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-N-DTUTU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-N-DFUFU03F 3 M $15.65 PC-N-DLULU03F 3 M $19.65 PC-N-DCUCU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-N-DTUTU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-N-DFUFU05F 5 M $17.44 PC-N-DLULU05F 5 M $21.44 PC-N-DCUCU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-N-DTUTU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-N-DFUFU10F 10 M $21.92 PC-N-DLULU10F 10 M $25.92 PC-N-DCUCU10F 10 M $20.16 PC-N-DTUTU10F 10 M $20.16 Multimode HYBRID 50/125 µm UPC Patchcords 3mm CABLE ASSEMBLIES Multimode LC-SC SIMPLEX PC-N-ALUCU01F 1 M $7.49 PC-N-ALUCU02F 2 M $7.94 PC-N-ALUCU03F 3 M $8.38 PC-N-ALUCU05F 5 M $9.28 PC-N -ALUCU10F 10 M $11.52 LC-SC DUPLEX PC-N-DLUCU01F 1 M $14.98 PC-N-DLUCU02F 2 M $15.87 PC-N-DLUCU03F 3 M $16.77 PC-N-DLUCU05F 5 M $18.56 PC-N-DLUCU10F 10 M $23.04 SC-ST DUPLEX PC-L-DCUTU01F 1 M $13.95 PC-L-DCUTU02F 2 M $14.95 PC-L-DCUTU03F 3 M $15.95 PC-L-DCUTU05F 5 M $17.95 PC-L-DCUTU10F 10 M $22.95 LC-ST SIMPLEX PC-N-ALUTU01F 1 M $7.49 PC-N-ALUTU02F 2 M $7.94 PC-N-ALUTU03F 3 M $8.38 PC-N-ALUTU05F 5 M $9.28 PC-N-ALUTU10F 10 M $11.52 LC-ST DUPLEX PC-N-DLUTU01F 1 M $14.98 PC-N-DLUTU02F 2 M $15.87 PC-N-DLUTU03F 3 M $16.77 PC-N-DLUTU05F 5 M $18.56 PC-N-DLUTU10F 10 M $23.04 LC-LC DUPLEX PC-L-DLULU01F 1 M $21.88 PC-L-DLULU02F 2 M $19.66 PC-L-DLULU03F 3 M $21.04 PC-L-DLULU05F 5 M $23.72 PC-L-DLULU10F 10 M $30.48 SC-SC DUPLEX PC-L-DCUCU01F 1 M $12.55 PC-L-DCUCU02F 2 M $13.90 PC-L-DCUCU03F 3 M $15.28 PC-L-DCUCU05F 5 M $17.96 PC-L-DCUCU10F 10 M $24.72 SC-ST SIMPLEX PC-N-ACUTU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-N-ACUTU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-N-ACUTU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-N-ACUTU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-N-ACUTU10F 10 M $10.08 SC-ST DUPLEX PC-N-DCUTU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-N-DCUTU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-N-DCUTU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-N-DCUTU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-N-DCUTU10F 10 M $20.16 Multimode 50/125 µm 10 Gig UPC Patchcords 3mm PRO offers 10 Gigabit duplex 1.6mm multimode 50µm Patchcords perfect for upgrading your network. Operating distance of 300 meters using laser optimized InfiniCor SX + multimode fiber. PRO 10 Gigabit assemblies are designed to run advanced applications, meet IEEE specifications and offer superior connector polish. Other configurations available upon request. LC-SC DUPLEX PC-L-DLUCU01F 1 M $15.43 PC-L-DLUCU02F 2 M $19.84 PC-L-DLUCU03F 3 M $20.30 PC-L-DLUCU05F 5 M $20.84 PC-L-DLUCU10F 10 M $27.60 ST-ST DUPLEX PC-L-DTUTU01F 1 M $12.55 PC-L-DTUTU02F 2 M $13.90 PC-L-DTUTU03F 3 M $15.28 PC-L-DTUTU05F 5 M $17.96 PC-L-DTUTU10F 10 M $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

127 SPECIALTY & CUSTOM CABLE ASSEMBLIES Multimode 62.5/125 µm UPC Patchcords 3mm FC-FC SIMPLEX PC-M-AFUFU01F 1 M $6.93 PC-M-AFUFU02F 2 M $7.38 PC-M-AFUFU03F 3 M $7.82 PC-M-AFUFU05F 5 M $8.72 PC-M-AFUFU10F 10 M $10.96 LC-LC SIMPLEX PC-M-ALULU01F 1 M $8.93 PC-M-ALULU02F 2 M $9.38 PC-M-ALULU03F 3 M $9.82 PC-M-ALULU05F 5 M $10.72 PC-M-ALULU10F 10 M $12.96 SC-SC SIMPLEX PC-M-ACUCU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-M-ACUCU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-M-ACUCU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-M-ACUCU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-M-ACUCU10F 10 M $10.08 ST-ST SIMPLEX PC-M-ATUTU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-M-ATUTU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-M-ATUTU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-M-ATUTU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-M-ATUTU10F 10 M $10.08 FC-FC DUPLEX LC-LC DUPLEX SC-SC DUPLEX ST-ST DUPLEX PC-M-DFUFU01F 1 M $13.86 PC-M-DLULU01F 1 M $17.86 PC-M-DCUCU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-M-DTUTU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-M-DFUFU02F 2 M $14.75 PC-M-DLULU02F 2 M $18.75 PC-M-DCUCU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-M-DTUTU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-M-DFUFU03F 3 M $15.65 PC-M-DLULU03F 3 M $19.65 PC-M-DCUCU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-M-DTUTU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-M-DFUFU05F 5 M $17.44 PC-M-DLULU05F 5 M $21.44 PC-M-DCUCU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-M-DTUTU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-M-DFUFU10F 10 M $21.92 PC-M-DLULU10F 10 M $25.92 PC-M-DCUCU10F 10 M $20.16 PC-M-DTUTU10F 10 M $20.16 Multimode HYBRID 62.5/125 µm UPC Patchcords 3mm LC-SC SIMPLEX LC-ST SIMPLEX SC-ST SIMPLEX PC-M-ALUCU01F 1 M $7.49 PC-M-ALUTU01F 1 M $7.49 PC-M-ACUTU01F 1 M $6.05 PC-M-ALUCU02F 2 M $7.94 PC-M-ALUTU02F 2 M $7.94 PC-M-ACUTU02F 2 M $6.50 PC-M-ALUCU03F 3 M $8.38 PC-M-ALUTU03F 3 M $8.38 PC-M-ACUTU03F 3 M $6.94 PC-M-ALUCU05F 5 M $9.28 PC-M-ALUTU05F 5 M $9.28 PC-M-ACUTU05F 5 M $7.84 PC-M-ALUCU10F 10 M $11.52 PC-M-ALUTU10F 10 M $11.52 PC-M-ACUTU10F 10 M $10.08 LC-SC DUPLEX LC-ST DUPLEX SC-ST DUPLEX PC-M-DLUCU01F 1 M $15.42 PC-M-DLUTU01F 1 M $15.42 PC-M-DCUTU01F 1 M $12.10 PC-M-DLUCU02F 2 M $15.87 PC-M-DLUTU02F 2 M $15.87 PC-M-DCUTU02F 2 M $12.99 PC-M-DLUCU03F 3 M $16.77 PC-M-DLUTU03F 3 M $16.77 PC-M-DCUTU03F 3 M $13.89 PC-M-DLUCU05F 5 M $18.56 PC-M-DLUTU05F 5 M $18.56 PC-M-DCUTU05F 5 M $15.68 PC-M-DLUCU10F 10 M $23.04 PC-M-DLUTU10F 10 M $23.04 PC-M-DCUTU10F 10 M $20.16 SPECIFICATIONS Singlemode UPC SPECIFICATIONS Multimode UPC Insertion Loss 0.5 db Insertion Loss 0.5 db Back Reflection -50 db Back Reflection -25 db SPECIFICATIONS Singlemode APC Insertion Loss 0.5 db Back Reflection -60 db *Different cable diameters available upon request! CABLE ASSEMBLIES Specialty & Custom Patchcords 127

128 PRO RACK MOUNT ENCLOSURES Swing-Out Style Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics swing-out rack mounted enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19 or 23 mounting. Swing out style enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. CABLE MANAGEMENT RACK ENCLOSURES Part # RM-ADW102-BS RM-ADW204-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (4) Rack Unit 1 2 Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels Style Swing-out Swing-out Available Colors Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 1.75 x 17 x x 17 x 11.0 Weight 12 lbs. 13 lbs. Material 16 GA Powder Coated Steel 16 GA Powder Coated Steel Price $94.86 $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 128

129 PRO RACK MOUNT ENCLOSURES Slide-Out Removable Top Style Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics slide-out removable top rack mounted enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19 or 23 mounting. Slide-out removable top style enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. Part # RM-ADM103-BS RM-ADM206-BS RM-ADM309-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (3) (5) Rack Unit Adapter Capacity (3) Panels (6) Panels (9) Panels Style Slide-out Removable Top Slide-out Removable Top Slide-out Removable Top Available Colors Black Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 1.75 x 17 x x 17 x x 17 x 14.0 Weight 15 lbs. 19 lbs lbs. Material.060 Powder Coated Steel.060 Powder Coated Steel.060 Powder Coated Steel Price $ $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Part # RM-ADL204-BS/BA RM-ADL306-BS/BA RM-ADL412-BS/BA RM-ADL8524-BS/BA Splice Tray Capacity (2) (3) (8) (16) Rack Unit Adapter Capacity (4) Panels (6) Panels (12) Panels (24) Panels Style Slide-out Slide-out Slide-out Slide-out Available Colors Black Black Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 3.5 x 17 x x 17 x x 17 x x 17 x 14.0 Weight (Steel 22 lbs.) (Alum 12 lbs.) (Steel 24 lbs.) (Alum 13 lbs.) (Steel 26 lbs.) (Alum 14 lbs.) 19 lbs. Material Slide-Out Style Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics slide-out rack mounted enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19 or 23 mounting. Slide-out style enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays..060 Powder Coated Steel (or).060 Powder Coated Aluminum.060 Powder Coated Steel (or).060 Powder Coated Aluminum 14 GA Powder Coated Steel (or).060 Powder Coated Aluminum.060 Powder Coated Aluminum (Black or White) Price BS: $ / BA: $ BS: $ / BA: $ BS: $ / BA: $ BA: $ / WA: $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 129 CABLE MANAGEMENT RACK ENCLOSURES

130 PRO RACK MOUNT ENCLOSURES Slide-Out Style Combination Rack Mount Fiber Patch& Splice Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics slide-out combination patch & splice rack mounted termination enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19 or 23 mounting. Slide-out style combination patch and splice enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. CABLE MANAGEMENT RACK ENCLOSURES Part # RM-ADE404-BA RM-ADE8512-BA Splice Tray Capacity (4) (8) Rack Unit 4 8 Adapter Capacity (4) Panels (12) Panels Style Slide-out Combination Slide-out Combination Available Colors Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 7.0 x 17 x x 17 x 14.0 Weight 16 lbs. 20 lbs. Material.060 Powder Coated Aluminum.060 Powder Coated Aluminum Price $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Slide-Out Style Splice Distribution Units Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics slide-out splice rack mounted termination enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are supplied with universal mounting hardware for 19 or 23 mounting. Slide-out style splice enclosures are designed to support the storage of splice trays. Part # RM-ASL304-BA RM-ASL408-BA Splice Tray Capacity (4) (8) Rack Unit 3 4 Adapter Capacity (0) Panels (0) Panels Style Slide-out Combination Slide-out Combination Available Colors Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 5.25 x 17 x 14 7 x 17 x 14 Weight 14 lbs. 16 lbs. Material.060 Powder Coated Aluminum.060 Powder Coated Aluminum Price $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 130

131 Rack Mount Patch Panel Fiber Distribution PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Patch Panels and Rack/Wall Mount Part # RM-ABN103-BS RM-ABS103-BS RM-ADC103-BS Splice Tray Capacity N/A N/A (1) Rack Unit Adapter Capacity (3) Panels (3) Panels (3) Panels Style Stationary Stationary Stationary Available Colors Black Black Black Size (H x W x D ) in 1.75 x 19 x x 19 x x 17 x 13.8 Weight 1 lbs. 2 lbs. 16 lbs. Material.060 Powder Coated Steel.060 Powder Coated Steel.060 Powder Coated Steel Price $12.83 $21.89 $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Accessories Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Accessories Lock & Key For Rack Mount Enclosures For Lexan Doors of Rack Mount Enclosures Ask for to be installed on your rack mount enclosure # $5.86 Strain Relief Kit Strain relief bracket for rack mount enclosures Diameter: Material: Powder coated steel, rubber grommets Grommets: (1) , (1) , (1) # $18.00 CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES 131

132 PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Standard Single Outer Door Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added Security, NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. Units are available in standard Black or Off White unless specified CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES Part # WM-AAA-0001-BS WM-AAB-0001-BS Adapter Capacity (1) Panel (1) Panel Capacity (1) Fiber spool (12) Single splice holder Color Black Black Size (H x W x D) in 6.3 x 5.5 x x 5.5 x 1.57 Material 18 GA steel 18 GA steel Price $46.61 $45.43 *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Standard Single Outer Door Construction Grade Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added Security, NEMA 4 and NEMA 12. Units are available in standard Black or Off White unless specified Part # WM-ABA-0002-BS WM-ABB-0004-BS WM-ABC-0008-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (4) (8) Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels (8) Panels Style Dual Door Dual Door Dual Door Color Black Black Black Size (H x W x D) in 9.25 x 13 x x 13 x x 17 x 6 Weight 7 lbs 8 lbs 15 lbs Material 18 GA powder coated steel 18 GA powder coated steel 18 GA powder coated steel Price $48.67 $61.05 $84.08 *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 132

133 Standard Dual Door Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Precision Rated Optics wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added Security and NEMA ratings. Units are available in standard black unless specified. Part # WM-ADA-0002-BS WM-ADB-0004-BS WM-ADC-0009-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (4) (3) Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels (9) Panels Style Dual Door Dual Door Dual Door Color Black Black Black Size (H x W x D) in 10.2 x 12.5 x x 12 x 4 17 x 21.2 x 5 Weight 8 lbs 10 lbs 23 lbs Material 16 GA powder coated steel 16 GA powder coated steel 16 GA powder coated steel Price $92.46 $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Standard Lockable Dual Door Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door, Added Security and NEMA ratings. Units are available in standard black unless specified. Part # WM-ACA-0002-BS WM-ACB-0004-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (4) Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels Style Dual Door Dual Door Color Black Black Size (H x W x D) in 10.2 x 12 x x 12 x 3.5 Weight 8 lbs 9 lbs Material 18 GA powder coated steel 18 GA powder coated steel Price $74.51 $81.75 *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 133 CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES

134 PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Low Cost... Quality Product... Fast Shipment CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES Application The Precision Rated Optics family of wall mounted optical termination enclosures are designed to provide solutions for both the interconnection of patch cabling and a combination of patching and splicing. The product line accommodates from a single adapter panel up to 16 adapter panels. Depending on the type of optical termination panel used, enclosures can support up to 192 terminations. The product line is separated into several application specific groups to support the termination capacity and feature sets required for the enclosure environment. Features Steel and aluminum construction Polyester powder coat finish in standard black or tan All Corrosion resistant materials Several units are designed with additional means of security but maintaining ease in access. Individual compartments for separation of network and distribution terminations. Wide range of sizes and feature sets to accommodate specific application requirements. Easy to install, load, and maintain. Available pre-loaded with adapter panels and pigtails 134

135 PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Added Security Dual Door Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics wall mount enclosures are designed to provide connectivity and distribution solutions. Enclosures are divided into several groups to meet application specific requirements such as Construction Grade, Single Door, Dual Door and Added Security. Units are available in standard black unless specified. Part # WM-AEA-0002-BS WM-AEB-0004-BS WM-AEC-0008-BS Splice Tray Capacity (2) (2) (4) Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels (8) Panels Style Added security dual door Added security dual door Added security dual door Color Black Black Black Size (H x W x D) in 6 x 12 x x 14 x x 20 x 6.5 Weight 8 lbs 12 lbs 24 lbs Material 16 GA powder coated steel 16 GA powder coated steel 16 GA powder coated steel Price $ $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Loaded Enclosures Save valuable time in the field by ordering your enclosures pre loaded with adapter panels and pigtails based on your specifications. Units come tested and ready to install! CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES 135

136 PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Optical Splice Enclosure Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures The Precision Rated Optics Optical Splice Enclosure (OSE) is a wall mounted central splicing and cable management enclosure with a weather tight NEMA 4 design for indoor or outdoor applications. Depending on the tray selected, the enclosure supports up to 24F or 36F single fused fibers and if mass fusing, the enclosure can support >2000 mass fused fibers. Each splice tray incorporates the open keyhole hinging mechanism to allow for ease in tray entry without tray removal. The OSE is an enclosure that supports fiber splicing for wall mount applications. Features Polyester powder coat finish in standard black. All Corrosion resistant materials. Compact design with high splice storage capacity. Single outer and removable door. Top and bottom mounted cable entry plates supporting up to 8 liquid tight cable seals each. CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES Part # WM-AFA-0016-WA WM-AFB-0012-BS Splice Tray Capacity (8) (12) Adapter Capacity (16) Panels N/A Style Wall Mount Wall Mount Color Off White Black Size (H x W x D) in 31 x 24 x x 21.1 x 5 Weight 24 lbs 23 lbs Material.063 Aluminum powder coated 16 GA steel Price $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Part # WM-AFC-0016-BA Splice Tray Capacity (16) Adapter Capacity N/A Style Wall Mount Color Black Size (H x W x D) in 28 x x 14.5 Weight 47 lbs Material.080 Aluminum Price $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 136

137 NEMA Rated Dual Door Wall Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures PRO WALL MOUNT ENCLOSURES Precision Rated Optics NEMA enclosures are constructed for either indoor or outdoor use to provide a degree of protection to personnel against access to hazardous parts. They provide a degree of protection of the equipment inside the enclosure against ingress of falling dirt, windblown dust as well as harmful effects on the equipment due to the ingress of water (rain, sleet, snow, splashing water, and hose directed water). These enclosures will remain undamaged by the external formation of ice. Features Aluminum construction. Impact and weather resistance plastic. Polyester powder coat finish in standard tan All Corrosion resistant materials. Part # WM-AGA-0402-TA WM-AGB-0404-TA Splice Tray Capacity (2) (2) Adapter Capacity (2) Panels (4) Panels Style NEMA wall mount NEMA wall mount Color Tan Tan Size (H x W x D) in 13 x 13.7 x x 14 x 7 Weight 12 lbs 14 lbs Material.08 powder coated aluminum.08 powder coated aluminum Price $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. Part # WM-AGC-0412-TA WM-AHC-1306-GP Splice Tray Capacity (6) (4) Adapter Capacity (12) Panels (6) Panels Style NEMA wall mount NEMA wall mount Color Tan Grey Size (H x W x D) in 22.4 x 19.5 x x 16 x 10 Weight 16 lbs 10 lbs Material.08 powder coated aluminum Impact and weather resistant plastic Price $ $ *All enclosures ordered do not include adapter panels, splice trays or pigtails. 137 CABLE MANAGEMENT WALL ENCLOSURES

138 SPLICE TRAYS Splice Trays The Precision Rated Optics splice trays are universal to the industry. These trays are compatible with all of our enclosures. The splice trays provide protection and organization of fiber splices. Adhesive backed fiber insert holders and assorted cable ties included (grommets included on the 3030-SSTP). CABLE MANAGEMENT Splice Trays Part # ST-12AA0645S ST-24AA1145S ST-24AA0765S ST-24AP1245S Description 12 Single Fusion Splice Tray 24 Single Fusion Splice Tray 24 Single Fusion Splice Tray 24 Single Fusion Splice Tray Size (H x W x D) in 6.5 x 4.75 x x 4 x x 6 x x 4 x.5 Weight Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Capacity 12 Single Fusion Splices 24 Single Fusion Splices 24 Single Fusion Splices 24 Single Fusion Splices Material Aluminum Aluminum Aluminum Plastic Base w/ Aluminum Cover Price $20.52 $24.86 $27.63 $20.87 Part # ST-24PP0855S ST-24PP0945S ST-36PP1055S ST-12PP0627S Description 24 Single Fusion Splice Tray 24 Single Fusion Splice Tray 36 Single Fusion Splice Tray 12 Single Fusion Splice Tray Size (H x W x D) in 8.25 x 5.75 x x 4.5 x x 5.75 x.5 6 x 2.75 x.75 Weight Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Approx lbs. Capacity 24 Single Fusion Splices 24 Single or 48 Dual Stacked 36 Single, 72 Dual Stacked or 144 Mass Fusion 12 Single Fusion Splices Material Plastic Plastic Plastic Plastic Price $19.66 $19.66 $25.81 $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

139 ADAPTER PLATES Loaded Adapter Panels Part # Conn. Type # Of Conn. Ferrell Mode Plate Color Price ADP-6SC-M6 SC 6 Ceramic MM Black $16.94 ADP-8SC-M6 SC 8 Ceramic MM Black $22.59 ADP-12SC-M6 SC 12 Ceramic MM Black $34.16 ADP-6SC-UPC-SM SC 6 Ceramic SM Black $16.94 ADP-8SC-UPC-SM SC 8 Ceramic SM Black $22.59 ADP-12SC-UPC-SM SC 12 Ceramic SM Black $34.91 ADP-6SC-APC-SM SC 6 Ceramic SM Black $16.94 ADP-8SC-APC-SM SC 8 Ceramic SM Black $23.68 ADP-12SC-APC-SM SC 6 Ceramic SM Black $36.74 ADP-6SC-OM3 ADP-12SC-OM3 SC 10 GIG SC 10 GIG 6 Ceramic MM Black $ Ceramic MM Black $30.00 CABLE MANAGEMENT ADAPTER PLATES 139

140 ADAPTER PLATES Loaded Adapter Panels Part # Conn. Type # Of Conn. Ferrell Mode Plate Color Price ADP-12LC-M6 LC 12 Ceramic MM Black $23.98 ADP-24LC-M6 LC 24 Ceramic MM Black $56.27 ADP-12LC-UPC-SM LC 12 Ceramic SM Black $29.60 ADP-24LC-UPC-SM LC 24 Ceramic SM Black $75.03 CABLE MANAGEMENT ADAPTER PLATES ADP-12LC-OM3 ADP-24LC-OM3 LC 10 GIG LC 10 GIG 12 Ceramic MM Black $ Ceramic MM Black $60.34 ADP-6ST-M6 ST 6 Ceramic MM Black $16.94 ADP-6ST-UPC-SM ST 6 Ceramic SM Black $18.98 ADP-8ST-M6 ST 8 Ceramic MM Black $19.08 ADP-8ST-UPC-SM ST 8 Ceramic SM Black $30.06 ADP-12ST-M6 ST 12 Ceramic MM Black $26.57 ADP-12ST-UPC-SM ST 12 Ceramic SM Black $31.95 ADP-6FC-M6 FC 6 Ceramic MM Black $22.06 ADP-6FC-UPC-SM FC 6 Ceramic SM Black $40.99 ADP-8FC-M6 FC 8 Ceramic MM Black $29.75 ADP-8FC-UPC-SM FC 8 Ceramic SM Black $29.75 ADP-12FC-M6 FC 12 Ceramic MM Black $34.70 ADP-12FC-UPC-SM FC 12 Ceramic SM Black $36.90 ADP-12MTRJ-M6 MTRJ 6 Phos. Bronze MM Black $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

141 ADAPTERS Fiber Optic Adapters Stock ID Type Fiber Polish Mode Sleeve Material Color Foot Print Price CA-S-ST-M2SMB ST UPC SM Phos. Bronze Chrome ST $1.25 CA-S-ST-S2SMZ ST UPC MM Zirconia Chrome ST $1.50 CA-S-FC-M2SMB FC UPC MM Phos. Bronze Chrome FC $3.00 CA-S-FC-S2SMZ FC UPC SM Zirconia Chrome FC $3.50 CA-S-FC-A2SMZ FC APC SM Zirconia Chrome FC $4.00 CA-S-SC-M6SPB SC Simplex UPC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Simplex $1.00 CA-S-SC-M7DPB SC Duplex UPC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Duplex $2.75 CA-S-SC-S6SPZ SC Simplex UPC SM Zirconia Blue SC Simplex $2.00 CA-S-SC-S7DPZ SC Duplex UPC SM Zirconia Blue SC Duplex $3.25 CA-S-SC-A6SPZ SC Simplex APC SM Zirconia Green SC Simplex $2.25 CA-S-SC-A7DPZ SC Duplex APC SM Zirconia Green SC Duplex $3.75 CA-S-SC-G6SPZ CA-S-SC-G7DPZ SC Simplex 10 GIG SC Duplex 10 GIG UPC MM Zirconia Aqua SC Simplex $3.00 UPC MM Zirconia Aqua SC Duplex $3.50 CA-S-MT-M6SPB MTRJ UPC MM Phos. Bronze Black MTRJ $2.25 CA-S-LC-M6DPB LC Duplex UPC MM Phos. Bronze Beige LC Duplex $3.50 CA-S-LC-M7QPB LC Quad UPC MM Phos. Bronze Beige SC Duplex $6.00 CA-S-LC-S6DPZ LC Duplex UPC SM Zirconia Blue LC Duplex $4.00 CA-S-LC-S7QPZ LC Quad UPC SM Zirconia Blue SC Duplex $9.45 CABLE MANAGEMENT ADAPTERS CA-S-LC-G6DPZ CA-S-LC-G7QPZ LC Duplex 10 GIG LC Quad 10 GIG UPC MM Zirconia Aqua SC Simplex $5.00 UPC MM Zirconia Aqua SC Duplex $

142 ADAPTERS Bare Fiber Adapter Testing bare fiber just got a lot easier and faster. The Divot Bare Fiber Adapter (Tester) accepts cleaved and non-cleaved fiber, requires only 3/4 of bare fiber exposed and has a typical insertion loss of less than 0.5 db when using cleaved fiber. No messy gel applicators or reservoirs to fill. Simply strip your fiber and insert. Quickly connect test equipment to bare fiber. System utilizes replaceable index matching gel cartridges resulting in quick low loss and low reflectance connections to your OTDR or other test systems. Features Accepts cleaved and non-cleaved fiber Quickly test fiber without terminating Internal replaceable cartridge filled with optical coupling compound Low insertion loss and reflectance No dipping, messy applicators or external reservoirs to fill LiteLOCK Technology Repeatable and Reusable CABLE MANAGEMENT ADAPTERS SPECIFICATIONS Fiber Types Cable Length Connector Styles Number of insertions (typical) Insertion loss (typical) Back Reflection (typical) Case Dimensions Accessories / Replacement Parts DVT-RC12 DVT-RC3 DVT-RP4000 Divot Replacement OCC Cartridges (Pack of 3) Divot Replacement OCC Cartridges (Pack of 12) Divot Replacement Sleeve Set (1 Zirconia, 1 Phos. Bronze) $ $65.00 $26.56 DVT-RP4100 Divot Replacement Ferrule Assembly $ DVT-RP4200 Singlemode 9/125um, Multimode 62.5/125um or Multimode 50/125um 1 Meter FC, ST, SC, FC/APC, SC/APC, LC 1000 min. (500 min. per cartridge, 2 cartridges included) Cleaved fiber <0.5 db; Uncleaved Fiber <0.8dB <45 db 6.5 x 4.5 x 1.5 (165.1mm x 114.3mm x 38.1mm) Operating Temperature 14 to 104 F (-10 to +40 C) Weight lb (6 ounces) Divot Replacement Ferrule Assembly Housing $ Divot Bare Fiber Tester - 1 Cable DVT-B1 FC Multimode 50/125 $ DVT-B3 SC Multimode 50/125 $ DVT-M1 FC Multimode 62.5 $ DVT-M2 ST Multimode 62.5 $ DVT-M3 SC Multimode 62.5 $ DVT-S1 FC Singlemode 9/125 $ DVT-S3 SC Singlemode 9/125 $ DVT-S5 SC/APC Singlemode 9/125 $ Divot Bare Fiber Tester - 2 Cables * DVT-SM2 DVT-SM3 Divot Bare Fiber Adapter - ST SM & ST MM62.5 Divot Bare Fiber Adapter - SC SM & SC MM62.5 $ $ *Many combinations available, not all listed. Please contact us for assistance 142 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

143 PIGTAILS Pigtail Packs For Rack and Wall Mount Enclosure Part # # 1 Connector # 2 Connector Cable Core/Clad Cable Jacket Cable Color Length (m) Price SPK-6SCUPC (6) SC/UPC (6) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $40.00 SPK-12SCUPC (12) SC/UPC (12) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $80.00 SPK-6SCAPC (6) SC/APC (6) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $45.00 SPK-12SCAPC (12) SC/APC (12) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $85.00 SPK-6SC-M6 (6) SC/APC (6) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $40.00 SPK-12SC-M6 (12) SC/APC (12) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $80.00 SPK-6STUPC (6) ST/UPC (6) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $40.00 SPK-12STUPC (12) ST/UPC (12) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $80.00 SPK-6ST-M6 (6) ST/UPC (6) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $40.00 SPK-12ST-M6 (12) ST/UPC (12) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $80.00 SPK-6LCUPC (6) LC/UPC (6) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $55.00 SPK-12LCUPC (12) LC/UPC (12) Pigtails 9/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $95.00 SPK-6LC-M6 (6) LC/UPC (6) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 2 $55.00 SPK-12LC-M6 (12) LC/UPC (12) Pigtails 62.5/125µm 900µm Multi 3 $90.00 CABLE MANAGEMENT PIGTAILS SPK-6SC-M6 SPK-12SC-UPC-SM 143

144 CABLE MANAGEMENT RACK ENCLOSURES OCC RACK SOLUTIONS OCC Open Frame Racks When it comes to standard EIA-compliant aluminum open-frame relay racks, OCC offers top-of-the-line relay racks that feature a variety of heights to meet any cabling infrastructure needs. Ideal for equipment rooms and telecommunications closets, our open frame rack is an excellent foundation to build any network system. Open Frame Racks OF H x 19 W x 3 D 24 RU $ OF H x 19 W x 3 D 36 RU $ OF H x 19 W x 3 D 45 RU $ * Additional dimensions available OCC Wall Mount Enclosures When networks need added security for wall-mounted applications, OCC offers wall-mount cabinet enclosures. The OCC Wall-mount Enclosures feature a locking smoked Plexiglas or steel front door, two adjustable shelf mounting rails and a locking rear swing frame with heavy-duty quickrelease hinges for easy wall-mounting and fast access to the rear of installed equipment. Wall Mount Enclosures WC H x 21 W x 20 D 8 RU 125 lbs load rating $ WC H x 21 W x 20 D 12 RU 125 lbs load rating $ WC H x 21 W x 20 D 18 RU 125 lbs load rating $ WC H x 21 W x 20 D 24 RU 175 lbs load rating $ * Additional dimensions available OCC Freestanding Cabinets With OCC s complete line of free-standing cabinets, customers can provide seamless, upscale integration for any size network installation. This cabinet line offers a broad variety of solutions to fit any system application and the finest quality workmanship with the flexibility to meet any infrastructure demand. Freestanding Cabinets CC H x 25 W x 24 D 12 RU 240 lbs load rating $ CC H x 25 W x 24 D 24 RU 480 lbs load rating $1, CC H x 25 W x 32 D 24 RU 480 lbs load rating $1, CC H x 25 W x 24 D 45 RU 900 lbs load rating $1, CC H x 25 W x 32 D 45 RU 900 lbs load rating $1, * Additional dimensions available Also available is a full line of accessories 144 Wall mount swing gate racks Shelves Vertical and horizontal wire management Power strips Wall mount patch panel brackets Features 3" deep vertical channels are tapped on front and back for #12-24 pilot point combo head screws 7/8" holes for floor bolting Sturdy aluminum construction Available in durable black powder-coat finish or silver coating Features Removable doors Two adjustable shelf mounting rails Solid steel or locking smoked Plexiglas doors available Vented sides and top Accepts fan tray kits Features Removable sides and doors Four adjustable mounting rails Vented top with three 3 diameter cable-entry points Universal EIA alternating 5/8, 5/8 1/2 hole pattern All aluminum frame construction Smoked Plexiglas locking front door Solid steel, locking, vented rear door Leveling feet standard; locking casters optional Includes #12-24 pilot-point combo-head screws

145 Slotted Duct Cable Management Vertical Cable Managers FIBER DISTRIBUTION Stock ID Description Size Weight Material Double Sided, Side Mount/Front & Rear Brackets are on one side only 4 W x 5 D Front & Rear, 83 H 13.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ Tabs Both Sides Horizontal Cable Managers Stock ID Description Center Mount/Front & Rear Brackets are on both sides Size 4 W x 5 D Front & Rear, 83 H Weight 13.0 lbs. Material High Grade Polymer Price $ Stock ID Description Single Sided, Side Mount/Front Only Brackets are on one side only Size 4 W x 5 D on Front Only, 83 H Weight 7.0 lbs. Material High Grade Polymer Price $ (1RU in height) Stock ID Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager For Standard 19 Racks Size 1.5 W x 3 D Front Only Weight 2.0 lbs. Material High Grade Polymer Price $ (1RU in height) Stock ID Description Single Sided Horizontal Cable Manager For Standard 19 Racks Size 1.5 W x 2 D Front Only Weight 2.0 lbs. Material High Grade Polymer Price $32.10 CABLE MANAGEMENT FIBER DISTRIBUTION 145

146 FIBER DISTRIBUTION Slotted Duct Cable Management (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Single Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size Weight Material 3 W x 3 D Front Only 3.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Single Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size Weight Material 4 W x 5 D Front Only 7.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $44.16 CABLE MANAGEMENT FIBER DISTRIBUTION (1RU in height) Stock ID Description Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size Weight Material (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size Weight Material 1.5 W x 3 D Front/1 W x 4 H Rear 5.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size Weight Material 3 W x 3 D Front/2 W x 4 H Rear 8.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ W x 5 H Front/4 W x 5 H Rear 13.0 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ (1RU in height) Stock ID Description Size Weight Material Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack 1.5 W x 3 D Front/1 W x 4 H Rear 3.5 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack Size 3 W x 3 H Front/3 W x 5 H Rear Weight 10.5 lbs. Material High Grade Polymer Price $ (2RU in height) Stock ID Description Double Sided Horizontal For Standard 19 Rack with Special Strain Relief Bracket Size Weight Material 3 W x 3 H Front/3 W x5 H Rear 11 lbs. High Grade Polymer Price $ The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC Part of the Adtell Group

147 Fiber Optic Outside Plant» Splice Trailers 148» Splice Tents 149» Fiber Blowers 150» Fiber Pullers 152» Splice Closures 154» Sno Shoes 166 More Outside Plant Equipment at OUTSIDE PLANT 147

148 PRO SPLICE TRAILERS Splice Trailers Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures Precision Rated Optics offers a full line of fiber optic splicing trailers for any size crew. Built in the heartland of America, these trailers are the absolute finest in the industry. We are so confident in our craftsmanship that we offer the only transferrable warranty in the industry. The clean, temperature controlled environment has a unique lab layout that allows workers to maximize productivity in the field. Every trailer is well equipped with standard safety features to ensure the protection of your crew on any job site you may come across. Features Full Perimeter Aluminum Frame All Tube Construction Dexter Torsion Axles Electric Brakes - All Axles Breakaway Battery Kit White FRP Sidewalls Cast Aluminum Front Verticals Interior Lighting OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE TRAILERS PRO-TRAILER-0 Splice Trailer - 5 x 8.5 Single Axle $19, PRO-TRAILER-1SA Splice Trailer - 6 x 10 Single Axle $22, PRO-TRAILER-1TA Splice Trailer - 6 x10 Tandem Axle $23, PRO-TRAILER-2 Splice Trailer - 7 x 12 Tandem Axle $25, PRO-TRAILER-3 Splice Trailer - 8 x 12 Tandem Axle $25, Cable Reel Trailers Rack Mount Fiber Distribution Enclosures The GR Series quick two-step reel-securing process is unparalleled. One reel-securing step cannot be performed before the other ensuring the operator intuitively secures the reel with no possibility of losing a reelsecuring pin that results in costly down time, maintenance, and possible liability. The GR Series is built far more rugged than the competition and with just the right (marginal) extra weight to lower the amount of bouncing down the road when empty. The GR General Duty Gunrack Series (and the competition s gunrack design) has no cross-axle suspension so large reels can be accommodated by pick-up trucks and keep center-ofgravity low. TRAILER-GR10K Self Loading Reel Trailer - GK10K $10, TRAILER-GR3K Self Loading Reel Trailer - GR3K $7, TRAILER-GR6K Self Loading Reel Trailer - GR6K $8, TRAILER-GR8K Self Loading Reel Trailer - GR8K $9, Features Easy-to-use Low Maintenance No Pins, Cotters or Lanyards That Secure the Reel Arbor Faster Reel Loading, Unloading and Deployment Auto-Locking Swing Out Reel Bar Retainer FMVSS / CMVSS Standard 108 LED Lighting 148

149 SPLICE TENTS Splice Tents Roll-up and A Door Splice Tents for OSP Splice Tents for outside field applications are made of tough urethane coated polyester fabric. FOM offers the standard splice tents and the new Space Saver splice tents. The Splice Saver tents have the same sturdy design and dimensions as the standard series except the front and back walls are vertical, rather than sloped. Space Saver have approximately 25% shorter folder length for storage and can be set over a cable or pipe. Features Fast and Easy Set-up & Take-down Sturdy, Durable Construction One & Two Door Options Easy Store and Carry QUICK PAK UV and Flame Resistant Free Standing Stability. The integrated frame and cover has exceptional wind stability. Cover. Urathane coated polyester cover. Flame retardant to meet CPAI-84, water repellent and UV treated. Nonbreakable Hinges. Made of cold rolled steel. All rods are bolted at both ends. Quick Pak. Easy storage wrap that makes storing the tent quick and allows air dry of wet fabric. Easy Set-up. Ready to go in less than a minute! No special tools required. Door Styles. Four door styles available to accommodate any work situation. Pitched Roof. Provides extra headroom and structural strength to hang tools and lights. Easy Cover Replacement. A unified frame design allows quick cover removal or installation, reducing tent cost. OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE TENTS FX x 10 Tent Roll-up Door- zippered $1, FX x 8 Splice Tent with Roll-up Door $ GS x 8 Splice Tent with 2 Doors $ GS6611A 6 x 6 Splice Tent w/o floor A Door $ GS x 4 Splice Tent with Roll-up Door $

150 FIBER BLOWERS Tornado Cable Blowing Machine Designed to be safe, fast and effective, the Tornado Cable Blowing Machine installs fiber optic cable into pre-installed innerduct or direct buried innerduct. A conversion kit allows the Tornado to place either 12/10mm or 10/8mm micro ducts into innerduct as well. Comprised of an aluminum air box and cable pusher, the Tornado uses compressed air to install the cable with or without a missile. In operation, the hydraulically powered, belt drive system controls the fiber optic cable as it is propelled by compressed air through the innerduct. An electronic monitoring system provides read-outs of speed and distance, helps protect cable against damage, and includes an emergency stop button Tornado Cable Blowing Machine - Imperial $21, Tornado Cable Blowing Machine - Metric $21, OUTSIDE PLANT FIBER BLOWERS The JetStream has been designed to provide maximum cable protection, combined with the performance and reliability of hydraulic drive. The profiled double drive belt system is driven by single 32cc hydraulic motor, and is powered by a supplied power pack with oil cooler. The electronic monitoring system provides read-out of speed and distance, helps protect against duct obstructions and includes an emergency stop. The JetStream is adjustable to suit a wide range of cable diameters (6-20mm), and duct diameters of SDR (12mm-50mm O.D.). JetStream Cable Blowing Machine JetStream Cable Blowing Machine $18, AirStream Cable Blowing Machine The AirStream has been designed to maximize protection for microcables with a compliant double drive concept, backed by the latest technology in servo controls to provide precise control of torque and speed. Single person operation with safe, easy to operate ergonomic controls combines with low maintenance and high reliability to form the machine s key features. The AirStream is adjustable to suit a wide range of cable diameters mm AirStream Cable Blowing Machine $14, The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 150 Part of the Adtell Group

151 FIBER BLOWERS Breeze Cable Blowing Machine The Breeze can install both microcable and blown fiber (blown fiber available with add-on kit) and it is the only machine on the market with this capability. The high/low torque switch makes it easy to select the torque range to install microcable or blown fiber. The design of the Breeze provides for quick and easy component changes for different cable or duct sizes. Its compact size and portable maneuverability makes the Breeze ideally suited for external or in-building use. The compliant, double driven rollers provide a secure grip while safely handling micro fiber cable. The pushing force, up to 35 lbs. (16kg), can be adjusted to suit the cable stiffness. The unit has variable speed control Breeze Cable Blowing Machine $10, The design of the Whisper provides for quick and easy component changes for different cable or duct sizes. Its compact size and portable maneuverability make the Whisper ideally suited for either outside or in-building use. The Whisper uses compressed air to install the cable. The rollers, powered by most types of cordless drills (not included), control the microfiber as it is propelled into the microduct. An electronic monitoring system provides read-outs of speed and distance. Whisper Micro Cable Blowing Machine Whisper Micro Cable Blowing Machine $4, AccelAir 2 Blown Fiber Machine The AccelAir 2 Blown Fiber Machine is the latest complement to the range of fiber optic blowing equipment available from GMP. Designed to suit the smaller end of fiber range from 2-12 fibers (1-3mm dia.), AccelAir 2 completes the range of Tornado, JetSteam, AirStream and Breeze fiber blowing installation systems all from one company. A compact integrated fiber-blowing machine, the AccelAir 2 benefits from full automation and fiber AccelAir 2 management. Its sophisticated fiber protection is designed to ensure that the blown fiber mechanical and optical integrity is maintained. The machine is self-contained and only requires a single electrical supply and compressed air to operate. OUTSIDE PLANT FIBER BLOWERS AccelAir 2 Blown Fiber Machine $8,

152 FIBER PULLERS SideWinder Fiber Optic Cable Puller The GMP SideWinder, Trailer Mounted Fiber Optic Puller has been designed to exceed the requirements of installing underground telecommunication cables, employing a 32 diameter single capstan to provide a controlled force to the pulling rope or tape. The single capstan allows the winch to be placed at the mid point of a section to assist in the pull, thus enabling longer pulls to be achieved. At 1400 lbs., the unit is easily pulled by a standard pickup truck. The power source is a commercial grade Honda GX390 gasoline engine which drives the fixed displacement tandem mounted hydraulic pumps SideWinder Fiber Optic Cable Puller $21, Hydraulically Limited Cable Puller OUTSIDE PLANT FIBER PULLERS The Hydraulically Limited Cable Puller is designed to offer exceptional value while providing critical speed control and over-load protection. It is simple to set up and easy to operate. The Hydraulically Limited Cable Puller has all of the features contractors demand, plus GMP quality and durability that you can rely on. Features Adjustable pull control, up to 1000 lbs. (453kg) maximum on a 40 (101cm) diameter capstan. Speeds up to gpm flow. Control panel with pressure gauge, pressure adjustment knob and directional foot control valve. 1/2 (12.7mm) non-spill quick-disconnect fittings for 2500 psi maximum hydraulic source input Hydraulic Limited Cable Puller w/frame $8, Hydraulic Limited Cable Puller w/receiver $7, Hydraulic Limited Cable Puller w/socket $7, Cable Pony Constant Pull Winch The GMP Cable Pony winch offers the constant pulling tension of a double capstan drive and the flexibility of a direct drive drum in one machine.the winch employs a powerful Honda GTX engine mounted with associated hydraulics on a sturdy trailer unit. The precise hydraulic controls allow easy operation through one fail-safe lever. Ideally suited for ADSS, aerial stringing work, conductor recovery or underground cable handling Cable Pony $25, The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 152 Part of the Adtell Group

153 FIBER PULLERS Cable Fleeter The Fleeter replaces the manual method of figure eighting cable, and provides protection and security for the cable. The Fleeter provides a smooth and simple system while ensuring cable protection from pedestrians or vehicles and prevents contamination from mud, soil or dust. The Fleeter is designed to work in conjunction with the Cable Blowing Machine, which provides the cable feed in and out of the Fleeter. The Fleeter consists of a road going trailer chassis on which is mounted a cable storage cassette, rotating cable guide quadrant and duct clamp assembly Cable Fleeter - Trailer Needed $7, Trailer Mounted Cable Fleeter $10, Micro Cable Fleeter The Micro Cable Fleeter replaces the manual method of figure eighting cable at the midpoint and provides protection and security for the cable. Following installation of the cable in the first leg of the duct route the balance of the cable is removed from the drum and fed into the fleeter, thereby releasing the cable end ready for blowing into the second leg. Features Cable diameter: 5-8.5mm ( ) OD Max Cable length: 6,500 Feet (2,000m) of 8.5 Cable Microduct Size: 8-18mm Ø Basket Diameter: (1,200mm) Micro Cable Fleeter $3, Compressor Aftercooler The Compressor Aftercooler has been designed to cool compressed air and remove water droplets prior to entering a GMP Tornado and JetStream Cable Blowing Machine. The cooler unit is mounted on a tubular steel frame and is complete with pneumatic wheels and transit handle for easy maneuverability. An air driven motor impeller forces cooling air through the Compressor Aftercooler and reduces the temperature of the compressed air by approximately 18 F (10 C). The air motor is driven by compressed air taken from the down stream side of the water separator and passes through a filter-regulator lubricator assembly prior to entering the air motor. OUTSIDE PLANT FIBER PULLERS Compressor Air Cooler $6,

154 DOME ENCLOSURES 4024-D Starfighter Dome Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES The Multilink Starfighter 4024-D Fiber Optic Dome Splice closure is an all parts inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease of assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split end plate for mid access cable applications and an easy to install no special tool sealing system. All major hardware is factory installed to allow for quick field installation. Universal Multicentric* Grommets along with compression style lateral or branch cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy. The 4024-D is a small capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and underground applications. *Multicentric is a Registered Trademark of Mar-Don SPECIFICATIONS Exterior Closure Length Exterior Closure Diameter Cable Entry Express/Feeder Cable Diameter Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter Weight Dome 15.3 (38.9cm) 8.5 (21.59cm) (2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral Max:.75 (19mm) Min:.30 (7.62mm) Max:.63 (16mm) Min:.27 (6.9mm) 6.5 lbs (3kg) Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure with 1 Splice Tray 15.3 L x 8.5 D 6.5 lbs (3kg) Each $ SSTP Splice Tray, 12 Single/24 Ribbon Splice Capacity 6 H x 2.75 W x.75 D.10 blbs Each $15.63 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 154 Part of the Adtell Group

155 DOME ENCLOSURES 4024-D Accessories 4024-D-AHK AERIAL HANGER KIT Stock ID Description 4024-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit Size 1 x 2 x 6 Weight 2 lbs. Material Stainless Steel UOM Pair Price $ D-SS ADSS MOUNTING KIT Stock ID Description 4024-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit Weight 3 lbs. UOM Each Price $ D-SS ADSS WRENCH Stock ID Description COMP Wrench for 3/4 NPT FittingsAluminum Weight 0.5 lbs. UOM Each Price $8.24 A-B C-D E F G H GROMMET INSERTS FOR 3/4 NPT FITTINGS Single 10 Pack # of Ports Description / Size of Cable Wt. Lbs. UOM A (5mm - 6mm) 0.5 Each B (4mm - 5mm) 0.5 Each C (6.1mm - 7.1mm) 0.5 Each D (4mm - 5mm) 0.5 Each E Ob-Round Holes For Flat Drop Cable 0.5 Each F (6.3mm - 7.4mm) 0.5 Each G (6.85mm mm) 0.5 Each H (8.12mm mm) 0.5 Each Call for Pricing 155 OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES

156 DOME ENCLOSURES 4048-D Starfighter Dome Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES The Multilink Starfighter TM 4048D Fiber Optic Dome Splice Closure is an all parts inclusive hermetically sealed splice enclosure designed for ease of assembly and re-entry. The closure is designed with a gasketed split end plate for mid-access cable applications and includes an integrated slack storage basket, interlocking splice trays via a modified keyhole style stacking module, and an easy to install no special tool sealing system. All major hardware is factory installed to allow for quick field installation. Universal Multicentric* Grommets along with compression style lateral or branch cable seals, makes installing the enclosure easy to assemble. The 4048D is a medium capacity closure that can be used in aerial, pedestal, and underground applications. *Multicentric is a Registered Trademark of Mar-Don SPECIFICATIONS 4048-PED Split Based Pedestal Exterior Closure Length 19 Exterior Closure Diameter 8.5 Cable Entry (2) Express / Feeder / (4) Branch or Lateral Express/Feeder Cable Diameter Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter Weight Dome Max:.75 (19mm) Min:.30 (7.62mm) Max:.63 (16mm) Min:.27 (6.9mm) 7.5 lbs. Polyethylene, End Plates - Glass Filled Polypropylene, V-Band - Polypropylene Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure with 1 Splice Tray 19 L x 8.5 D 7.5 Each $ D Starfighter Fiber Optic Dome Splice Enclosure w/ Pedestal 40 L x 10 D 28.5 Each $ SSTP Splice Tray 24 Single/ 48 Ribbon Splice Capacity 9.75 L x 4.5 W x.5 D 0.57 Each $21.06 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 156 Part of the Adtell Group

157 DOME ENCLOSURES 4048-D Accessories 4048-D-AHK AERIAL HANGER KIT Stock ID Description 4048-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit Size 1 x 2 x 6 Weight 2 lbs. Material Stainless Steel UOM Pair Price $ D-W/P WALL/POLE MOUNTING KIT Stock ID Description 4048-D-W/P Wall / Pole Mounting Kit Size 2 x 4 x 15 Weight 2 lbs. Material Steel/Galvanized UOM Each Price $ D-SS ADSS MOUNTING KIT Stock ID Description 4048-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit Weight 3 lbs. UOM Each Price $ D-SS ADSS WRENCH Stock ID Description COMP Wrench for 3/4 NPT Fittings Aluminum Weight 0.5 lbs. UOM Each Price $ D-CAK CABLE ADDITION KIT Stock ID Description 4048-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit Weight 1 lb. UOM Each Price $ D-SS ADSS WRENCH A-B C-D E F G H GROMMET INSERTS FOR 3/4 NPT FITTINGS Stock ID Description 4048-D Slack Rack Steel/Powder Coated, Black Weight 0.5 lbs. UOM Each Price $75.19 Single 10 Pack # of Ports Description / Size of Cable Wt. Lbs. UOM A (5mm - 6mm) 0.5 Each B (4mm - 5mm) 0.5 Each C (6.1mm - 7.1mm) 0.5 Each D (4mm - 5mm) 0.5 Each E Ob-Round Holes For Flat Drop Cable 0.5 Each F (6.3mm - 7.4mm) 0.5 Each G (6.85mm mm) 0.5 Each H (8.12mm mm) 0.5 Each Call for Pricing 157 OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES

158 DOME ENCLOSURES 4000-D Starfighter Dome Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES The Starfighter 4000-D Dome Splice Closure is designed for above or below grade applications and supports up to 6 or more cable entries. The closure has a unique gasketed Split End Plate system that allows for midaccessing cable up to in diameter. Branch or lateral cables can be added to any one of four compression seal entry ports. Multiple cables (up to 6) can also be installed utilizing multi-port grommets available for the closure. The closure requires no special tools, adhesives, or mastics for installation. Integrated slack storage and hinged trays allow for maximum storage and access of fiber and fiber bundles. Splice capacity of 288 single fusion splices using the 4072-SSTP tray 36 splice. Shown With Optional Inner-connect Module Features Completely sealed with compression seal technology Ease in installation requiring no special tools GR-771 and CATV industry compliant Mid-access design for installation over existing cables without disturbing a working cable Can be used for above or below grade applications Capacity: w/ (8) SSTP Single Fusion Splices or Capacity: w/ (8) SSTP Single Fusion Splices RUS Listed Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price D Starfighter Dome Splice Enclosure with one 4072-SSTP Splice Tray 22.0 L x 10.0 D Each $ D Starfighter Dome Splice Enclosure with one 4048-SSTP Splice Tray 4.5 L x D Each $ SSTP 24 Fiber Splice Tray 9.75 L x 4.5 W x 0.5 D 0.57 Each $ SSTP 36 Fiber Splice Tray L x 5.75 W x 0.5 D 0.59 Each $26.84 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 158 Part of the Adtell Group

159 DOME ENCLOSURES 4000-D Accessories 4000-D-AHK AERIAL HANGER KIT Stock ID Description 4000-D-AHK Aerial Hanger Kit Size 1.0 x 2.0 x 6.0 Weight 2 lbs. Material Stainless Steel UOM Pair Price $ D-W/P WALL/POLE MOUNTING KIT Stock ID Description 4000-D-W/P Wall / Pole Mounting Kit Size 2.0 x 4.0 x 24.0 Weight 2 lbs. Material Steel/Galvanized UOM Each Price $ D-SS ADSS MOUNTING KIT Stock ID Description 4000-D-SS ADSS Mounting Kit Weight 3 lbs. UOM Each Price $ D-CAK WRENCH Stock ID Description COMP Wrench for 1 NPT Fittings Weight 0.5 lb. UOM Each Price $ D-CAK CABLE ADDITION KIT Stock ID Description 4000-D-CAK Cable Addition Kit Weight 1 lb. UOM Each Price $17.95 A B C D-E F G H-I J GROMMET INSERTS FOR 1 NPT FITTINGS Single 10 Pack # of Ports Description / Size of Cable Wt. Lbs. UOM A Diameter Cable 0.5 Each B Diameter Cable 0.5 Each C Diameter Cable 0.5 Each D Each E Each F Each G Each H Each I Each J Ob-Round Holes for Flat Drop Cable 0.5 Each Call for Pricing 159 OUTSIDE PLANT DOME ENCLOSURES

160 SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter 1120-F MiniButt 24 Fiber Count/48 Ribbon Count Splice Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter 1120-F MiniButt holds four fiber cables The 1120-F MiniButt Fiber Optic Splice Closure is designed for low count fiber splicing and in areas where space is a constraint. The closure incorporates an integrated gasket to prevent the ingress of water but to allow for ease in access. Patent # Features Supports both Inline or Butt Configurations Lightweight and compact Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of.3 to.63 Suitable for above or below grade installations Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant materials Integrated F pressure testing valve and grounding lugs. Up to 24 single fusion or 48 mass fused fibers Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing applications Capacity: (2) SSTA - 24 Single Fusion Splices RUS Listed Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price 70203K 1120-F Starfighter Minibutt 15 L x 6.5 W x 3 D (38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm) 6.0 Each $ K 1120-F Starfighter Minibutt with One 1120-SSTA Splice Tray 15 L x 6.5 W x 3 D (38cm x 16.5cm x 7.6cm) 6.35 Each $ K 1120-SSTA Aluminum 12 Fiber Splice Tray 7 L x 4.75 W x.50 D 0.35 Each $20.52 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 160 Part of the Adtell Group

161 Starfighter 2000-F SPLICE ENCLOSURES 72 Fiber Count/144 Fiber Ribbon Count Splice Enclosure Starfighter 2000-F holds four fiber cables The Starfighter 2000-F is a medium capacity fiber optic splice closure designed for a majority of splicing applications in above and below grade installations. The closure supports both aluminum and plastic splice trays and is fully gasketed to prevent the ingress of water while allowing for ease in entry. The unit is compact and manufactured with highly impact and corrosion resistant materials. Patent # Patent # Features Supports both Inline or Butt configurations Lightweight and compact Up to four cable entries with cable OD range of.3 to.63 Suitable for above or below grade installations Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant materials Integrated F pressure testing valve and grounding lugs Up to 72 single fusion or 144 mass fused fibers Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing applications Capacity: (3) SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices Capacity: (3) SSTA - 72 Single Fusion Splices RUS Listed Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price 70304K 2000-F Starfighter 24.5 L x 8 W x 5 D (62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm) 9.0 Each $ K 2000-F Starfighter with One 2000-SSTA Splice Tray 24.5 L x 8 W x 5 D (62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm) 9.0 Each $ K 2000-SSTA 24.5 L x 8 W x 5 D (62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm).65 Each $ K 2020-SSTP 24.5 L x 8 W x 5 D (62.2cm x 20.3cm x 12.7cm).54 Each $22.35 OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES 161

162 SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter 3000-F 144 Fiber Count/288 Fiber Ribbon Count Splice Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter 3000-F with a Cable Addition Kit, Holds 8 Cables The Starfighter 3000-F is a high capacity splice closure designed for major splice points in the network. The closure supports both Inline and Butt configurations and is expandable utilizing an optional cable expansion kit. The closure utilizes gasketed sealing along with a patented cable seal which allows for mid-span access to the largest cables. The closure can be used in both above and below grade applications. Patent # Features Mid-access cables up to 1.1 in diameter Supports both Inline or Butt configurations Up to eight cable entries with cable OD range of 0.3 to 1.1 Suitable for above or below grade installations Constructed with impact and corrosion resistant materials Integrated F pressure testing valve and grounding lugs Up to 288 single fusion or 576 mass fused fibers Equipped with all parts required for normal splicing applications Capacity: (6) SSTA Single Fusion Splices Capacity: (6) SSTP Single Fusion Splices Capacity: w/ 3000 CAK (12) Single Fusion Splices RUS Listed Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price A 70575K 3000-F Starfighter 21 L x 8.5 W x 4.5 D (53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm) 10.0 Each $ K K 3000-F Starfighter with SSTA Splice Tray (Not Pictured) 3000-F Starfighter with SSTP Splice Tray (Not Pictured) B 70314K 3000-CAK (Cable Addition Kit) Starfighter K 3000-SSTA K 3030-SSTP 21 L x 8.5 W x 4.5 D (53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm) 21 L x 8.5 W x 4.5 D (53.3cm x 21.6cm x 11.4cm) 21 L x 8.5 W x 7.5 D (53cm x 21.5cm x 19cm) 21 L x 8.5 W x 7.5 D (53cm x 21.5cm x 19cm) 21 L x 8.5 W x 7.5 D (53cm x 21.5cm x 19cm) 10.0 Each $ Each $ Each $ Each $ Each $24.08 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 162 Part of the Adtell Group

163 SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter Mounting Hardware For use with 1120F, 2000F & 3000F 1100-A AERIAL HANGER BRACKETS Stock ID 70800K Description 1100-A Aerial Hanger Brackets UOM Pair Price $ SS ADSS MOUNTING KIT Stock ID 71241K Description 1100-SS ADSS Mounting Kit UOM Each Price $ W WALL/POLE MOUNTING BRACKETS Stock ID 70307K Description 1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets UOM Pair Price $ T STANDARD TAP BRACKET Stock ID Description 1100-T Standard Tap Bracket UOM Each Price $3.95 OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES 163

164 SPLICE ENCLOSURES Starfighter Optical Terminal Enclosure Multilink s Fiber To The Home Splice Enclosure OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES The OTE (Optical Terminal Enclosure) is designed to support the splicing of optical drops and traditional splicing in aerial, pole, or wall mount applications. The unit is an inline enclosure with four ports on each end for a total of eight ports. The OTE is constructed of a durable and impact resistant polyethylene material specifically formulated for outside plant environments. The unit can support express cabling as well as the addition of branch or lateral cabling. When used as a drop splicing enclosure, the OTE will support a variety of drop designs and provide the environmental sealing and strain relief required. The unit is rectangular with a hinged access cover. Up to 36 drops can be supported in FTTH applications. The enclosure is supplied with all of the hardware required to seal and secure the express/feeder cables, and a (12) fiber splice tray. SPECIFICATIONS Cable Entry Ports Express/Feeder Cable Diameter Branch/Lateral Cable Diameter Standard Splice Trays Standard Cables (2) Express Feeder, (6) Branch Lateral, or Multiport* Max /Min Max /Min (Enclosure comes equipped with 1 Tray) 2 (Express Feeder) FTTH/Lateral Ports 6 Ports (Up to 36 Individual Drops) Standard Single Splices 48 Drop Seals or other cable seal kits, see ordering information *Multiport Cable Seals are available to support up to 36 fiber drops for FTTH Applications Features Enclosure utilizes easy to assemble cable sealing and retention system. No special tools required. Fully kitted to reduce ordering of numerous parts or kits. Reduces operating costs by allowing customers to purchase additional capacity only when needed. Reduces closure inventory. The enclosure is suitable for a wide variety of above grade installation and mounting applications. Meets industry specifications. Universal above grade optical fiber splicing and termination capability. High impact resistant and UV resistant thermoplastic for long life. Fully securable with integrated locking features. Supports PON components as well as optical connectorized terminations. Provides all in one sealing and strain relief of individual drops. Can support up to 36 individual drops. Mid-access capable for cables up to in diameter. Separate and securable Network and Distribution compartments. Stock ID Description Dimensions Boxed UOM Price Starfighter OTE Optical Termination Enclosure (Basic Enclosure) 18.5 L x 6 D x 11.5 H 10 lbs. Each $ SSTP Splice Tray - - Each $21.06 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 164 Part of the Adtell Group

165 SPLICE ENCLOSURES Multilink Fiber To The Home Mounting Hardware WALL/POLE MOUNTING BRACKET Stock ID Description Wall/Pole Mounting Bracket w/ Mounting Screws Weight 3 lbs. Material Steel, Powder Coated Black UOM Each Price $ NTP DOME FITTING Stock ID Description 1 NPT Dome Fitting-Includes. Insert for Size Diameter Cable Material Plastic UOM Each Price $7.42 ADSS MOUNTING BRACKET KIT Stock ID Description ADSS Mounting Bracket Kit UOM Each Price $31.42 OTE CABLE ADDITION KIT Stock ID Description OTE Cable Addition Kit for Branch or Lateral Cable Additions, UOM Each Price $26.15 AERIAL HANGER BRACKET KIT Stock ID Description Aerial Hanger Bracket Kit Material Stainless Steel UOM Pair Price $22.42 A B C D-E F G H-I J K GROMMET INSERTS FOR 1 NPT FITTINGS Single 10 Pack # of Holes Description / Size of Cable Weight Lbs. UOM A Diameter Cable.5 Each B Diameter Cable.5 Each C Diameter Cable.5 Each D Each E Each F Each G Each H Each I Each J Ob-Round Holes for Flat Drop Cable.5 Each K NA 1-SC Scout Adapter/ ( SC Outdoors ).2 Each 165 OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICE ENCLOSURES

166 SNO SHOES Plastic Sno-Shoe Fiber Optic Storage Bracket SLACK STORAGE DEVICES OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe has been designed with two purposes in mind. The first is to store additional lengths of fiber along the strand for later use. The second is to act as a safeguard, protecting the minimum bend radius of the fiber optic cable while establishing proper installation practices. The Multilink Plastic Sno-Shoe is a durable and cost effective tool for storing fiber optic cable in the air! Features The plastic material design makes the Sno-Shoe non-conductive. Built-in user friendly design features include: 1) Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool installation. 2) The captive design of the Patented Cable Trough allows the installer to simply lay the cable in the trough, leaving both hands free to secure the cable unit. 3) Stackability: The plastic Sno-Shoe can be stacked in multiple cable configurations to accommodate additional fiber mount tiering. 4) The multiple slots in the Patented Cable Trough allow you to secure the cable with either heavy duty tie-wraps or stainless steel straps. These slots also allow you to secure additional cable to the unit in expansion situations without having to remove any of the previously installed cable from the unit and also allows for water and ice drainage. Benefits Prevents microbends in fiber optic cable Provides consistency and regularity in fiber optic loops Solution to spacing problems on poles Eliminates costly storage vaults. Will not harm fibers 20 year pro-rated Warranty RUS Listed The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 166 Part of the Adtell Group

167 SNO SHOES Plastic Sno-Shoe Fiber Optic Storage Bracket SLACK STORAGE DEVICES Application 1 Strand Storage Installation Application 2 Butt Splice Installation Material / Application Specifications Outstanding low temperature characteristics, low temperature impact to -40º F Excellent coefficient of deflection factor, the molecular structure stays constant throughout every stage of the climate extremes 100% carbon filled: UV light will not degrade the impact characteristics. Will not fade due to exposure to UV light Patent # / Patent # D450,0425 Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price 71211K 2110-SSPTB 10 Plastic Sno-Shoe with Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K 2116-SSPTB 16 Plastic Sno-Shoe with Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K 2121-SSPTB 21 Plastic Sno-Shoe with Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K Stacking Kit Option for Plastic Sno-Shoe - - Each $ K 1100-W Wall/Pole Mounting Brackets $7.81 OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES 167

168 SNO SHOES Plastic Sno-Shoe ADSS Fiber Optic Storage Bracket SLACK STORAGE DEVICES OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES New for all dielectric self supporting cable! The Multilink Plastic ADSS Sno-Shoe has been designed with two purposes in mind. The first is to eliminate the need for slack storage vaults and allow for ADSS slack to be stored aerial for later use. The second is to act as a safeguard, protecting the minimum bend radius of the fiber optic cable while establishing proper installation practices. The Multilink Plastic ADSS Sno-Shoe is a durable and cost effective tool for storing fiber optic cable in the air! Features The plastic material design makes the Sno-Shoe non-conductive. Built-in user friendly design features include: 1) Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool installation. 2) The captive design of the Patented Cable Trough allows the installer to simply lay the cable in the trough, leaving both hands free to secure the cable unit. 3) Stackability: the plastic Sno-Shoe can be stacked in multiple cable configurations to accommodate additional fiber mount tiering. 4) The multiple slots in the Patented Cable Trough allow you to secure the cable with either heavy duty tie-wraps or stainless steel straps. These slots also allow you to secure additional cable to the unit in expansion situations without having to remove any of the previously installed cable from the unit and also allows for water and ice drainage. Benefits Prevents microbends in fiber optic cable Provides consistency and regularity in fiber optic loops Solution to spacing problems on poles Eliminates costly storage vaults. Will not harm fibers 20 year pro-rated Warranty RUS Listed The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 168 Part of the Adtell Group

169 SNO SHOES Plastic Sno-Shoe ADSS Fiber Optic Storage Bracket SLACK STORAGE DEVICES (ADDS Saddle brackets shown mounted to Sno-Shoe for illustration only Material / Application Specifications Outstanding low temperature characteristics, low temperature impact to -40º F. Excellent coefficient of deflection factor, the molecular structure stays constant throughout every stage of the climate extremes. 100% carbon filled, UV light will not degrade the impact characteristics. Will not fade due to exposure to UV light. Patent # / Patent # D450,0425 OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price 71220K 2110-SSPSS 10 Plastic Sno-Shoe with ADSS Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K 2116-SSPSS 16 Plastic Sno-Shoe with ADSS Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K 2121-SSPSS 21 Plastic Sno-Shoe with ADSS Mounting Bracket and Hardware Each $ K 2111-SSPK Stacking Kit for Plastic Sno-Shoe Each $

170 SNO SHOES Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe SLACK STORAGE DEVICES Fiber Optic Cable Storage Bracket 16 adjustable with Strand mount hardware OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES Shown as a wall mounted application The Multilink Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe has been designed for slack storage at 90 degree location where the pole turns a corner. The 16 (40.6cm) diameter circle design allows two half circle units to be installed on the strand. The half circle design can be adjusted to the desired coil length. The wide channel allows for the coil to be wrapped numerous times. The Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe can be adjusted to a captive length of or it can be separated to a desired length without being captive. In addition, the Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe still serves as a safeguard, protecting the minimum bend radius of the fiber optic cable while establishing proper installation practices. The Multilink Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe is a durable and cost effective tool for storing fiber optic cable. Features The plastic material design makes the Sno-Shoe non-conductive. Built-in user friendly design features include: 1) Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool installation. 2) The captive design of the Patented Cable Trough allows the installer to simply lay the cable in the trough, leaving both hands free to secure the cable unit. 3) Stackability: the plastic Sno-Shoe can be stacked in multiple cable configurations to accommodate additional fiber mount tiering. 4) The multiple slots in the Patented Cable Trough allow you to secure the cable with either heavy duty tie-wraps or stainless steel straps. These slots also allow you to secure additional cable to the unit in expansion situations without having to remove any of the previously installed cable from the unit and also allows for water and ice drainage. Benefits Prevents micro bends in fiber optic cable Provides consistency and regularity in fiber optic loops Solution to spacing problems on poles Eliminates costly storage vaults. Will not harm fibers 20 year pro-rated Warranty RUS Listed The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 170 Part of the Adtell Group

171 SNO SHOES Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe SLACK STORAGE DEVICES Fiber Optic Cable Storage Bracket METAL BAND OR TIE WRAP CABLES 7/8 2 1/4 24 is dual sided for more storage Optional 18 and 48-inch extensions are available Shown with extensions installed A B C D Pole Mount Strand Mount Wall Mount Rack Mount Radii 8 12 Length Channel Width Channel Depth Patent # Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price A 71240K 2116-SAPTBP 16 Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe Pole Mount Version w/ 6 Unistrut Each $ A 71261K 2124-SAPTBR 24 Sno-Shoe with Pole Mounting Kit Each $ B 71255K 2116-SAPTBS 16 Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe with Strand Mount Hardware Each $71.29 B 71225K 2116-SAPSS 16 Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe with ADSS Hardware Each $88.01 B 71258K 2124-SAPTB 24 Sno-Shoe with Strand Mounting Kit Each $ C 71236K 2116-SAPTBW 16 Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe Wall Mount Version Each $79.11 C 71263K 2124-SAPTBW 24 Sno-Shoe with Wall Mounting Kit Each $ C (46cm) Extensions with Additional Hardware for Adjustable Sno-Shoes Pair $14.21 C (122cm) Extension with Additional Hardware for Adjustable Sno-Shoes Pair $26.15 C 71301K 2111-SSPK, Stacking Kit - - Each $8.68 D 71239K 2116-SAPTBR 16 Plastic Adjustable Sno-Shoe Rack Mount Version Each $79.11 OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES 171

172 SNO SHOES Plastic Mini Sno-Shoe For Drop Fiber Optic Cable SLACK STORAGE DEVICES Stackable for multiple cable storage OUTSIDE PLANT SNO SHOES Mini Sno-Shoe shown in vault The Multilink Mini Plastic Sno-Shoe was designed to store slack drop fiber optic cable. This unit can be used aerially, wall mounted, or used in a vault to neatly store excess cable. It protects a minimum bend radius of 3.5 (8.89cm). Features The plastic material design makes the Sno-Shoe non-conductive. Built-in user friendly design features include: 1) Countersunk nut wells for easy one tool installation. 2) The captive design of the Patented Cable Trough allows the installer to simply lay the cable in the trough, leaving both hands free to secure the cable unit. 3) Stackability: the plastic Sno-Shoe can be stacked in multiple cable configurations to accommodate additional fiber mount tiering. 4) The multiple slots in the Patented Cable Trough allow you to secure the cable with either heavy duty tie-wraps or stainless steel straps. These slots also allow you to secure additional cable to the unit in expansion situations without having to remove any of the previously installed cable from the unit and also allows for water and ice drainage. Benefits Prevents microbends in fiber optic cable Provides consistency and regularity in fiber optic loops Solution to spacing problems on poles Eliminates costly storage vaults. Will not harm fibers 20 year pro-rated Warranty Patent Pending Stock ID Description Dimensions Wt. Lbs. UOM Price VASSB 7 Round Sno-Shoe w/ Aerial Mtg Hardware Each $ VASSB 7 Round Sno-Shoe w/o Hardware ( Vault Application ) Each $ Tap Bracket Kit Each $5.67 The Fiber Optic Marketplace LLC 172 Part of the Adtell Group

173 MEDIA CONVERTERS & ETHERNET SWITCHES TX TO FX MEDIA CONVERTERS 10/100BASE-TX TO 100BASE-FX The 1100 series are our most popular media converters. Featuring one fiber port with SC, ST or FC connector and one twisted pair port with a RJ-45 Connector. Usable as a stand-alone unit or as a slide in module to the 19 converter rack (14 bays) for use in a central wiring cabinet. At the speed and price our 1100 units can t be beat. Standards: IEEE802.3u 100Base-TX/FX UTP Cable: Cat. 5 cable and up to 100m Fiber Cable: 50/125, 62.5/125 or 100/140m MM 8.3/125, 8.7/125, 9/125 or 10/125 µm SM 100Mbps auto-duplex-negotiation Data Transfer: 100Mbps for half-duplex mode 200Mbps for full-duplex mode Ambient Temp: 0~50 C Humidity: 5-90% Dimension: 140mm x 110mm x 30mm (Inner power supply) 94mm x 70mm x 26mm(External power supply) Certification: ROHS, CE Mark 1000BASE-TX TO 1000BASE-FX FOM-2100 Series Gigabit Media Converter supports two types of media for network connection such as 1000Base-TX and 1000Base-SX/LX fiber. Standards: IEEE802.3z AB 1000Base-T, 1000Base-SX/LX UTP Cable: Cat. 5 cable and up to 100m Fiber Cable: 1000 SX: 50/125, 62.5/125 or 100/140µm MM 1000 LX: 8.3/125, 8.7/125, 9/125 or 10/125µm SM Fiber: 1000 Full-duplex at Auto or Force-mode Data Transfer: 2000Mbps for Full-duplex at 1000Mbps Speed Ambient Temp: 0~50 C Humidity: 5-90% Dimension: 26.2mm x 81mm x 105mm Certification: ROHS, CE Mark 10/100/1000BASE-TX TO 1000BASE-FX With link fault pass through (LFP) in TX/FX converter application, link status on one port is propagated to the other port to notice the remote nodes. In addition, both converters will be with forced mode on the TP port and with SC fiber port. Standards: IEEE Base-T, IEEE802.3u 100Base-TX, IEEE802.3z/ab 1000Base-T, IEEE802.3x full-duplex flow control, 1000Base-SX/LX UTP Cable: Cat. 5 cable and up to 100m Fiber Cable: 1000 SX: 50/125, 62.5/125 or 100/140µm MM 1000 LX: 8.3/125, 8.7/125, 9/125 or 10/125µm SM Data Transfer: 2000Mbps for Full-duplex at 1000Mbps Speed Ambient Temp: 0~50 C Humidity: 5-90% Dimension: 26.2mm x 81mm x 105mm Certification: ROHS, CE Mark ETHERNET SWITCHES Features 2 or 4 port 10/100M RJ-45 1 port 100Base-Fx (singlemode/multimode/wdm) optical port 10/100M auto-negotiation, maximum speed to 20/200M (full-duplex) Supports IEE 802.3z full-duplex flow control & back pressure half-duplex flow control Supports MAC self-learning Automatic MDI/MDI-X configuration LED status of FX TX1, TX2, TX3, TX4 link and power on diagnosis function MC-1102M Multimode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 3 db, 2KM $ MC-1125S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 0.5 db, 25KM $ MC-1140S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 0.5 db, 40KM $ MC-1160S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 0.5 db, 60KM $ MC-11100S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1550nm, 0.25 db, 100KM $ MC-2100M Multimode RJ45/SC, 850nm, 3 db,.5km $ MC-2120S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 0.5 db, 20KM $ MC-2180S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1550nm (DFB), 0.25 db, 80KM $ MC-2200M Multimode RJ45/SC, 850nm, 3 db,.5km $ MC-2220S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1310nm, 0.5 db, 20KM $ MC-2280S Singlemode RJ45/SC, 1550nm (DFB), 0.25 db, 80KM $ ES-1100M2 ES-1125S2 2 port 10/100Mbps, 1XSC Multimode Fiber Switch 2 port 10/100Mbps, 1X SC Singlemode 25KM Fiber Switch $ $ ACTIVE COMPONENTS CONVERTERS & SWITCHES

174 MEDIA CONVERTERS & ETHERNET SWITCHES SINGLEMODE AND MULTIMODE MEDIA CONVERTERS The 100M Single and Multi-Mode Converter conducts the transparent conversion between the media of single and multi-mode optical fiber. It may switch over among 850nm, 1310nm multi-mode fiber (2km) and 1310, 1550nm single mode fiber (120km) and support 100m quick Ethernet. It is widely used in the interlinking and data communication fields of LAN and WAN and the single unit may be used for the single and multi-mode conversion. ACTIVE COMPONENTS CONVERTERS & SWITCHES Standards: Fiber Cable: Data Transfer: Ambient Temp: UNMANAGED 14/16-SLOT CHASSIS This multi-media converter chassis is designed to accommodate 14 or 16 slide-in modules of various type of media converter at a central location for multiple segment cross connection. Users can transparently link backbone equipment such as switches, routers to LAN workgroup segments. Because each channel operates independently, new modules may be added as required. This flexibility allows the unit to grow with the network. Conforms to the IEEE802.3u 100BASE-TX/FX FX connectors are all SC 2000Mbps for Full-duplex at 1000Mbps Speed 0-65 C Humidity: 5-90% Dimension: Typical Application 94mm x 70mm x 26mm MC-1020MS25 Multimode to Singlemode, 1310/1550, SC, 2KM/120KM MC-2020MS Multimode to Singlemode, 850/1310, SC, 500m/0-80KM Other configurations and distances available upon request 16-Slot Unmanaged Media Converter Chassis $ $ Standards IEEE802.3u 10/100Base-FX Slot Capacity 14 or 16 Slots for Modular Media converter (Per slot DC Power Output: + 5VDC) Ambient Temperature 0~50C Humidity 5~90% Dimension 90(H) x 424(W) X 230(D) mm (mountable for 19-inch rack) MC-16AC Unmanaged 16-Slot Chassis for Modular Media converter, 100~240VAC Power Input, AC-DC Redundant Dual power $ MC-14AC Unmanaged 14-Slot Chassis for Modular Media converter, 100~240VAC Power Input, AC-DC Redundant Dual power $ MC-16DC Unmanaged 16-Slot Chassis for Modular Media converter, 4-8VDC Power Input, Telecom DC-DC Redundant Dual power $ MC-14DC Unmanaged 14-Slot Chassis for Modular Media converter, 4-8VDC Power Input, Telecom DC-DC Redundant Dual power $ Purchase Fully Loaded Chassis - Call For Details 174

175 SMALL FORM PLUGGABLES SMALL FORM PLUGGABLES Small Form Pluggables (SFPs) are used for both telecommunication and data communication applications. Fiber optic transceivers are a popular industry format jointly developed and supported by many network component vendors. They are designed to interface a network device motherboard, such as a switch, router, media converter, or similar device, to a fiber optic or copper networking cable They come in a variety of form factors specified by a multi-source agreement. Fiber optic transceiver is an important device in the optical fiber communication systems, which can be performed between the photoelectric signal conversion, with the receiving and transmitting functions. The fiber optic module is typically composed by the optoelectronic devices, the functional circuit and the optical interface, the optoelectronic device includes a transmitter and receiver in two parts. GLC GLC SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended Cisco Series switching devices. This SFP optical transceiver is designed for IEEE Gigabit Ethernet interconnects and is designed to be compliant with SFF-8472 SFP Multi-source Agreement (MSA). This module is designed for single mode simplex fiber and operates at a nominal transmit wavelength of 1310nm and nominal receive wavelength of 1490nm. SFP SFP SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended CISCO switching devices. This SFP module is based on the 10G Ethernet IEEE 802.3ae standard and is designed to be compliant with the SFF-8431 SFP Multi-source Agreement (MSA). This module is designed for multimode fiber and operates at a nominal wavelength of 1310nm up to 220M WS WS SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended Cisco Series switching devices. This GBIC module is based on the Gigabit Ethernet IEEE and 1000Base-T standard and is designed to be compliant with GBIC Rev 5.5 specifications. This module is designed for copper wire cabling up to 100 meters. GLC-BX-D 1000Base-BX TX/1310 RX Cisco Comp $ GLC-BX-U 1000Base-BX TX/1490 RX Cisco Comp $ GLC-EX-SMD 1000BaseEX SM E-Temp 1310 DOM Cisco Comp $ GLC-LH-SM GE SFP LC/UPC LX/LH Cisco Compatible $56.67 GLC-LH-SMD 1000Base-LX SFP SM E-Temp DOM Cisco Comp $76.67 GLC-SX-MM GE SFP LC/UPC SX Cisco Compatible $43.33 GLC-SXMMD 1000Base-SX SFP MM E-Temp DOM Cisco Comp $63.33 GLC-T 10/100/1000Base SFP Transceiver (RJ45) $73.33 GLC-ZX-SM GE SFP LC/UPC ZX Cisco Compatible $ GLC-ZX-SMD 1000BaseZX SM E-Temp 1550 DOM Cisco Comp $ SFP-10G-ER 10GBase-ER SFP+ SM Cisco Compatible $1, SFP-10G-LR 10GBase-LR SFP+ SM Cisco Compatible $3, SFP-10G-LRM-TPC SFP 10GBASE-LRM SFP+ Module MMF and SMF $ SFP-10G-SR 10GBaase-SR SFP+ MM Cisco Compatible $ SFP-10G-ZR 10GBase-ZR SFP+ SM Cisco Compatible $2, SFP-LX-SM-0220 SFP 1.25G, 1310nm, 20km, LC, SM, Duplex $60.00 WS-C2950G-12-EI Cisco 2900 Series 12x RJ45 2x GBIC Swith $9.00 WS-G Base-T GBIC Cisco Compatible $76.67 X2 X2 SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended Cisco Series switching devices. This X2 optical transceiver is designed for IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-ER interconnects and is compliant with the X2 Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) Specification. This module is designed for single mode fiber and operates at a nominal wavelength of 1550nm up to 40KM XENPAK XENPAK SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended Cisco Series switching devices. This XENPAK optical transceiver is designed for IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-ER interconnects and is compliant with the XENPAK Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) Specification. This module is designed for single mode fiber and operates at a nominal wavelength of 1550nm up to 40KM. XFP XFP SFPs are programmed to be fully compatible and functional with all intended CISCO switching devices. This XFP optical transceiver is designed for IEEE 802.3ae 10GBASE-ER, 10GBASEEW, 10GFC and OC-192/STM-64 interconnects and is compliant with the XFP Multi-Source Agreement (MSA) Specification. This module is designed for single mode fiber and operates at a nominal wavelength of 1550nm up to 40KM. WS-G Base-SX GBIC MM Cisco Compatible $50.00 WS-G Base-LX/LH GBIC SM/MM Cisco Comp $56.67 WS-G5486-C 1000Base-LX/LH GBIC SM/MM Cisco $55.00 WS-G Base-ZX GBIC SM Cisco Compatible $ X2-10GB-ER 10GBase-ER X2 SM Cisco Compatible $1, X2-10GB-LR 10GBase-LR X2 SM Cisco Compatible $ X2-10GB-SR 10GBase-SR X2 MM Cisco Compatible $ X2-10GB-T 10GBase-T X2 CAT6A/CAT7 Cisco Compatible $ X2-10GB-ZR 10GBase-ZR X2 SM Cisco Compatible $2, XENPAK-10GB-ER 10GBase-ER XENPAK Cisco Compatible $1, XENPAK-10GB-LR 10GBase-LR XENPAK Cisco Compatible $ XENPAK-10GB-SR 10GBase-SR XENPAK Cisco Compatible $ XENPAK-10GB-ZR 10GBase-ZR XENPAK Cisco Compatible $3, XFP-10GER192IR XFP 10GBase-ER/OC/STM-64 IR-2 Cisco Comp $1, XFP-10GER192IRP XFP 10GBase-ER/OC/STM-64 IR-2 Cisco Comp $1, XFP-10GLR192SR XFP 10GBase-LR/OC/STM-64 SR-1 Cisco Comp $ XFP-10G-MM-SR 10GBase-SR XFP MM Cisco Compatible $ XFP-10GZR-OC192 XFP 10GBase-ZR/OC/STM-64 LR-2 Cisco Comp $2, ACTIVE COMPONENTS CONVERTERS & SWITCHES 175

176 WAVEREADY MODULE SHELVES WAVEREADY U, TWO MODULE SHELF ACTIVE COMPONENTS WaveReady Module Shelves The VIAVI WaveReady 3100 is a 1U, two-slot, rack-mount shelf that is ideally suited for remote terminal and stand-alone network applications. The WaveReady 3100 provides power, monitoring, cooling, and management for all available WaveReady 3000-series modules. The remote management capabilities of the unit lowers support costs while its low profile (1.75 inches) reduces space requirements, thus lowering operating expenditures. Its daisy-chaining capability offers pay-as-you-grow transition path up to fivemodule systems. This approach allows service providers to plan their capital expenditures in line with their budgets and customer demands. External interfaces on the backplane include a standard five-position terminal block, a DB-25 connector for aggregated major and minor alarm relays, one sensor input for each module, three DB-15 connectors for inter-shelf connection, and an RJ45 Ethernet connector for management connectivity. Power is supplied through a standard five-position terminal block for the DC version and IEC320 cables for the AC version. Parameter DMS-3100DC004 (DC) DMS-3100AC002 (AC) Electrical Characteristics DC supply voltage DMS-3100DC004 DMS-3100AC002 WAVEREADY U, TWO MODULE SHELF WAVEREADY U, TWO MODULE SHELF -48 V DC standard five-position terminal block located on the rear of unit AC power supply N/A AC power is supplied through two IEC 320 cables connected to rear of shelf Size IU high (19-in config.) HxWxL 1.75 x 17.4 x 11.8 in 1.75 x 17.4 x 17 in Weight Empty 4.1 lb 7.0 lb Weight with two modules 6.6 lb 9.5 lb Environmental Characteristics Operating Temp. -5 to 55 C 0 to 40 C Storage Temp. -40 to 85 C -40 to 85 C Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5 to 95% 5 to 95% Interface Configuration Local and remote management Alarms Front panel DB-15 connectors for inter-shelf connection and communication. Subtending cable included. RS232/DB-9 connector on front panel of optional WaveReady communications module for craft management of modules in the shelf or suspending shelves. RJ45 Ethernet connector on backplane enabled when a WaveReady Communications Module is installed in the shelf or a parent shelf. Dry contact on individual WaveReady modules. Relays open under normal operation. Relays closed when power is off and alarm is active. DB-25 connector on the backplane for aggregated major alarm relays and sensor input for each module. Seven LEDs: Fan 1 (fan status); Fan 2 (fan status); DC Power A (power supply A); DC power B (power supply B); Shelf 1 (shelf configuration); Shelf 2 (shelf configuration); Shelf 3 (shelf configuration). $1, $2, ADDITIONAL PARTS DMS-3100FAN02 DMS-3100AF000 DMS-3100AFR00 DMS-3100-PWR02 DMS-3100-PWR03 DMS-3100-PWR04 FAN MODULE N/A REPLACEMENT AIR FILTER KIT (FILTER AND HARDWARE) REPLACEMENT AIR FILTERS 110 V AC TO -48 V DC POWER SUPPLY (1.25) FOR USE WITH DMS-31000DC002 SHELF 90 TO 264 V AC, Hz to -48 dc power supply, continental Europe power plug for use with DMS-3100DC004 shelf 90 TO 264 V AC, Hz to -48 dc power supply, Great Britain power plug for use with DMS-3100DC004 shelf *CALL FOR PRICING* 176

177 14 slot Platform WaveReady 3500-F The WaveReady 3500-F is a fan-cooled optical provisioning platform targeted for metro access/edge and Inter-Office Fiber (IOF) applications. It accommodates up to 13 WaveReady modules managed by a WaveReady communications module in slot C. The WaveReady 3500-F supports a broad range of WaveReady modules including the WSH-200 series transponders,wsh-500 series any-rate transponders,wrt-700 series multirate transponders, with and without protection, and single channel and multichannel DWDM amplifiers. It also supports DWDM and CWDM mux/ demux cassettes and or one, two-, or four-channel OADM cassettes. The WaveReady 3500-F provides power, cooling and a communications bus for all modules in the shelf. The communications module handles monitoring, management and configuration of each module in the shelf. This design reduces installation time for individual WaveReady modules. WAVEREADY MODULE SHELVES External interfaces include a standard five-position terminal block, two 25-pin DB-25 connectors for aggregated major and minor alarm relays, and sense inputs for each module. The WaveReady communications module allows local and remote management through a DB-9/RS-232 port on the front panel and three RJ-45 Ethernet connectors. Both TL1 and SNMP based management are supported. The WaveReady 3500-F comes configured for installation in 19-inch, 23-inch, or ETSI telecommunication racks. Minimum Typical Maximum Electrical Characteristics DC supply voltage Redundant, -48V, front access Power connectors Standard four-position terminal block, -48V, on the front, right-hand side of the shelf Fuses Two 12 A indicating Overall power dissipation Fan unit W Fully populated shelf W 330 W Cooling Provided through a fan tray with six replaceable fans located at the top shelf. The cooling unit allows a power dissipation of 20 W per slot Power cables 14 AWG - 12AWG Physical Dimensions 19 in. configuration - 7U high - Size (H x W x L) 31.1 x 44 x 28 cm (12.2 x 17.4 x 11 in) Weight empty 9.5 kg (21 lbs) Weight fully populated with WaveReady 34 kg (75 lbs) Fan weight 1.8 kg (4 lbs) Capacity One communications module in slot C., Thirteen WaveReady modules in slots 1 to 13 Environmental Characteristics Operating ambient Temp -5 C - 55 C Storage Temp -40 C - 85 C Relative humidity (non-condensing) 5% - 95% DMS-3500FSE03 WaveReady 3500-F 14 slot Platform *CALL FOR PRICING* ACTIVE COMPONENTS WaveReady Module Shelves 177

178 PACKETLIGHT MODULE SHELVES 10G WDM SOLUTIONS - PL U Metro DWDM Platform The PL-1000 is a carrier class leading 1U Metro DWDM platform, for transport of 10G Data, Voice and Storage Applications, over dark fiber and WDM networks. PL-1000 is designed primarily to address the growing needs for high data capacity applications such as IPTV, Triple play and NGN which needs to be transported over the same existing or new fiber infrastructures. The PL-1000 s capabilities, dimensions and competitive cost make it the ideal solution for evolving metro Ethernet networks, enterprise networks, campus environments and central office connectivity. The PL-1000 supports up to 4 high-speed 10G services. Each service is configured independently, using PacketLight s user-friendly Web-based management tool. Additionally, by stacking multiple PL-1000, customers can expand 4 wavelengths to up to 32 wavelength thus achieving high level of scalability and low initial investment in a pay-as-you grow architecture. ACTIVE COMPONENTS Packetlight Module Shelves SPECIFICATIONS System Topology Transport Network Medium Software Upgrade Protection Product Options Point-to-Point, Ring, Linear ADM Metro CWDM/DWDM / Dark Fiber Traffic Hitless dual image 1+1 Facility Transponder 850/1310nm to DWDM, 3R, 2/4 wavelengths Mux & Demux 850/1310nm to DWDM, 3R, Transponder + Booster Amp 2/4 wavelengths Mux Demux, 1/2 EDFA (Booster, Pre-Amp) Regenerator DWDM to DWDM 3R, 4 wavelengths 2 X Mux & 2 X Demux & 2 X EDFA DWDM Link Link Attenuation <4dB (Mux + DeMux) Optical Supervisory Channel 1490nm, 1510nm Optical Reach 40, 80, 120, 200Km Optical Power Output -1dBm (min) to +2dBm (max) Sensitivity -24dBm APD, -18dBm PIN Optical Monitoring Tx & Rx power Wavelength ITU-T G Ch15-60, 100GHz spacing Environmental Operating Temperature -5 C to 50 C (+23 F to+122 F) Humidity 5% to 85% RHI Physical Dimensions Mounting 19, ETSI and 23 Weight 5.5Kg (Max) Size (HxWxD) (1RU) 1.77 x x 9.05 (44 mm x 440 mm x 230 mm) Features Up to 4x10G protected services Flexible multirate Multi-Mode (MM) or Single Mode (SM) interfaces support 10G Eth WAN/LAN, STM64/OC192, OTN (OTU-2), 10G FC Two embedded Optical Supervisory Channels (OSC) for management Performance monitoring for STM64/OC192, 10G FC and 10G Eth WAN/LAN Integrated Mux/Demux and Optical Amplifier (EDFA) Mapping 10G Eth and STM64/OC192 services into OTN (OTU-2) Dual pluggable AC or DC power supplies and FAN unit Ring, point to point and regeneration topologies 1+1 facility protection Web GUI and SNMP and EMS management as well as 3rd party SNMP tools FOM-PL G WDM Solutions - PL-1000 *CALL FOR PRICING* 178

179 PACKETLIGHT MODULE SHELVES 1G/2G/4G FC & FICON, ESCON, GBE All-in-One Compact 1U Chassis PL-1000E is a unique, all-in-one optical product supporting 8G FC, 10G, and sub-10g services. PacketLight solution is unprecedented with its rich feature set, Cost Effective, compact 1U chassis with low power consumption. PL- 1000E is a leading CWDM/DWDM platform that provides maximum flexibility and scalability for fiber optic connectivity, it combines variety of services. PL-1000E allows to expand to 10G services by simply adding the needed pluggable optic modules (XFPs). This architecture provides true scalability at minimum possible cost. The PL-1000E supports the full spectrum of FC protocol rates: 1Gbps, 2Gbps, 4Gbps, 8Gbps and 10Gbps. Together with its extremely low latency, low power consumption, small foot print (1U, ETSI) and affordable cost PL-1000E is best in class CWDM/DWDM solution for connecting two data centers or back up sites. The PL-1000E is designed to support point-to-point, Linear ADM and Ring topologies with Facility protection. The PL-1000E is a highly integrated device, incorporating Mux/ DeMux, EDFA and optical switch for both its transponder and regenerator modes, also enabling simple and cost effective upgrade of existing infrastructure to carry any type service. SPECIFICATIONS System Topology Transport Network Medium Protection Product Options Transponder Transponder + Amp Muxponder Optical Switch CWDM Link Wavelength Optical Supervisory Channel Optical Reach Optical Output Power Sensitivity Optical Monitoring Link Attenuation DWDM Link Wavelength Optical Supervisory Channel Optical Monitoring Optical Output Power Sensitivity Optical Reach Link Attenuation Environmental Operating Temperature Humidity Physical Dimensions Point-to-point, Ring, Linear ADM Dual or Single Fiber Metro CWDM, DWDM & Dark Fiber 1+1 Facility 850/1310nm to C/DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux & Demux 850/1310nm to DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux Demux, 1 EDFA (Booster, Pre-Amp) 4x GbE 850/1310nm 1+1 OTS Facility Protection ITU-T G nm 20nm spacing For 8 Channels- 1310nm, 1330nm For 16 Channels- 1270nm, 1290nm 120Km for 1.25Gbps, 80Km up to 4.25Gbps, 0dBm (min) to +5dBm (max) -28dBm APD, -18dBm PIN Tx & Rx power <4dB (Mux + DeMux) ITU-T G Channels 15-60, 100GHz spacing 1490nm, 1510nm Tx & Rx power Sub 10G: 0dBm (min) to +4dBm (max) 8/10G: -1dBm (min) to +2dBm (max) Up to 2.66Gbps: -28 dbm APD 4/8/10G: -24dBm APD, -14dBm PIN 400Km for 1.25Gbps, 200Km for 2.66Gbps, 80Km for 4.25Gbps/8.5Gbps, 120km for 10Gbps <4dB (Mux + DeMux) -5 C to 50 C (+23 F to +122 F) Operational 5% to 85% RHI Size (HxWxD) (1RU) 1.77 x x 9.05 (45 mm x 440 mm x 230 mm) Weight 5.5Kg (Max) Mounting 19, ETSI and 23 Features Combines any service and common protocols from 2Mbps up to 10G services in the same 1U chassis Supports up to 4 sub 10G services in any mix- 1G/2G/4G FC & FICON, ESCON, Fast Ethernet, GbE, STM-1/OC-3, STM-4, OC-12, STM-16/OC-48, OTU1 (OTN),Video In addition, supports up to 4 services of 10G or 8G FC, 10G Eth, STM-64/OC-192 and optional OTU-2 OTN Performs bidirectional 3R on each transponder ensuring error free operation over distance Increase fiber utilization using 4xGbE Muxponder Low latency connectivity, ideal for trading applications and syn chronous Data Center Replication Remote management with both optical supervisory channels and in-band management uplinks Supports single and dual fiber connections Support for 1+1 facility protection Performance Monitoring FOM-PL-1000E-01 1G/2G/4G FC & FICON, ESCON, GbE *CALL FOR PRICING* ACTIVE COMPONENTS Packetlight Module Shelves 179

180 PACKETLIGHT MODULE SHELVES PASSIVE WDM SOLUTIONS - PL-300 ACTIVE COMPONENTS Packetlight Module Shelves The PL-300 family of products extend PacketLight s optical network solution capabilities by providing a wide range of passive optical modules. The PL-300 provides the needed optical layer functions of 4/8/16/32 DWDM wavelength Multiplexing, 4/8/16 CWDM wavelength Multiplexing, Optical Dispersion Compensation module (DCM), Optical Add and Drop (OADMs), splitter and combiners. The PL-300 interconnects seamlessly with PacketLight s products PL-400 and PL-1000 and third party WDM products to form cost effective high capacity DWDM and CWDM solutions. The PL-300 provides low granularity wavelengths add and drop capabilities and can be used to increase 4G and 10G solution reach. SPECIFICATIONS System Topology Transport Network Medium Protection Product Options Transponder Transponder + Amp Muxponder Optical Switch CWDM Link Wavelength Optical Supervisory Channel Optical Reach Optical Output Power Sensitivity Optical Monitoring Link Attenuation Environmental Operating Temperature Humidity 180 Point-to-point, Ring, Linear ADM Dual or Single Fiber Metro CWDM, DWDM & Dark Fiber 1+1 Facility 850/1310nm to C/DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux & Demux 850/1310nm to DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux Demux, 1 EDFA (Booster, Pre-Amp) 4x GbE 850/1310nm 1+1 OTS Facility Protection ITU-T G nm20nm spacing For 8 Channels- 1310nm, 1330nm For 16 Channels- 1270nm, 1290nm 120Km for 1.25Gbps, 80Km up to 4.25Gbps, 0dBm (min) to +5dBm (max) -28dBm APD, -18dBm PIN Tx & Rx power <4dB (Mux + DeMux) -5 C to 50 C (+23 F to +122 F) 5% to 85% RHI FOM-PL Features Passive WDM Solutions - PL-300 *CALL FOR PRICING* Expansion of existing Fiber capacity with new services Building scalable high capacity pay as you grow optical networks Convergence of existing networks and new services over existing infrastructure Forming low cost fully passive optical solution, transparent to service rate & type Extending the optical reach with dispersion compensators Building cost effective add and drop networks DWDM Link Wavelength ITU-T G Channels 15-60, 100GHz spacing Optical Supervisory Channel 1490nm, 1510nm Optical Monitoring Tx & Rx power Optical Output Power Sub 10G: 0dBm (min) to +4dBm (max) 8/10G: -1dBm (min) to +2dBm (max) Sensitivity Up to 2.66Gbps: -28 dbm APD 4/8/10G: -24dBm APD, -14dBm PIN Optical Reach 400Km for 1.25Gbps, 200Km for 2.66Gbps, 80Km for4.25gbps/8.5gbps, 120km for 10Gbps Link Attenuation <4dB (Mux + DeMux) Physical Dimensions Size (HxWxD) (1RU) 1.77 x x 9.05 (45 mm x 440 mm x 230 mm) Weight 5.5Kg (Max) Mounting 19, ETSI and 23 PL-300 CWDM Standards ITU G.694.2, TU G.671 Description Order Code CWDM # MUX WLs COM Fiber MUX 1 [nm] MUX 2 [nm] Insertion Loss CWDM 4ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-1M-4W-1C-2F 4 Dual Fiber <4db CWDM 8ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-1M-8W-1C-2F 8 Dual Fiber <4db CWDM 16ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-1M-16W-1C-2F 16 Dual Fiber <6db 2 x CWDM 4ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-2M-4W-2C-2F 4 Dual Fiber <4db 2 x CWDM 8ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-2M-8W-2C-2F 8 Dual Fiber <4db 2 x CWDM 16ch Mux/Dmux CWDM-2M-16W-2C-2F 16 Dual Fiber <6db Single Fiber CWDM 8ch Mux (4 services) CWDM-1M-8W-1C-1F 8 Single <4db Single Fiber CWDM 16ch Mux (8 services) CWDM-1M-16W-1C-1F 16 Single <6db 2 x Single Fiber CWDM 8ch Mux (2x 4 services) CWDM-2M-8W-2C-1F 8 Single <6db 2 x Single Fiber CWDM 16ch Mux (2x 8 services) CWDM-2M-16W-2C-1F 16 Single <6db PL-300 DWDM Standards ITU G.694.2, TU G.671 Spacing- 100GHz Wavelengths Range- C Band Description Order Code CWDM # MUX WLs COM Fiber MUX 1 [nm] MUX 2 [nm] Insertion Loss DWDM 4ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-1M-4W-1C-2F 4 Dual Fiber CH28-CH31 MUX 2 [nm] <4db DWDM 8ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-1M-8W-1C-2F 8 Dual Fiber CH28-CH35 <4db DWDM 16ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-1M-16W-1C-2F 16 Dual Fiber CH20-CH35 <6db DWDM 32ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-2M-32W-1C-2F 32 Dual Fiber CH20-CH <7db DWDM 40ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-2M-40W-1C-2F 40 Dual Fiber CH20-CH <7db 2 x DWDM 4ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-2M-4W-2C-2F 4 Dual Fiber CH28-CH31 CH28-CH31 <4db 2 x DWDM 8ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-2M-8W-2C-2F 8 Dual Fiber CH28-CH35 CH28-CH35 <4db 2 x DWDM 16ch Mux/Dmux DWDM-2M-16W-2C-2F 16 Dual Fiber CH20-CH35 CH20-CH35 <6db Single Fiber DWDM 8ch Mux (4 services) DWDM-1M-8W-1C-1F 8 Single CH28-CH35 <4db Single Fiber DWDM 16ch Mux (8 services) DWDM-1M-16W-1C-1F 16 Single CH20-CH35 <6db Single Fiber DWDM 32ch Mux (16 services) DWDM-1M-32W-1C-1F 32 Single CH20-CH51 <7db 2 x Single Fiber DWDM 8ch Mux (2x 4 services) DWDM-2M-8W-2C-1F 8 Single CH28-CH <6db 2 x Single Fiber DWDM 16ch Mux (2x 8 services) DWDM-2M-16W-2C-1F 16 Single CH20-CH35 CH20-CH35 <6db 2 x Single Fiber DWDM 8ch Mux (2x 8 services) Red/Blue DWDM-2M-16W-1C-1F 16 Single CH21-CH36 CH45-CH60 <6db

181 PACKETLIGHT MODULE SHELVES WDM SUB-10 SOLUTIONS - PL-400 Highly flexible metro C/DWDM platform for transport of storage, data, voice, and video applications over dark fiber and C/DWDM networks. PL-400 is designed primarily as an efficient C/DWDM transport device, and is typically deployed as a CLE (Customer Located Equipment) in enterprise campus environments and in central offices or as service demarcation point for dark fiber provider and carriers. The PL-400 supports up to 8 high-speed services (2Mbps 4.25Gbps). Each service is configured independently using PacketLight s user-friendly Web-based management tool. SPECIFICATIONS System Topology Muxponder Transport Network Medium Software Upgrade Protection Product Options Transponder Transponder + Booster Amp Regenerator Point-to-point, Ring, Linear ADM Dual or Single Fiber 2x 4GbE 850/1310nm Metro CWDM/DWDM / Dark Fiber Traffic Hitless dual image 1+1 Facility 850/1310nm to C/DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux & Demux 850/1310nm to DWDM, 3R, 4/8 wavelengths Mux Demux, 1/2 EDFA (Booster, Pre-Amp) C/DWDM to C/DWDM 3R, 8 wavelengths 2X Mux &, 2X Demux & 2X EDFA Physical Dimensions Size (HxWxD) (1RU) 1.77 x x 9.05 (45 mm x 440 mm x 230 mm) Weight 5.5Kg (Max) Mounting 19, ETSI and 23 Environmental Operating Temperature -5 C to 50 C (+23 F to +122 F) Humidity 5% to 85% RHI DWDM Link Wavelength ITU-T G Channels 15-60, 100GHz spacing Optical Supervisory Channel 1490nm, 1510nm Optical Reach 400Km for 1.25Gbps, 200Km for 2.66Gbps, 80Km for 4.25Gbps Optical Power Output 0dBm (min) to +4dBm (max) Sensitivity -28 dbm APD Optical Monitoring Tx & Rx power Link Attenuation <4dB (Mux + DeMux) CWDM Link Wavelength ITU-T G nm, 20nm spacing Optical Supervisory Channel Optical Reach Optical Power Output Sensitivity Optical Monitoring Link Attenuation For 8 Channels- 1310nm, 1330nm For 16 Channels- 1270nm, 1290nm 120Km for 1.25Gbps, 80Km up to 4.25Gbps 0dBm (min) to +5dBm (max) -28dBm APD, -18dBm PIN Tx & Rx power <4dB (Mux + DeMux) Features CWDM/DWDM Multiplexing of 8 Multi-rate from 2Mbps up to 4.25G client interfaces Flexible multirate interfaces support GbE, Fast Ethernet, 1/2/4G FC, OC3/STM1, OC12/STM4, OC48/ STM16, OTU-1, ESCON, DVB-ASI, SMTP-SDI Support for SNMP management and integration into EMS and 3rd party management tools Scalable Solution up to 32 Wavelengths Built-in EDFA, Mux/DeMux and management channels Built-in Performance Monitoring (FC, GbE, STM1/4/16, OC3/12/48) Bidirectional 3R ensuring error free operation over distance Up to two sets of 4:1 GbE Muxponders Supports ring, point to point and regeneration topologies Support 1+1 facility protection Two embedded OSC for management FOM-PL WDM Sub-10 Solutions - PL-400 *CALL FOR PRICING* ACTIVE COMPONENTS Packetlight Module Shelves 181

182 NETWORK CAMERAS PREMISE SECURITY NETWORK CAMERAS i-pro intelligent and professional IP video security solutions make your network better. Our new i-pro Series combines Panasonic performance and quality with the latest advancements in IP technology. And with a growing line of IP cameras, network video recorders, video servers, and management software, you can design the system configuration that best meets your needs today with an eye on expansion tomorrow. Now that s security you can take into the future. Panasonic i-pro. It s what s on your network that counts. PANASONIC WEATHER RESISTANT DOME NETWORK CAMERA WV-NW964 Features Super Dynamic III delivers 128x dynamic range ensuring accurate image reproduction in any environment Progressive output for smooth images 360 endless panning (0.065 /s /s) 0.5 lux min. illumination color, 0.04 lux B/W Auto tracking, auto image stabilizer Digital slip ring ensures picture quality Dual MPEG-4 and JPEG streaming 30x optical zoom, 10x electronic (300x total) Built-in SD memory card slot for FTP back-up OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES WV-Q122 Wall Mount Bracket Call for price PANASONIC DOME NETWORK CAMERA WV-NS202A Features Super Dynamic III provides 128x dynamic range ensures accurate image reproduction in any environment Progressive output for smooth images of moving objects and superb color reproduction 22x optical zoom for accurate capture of objects from long distances PoE for transmission of power and signals over the same data cable 0.7 lux min. illumination color, 0.5 lux B/W Drag-in SD memory card slot for FTP back-up Video Motion Detector with 4 programmable detection areas and 3 sensitivity levels Auto tracking: Pan and tilt automatically controlled to keep moving objects centered in screen Super Dynamic III Weather Resistant Dome Network Camera WV-NW964 Weather Resistant Dome Network Camera $4, The Package includes: WV-NW964 Camera, Operating Instructions (1 pc), Warranty Card (NTSC only) (1 pc.), CD-ROM (1 pc.), 8P Alarm Cable (1 pc.), Connector for 24 V AC (1 pc.), Front/rear sun shield (1 set), Front/rear sun shield mounting screws (2 pcs), Waterproof cap (3 pcs), RJ-45 junction connector (1 pc.). The IP setup software, the viewer software and the network operating instructions (PDF) are included on the CD-ROM. Super Dynamic III Dome Network Camera WV-NS202A Dome Network Camera $1, The Package includes: WV-NS202A Camera, CD-ROM (1 pc), Installation Guide (1 pc.), The IP setup software, the viewer software and the network operating instructions (PDF) are included on the CD-ROM. (1 pc.), Mount Bracket (w/safety wire) (1 pc.), Connector for 24 V AC Fixing Screw (2 pc.), Decorative Cover (1 pc.), DC 12 V Power Cord Plug (1 pc.), Code Label (1 pc.). OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES WV-Q153 Inner Dome Cover $58.00 WV-Q152C Clear Ceiling Mount Brackets $ WV-Q152S Smoke Ceiling Mount Brackets $ WV-Q151C WV-Q151S Call for FiberOptic.com s full line of Panasonic Equipment! Clear Embedded Ceiling Mount Brackets Smoke Embedded Ceiling Mount Brackets $ $ WV-Q150C Clear Wall Mount Brackets $ WV-Q150S Smoke Wall Mount Brackets $ WV-Q105 Direct Ceiling Installation $ PODV7CWNS Outdoor Wall Mount Vandal Housing $

183 PANASONIC NETWORK DISK RECORDER DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDERS WJ-ND300A Network Disk Recorder with expandable capacity for digital image data from up to 32 Network Cameras Features MPEG-4 and JPEG multi format. Up to 32 network cameras can be connected and recorded Various Recording Mode Various alarm sources Panasonic Camera control Flexible Playback Controls Various display mode Eight Quad screens are fully programmable Filtered Search OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES WJ-NDB301 Optional RAID5 Board $1, PANASONIC NETWORK VIDEO RECORDER WJ-ND200 NVR WITH TWO, 160GB REMOVABLE HDDS (TOTAL CAPACITY=320GB) Network Video Recorder with removable HDD for digital image data from up to 16 Network Cameras Features MPEG-4 and JPEG multi format. Up to 16 network cameras can be connected and recorded Various Recording Mode Various alarm sources Panasonic Camera control Flexible Playback Controls Various display mode Four Quad screens are fully programmable Filtered Search OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES AND SUPPLIES WV-Q200P Rack Mount Bracket for WJND200 $ WV-Q201 Vertical Stand $ PANASONIC MANAGEMENT SOFTWARE Control up to 100 Panasonic Recorders Multiple displays (operation, live, maps) MPEG-4 live viewing and alarm message pop-up Panasonic PTZ Camera control Independent camera/encoder support WJ-ND300A/1000V WJ-ND300A/2000V Network Disk Recorder, 1000GB Capacity (500GB Base Removable Drive) Network Disk Recorder, 2000GB Capacity (500GB Base Removable Drive) $7, $7, The Package includes: WJ-ND300A Disk Recorder, CD-ROM, Installation Guide, Power Cord for NTSC model, Power Cord for PaL model, Rack Mount Bracket (2 pc.), Rack Mount Bracket Fixing Screw (4 pcs.), Hard Disk Drive Fixing Screw (12 pcs.). WJ-ND200/160 WJ-ND200/320 Network Video Recorder, 160GB Capacity (160GB Base Removable Hard Drive) Network Video Recorder, 320GB Capacity (160GB Base Removable Hard Drive) $3, $4, The Package includes: WJ-ND200 Disk Recorder, CD-ROM (1 pc), Installation Guide (1 pc.), Warranty (only for NTSC model), Power Cord for NTSC model (1 pc.), Power Cord for PaL model (2 pc.), Key (2 pc.), Brace (for the power cord) (1 pc.). Typical Application PREMISE SECURITY DIGITAL VIDEO RECORDERS WV-ASM100 Management/monitoring software for recorders $1,

184 TRAINING COURSES NEW Exclusively to FiberOptic.com Powered by FiberOptic.com, is a leader in providing online fiber optic products and services, and is pleased to announce the release of Online Fiber Optic Training and Certification with certification from The Fiber School. FiberOptic.com s award-winning courses are now available to any student, anywhere, at any time. Hands-on work is important for advanced courses, so we are proud to offer a course jump start package allowing students to complete their review and lectures online prior to classroom instruction. TRAINING COURSES The advantages of online training include: Learning at your own pace Working around your busy schedule Keeping the lecture at your fingertips Minimize expenses Completing the hands-on portion of any course at any of our world-wide training locations Earning a FiberOptic.com Certificate or one of many other industry standard certificates The Internet is one of the best ways to deliver high quality courses at affordable prices. We strive to provide the highest level of service both in and out of the classroom; even if you take a course online we still have one of the best student-to-teacher ratios in the business and we are happy to answer any student s questions. Learning at your own pace Any time of the day, any day of the week - you can log on to the online courses. There is no set amount of time that you need to spend during a session. Students may then complete the hands-on portions of the class at any of our scheduled sessions around the world (and can review the material within one year of registering for the course.) Minimize expenses Online training allows you to minimize travel expenses and materials. Online courses can be taken from anywhere at anytime. We understand what it s like to work with a busy schedule so we are proud to be able to offer you this new feature for training courses. Our online courses are built around the powerful Digital Chalk Learning Management Service. You can easily and securely register for online courses that can be accessed anywhere. In addition, we are always willing to customize courses for your specific industry. If you are interested in training your staff or improving your own skills, training@fiberoptic.com for more information! 184

185 TRAINING COURSES Experience the World of Fiber, Enroll Today in a Course Near You! Certified Fiber Optic Installer - TR-CFI Anchorage, AK Chicago, IL Nashville, TN Copenhagen, Denmark Saskatoon, SK, Canada Pittsburgh, PA San Francisco, CA San Jose, CA Denver, CO Rochester, NY Brooklyn, NY HQ Breinigsville, PA Baltimore, MD Rome, Italy Istanbul, Turkey Las Vegas, NV Charlotte, NC Phoenix, AZ Atlanta, GA San Antonio, TX Orlando, FL Dubai, United Arab Emirates Dallas, TX St. Martin, Caribbean Houston, TX Austin, TX Bogota, Colombia Abuja, Nigeria Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia Talofofo, Guam New Orleans, LA Dar es Salaam, Tanzania Panama City, Panama Santiago, Chile São Paulo, Brazil This fiber optic installation training course is designed for those who layout, install or maintain fiber optic cabling systems. It identifies you as an installer able to demonstrate a practical knowledge of fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in the fiber optics industry. In addition, this training incorporates two days of individual hands-on training validating installer skills, including fiber terminations, cable preparations, fusion splicing, OTDR and optical loss testing. These skills are applicable to all the requirements to safely and competently install, maintain, and test fiber optic cabling systems. Cape Town, South Africa Melbourne, Australia TRAINING COURSES Real World Hands-On Labs! 185

186 TRAINING COURSES Fiber Optic TRAINING COURSES FUNDAMENTALS TR-FOF FIBER OPTIC FUNDAMENTALS $600 TR-FOF allows students to gain valuable knowledge of fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices which are widely accepted in the telecommunications industry today. In addition, students gain a practical knowledge and understanding of the latest installation, splicing, termination, and testing techniques and achieve the knowledge and understanding necessary to design, oversee, direct and maintain fiber optic cabling systems. TR-TAM OTDR TRACE ANALYSIS FOR MANAGERS $199 OTDR Trace Analysis for managers is a one-day online class with live, instructor-led lecture and exercises to train managers in evaluating the traces they receive and see potential issues that may create problems down the road. TR-FOB FIBER OPTIC BASICS $800 Fiber Optic Basic Theory training is designed for new or experienced workers who desire a fundamental knowledge of fiber optic theory and performance issues pertaining to today s telecommunications industry. The TR-FOB course provides you with the basic knowledge and some hands-on practice that will give students a fundamental understanding of fiber optics and the basic principles and tools used. This course is perfect for those students interested in learning about fiber optic communications. CERTIFIED INSTALLER TR-CFI CERTIFIED FIBER OPTIC INSTALLER $1,350 This fiber optic installation training course is designed for those who layout, install or maintain fiber optic cabling systems. It identifies you as an installer able to demonstrate a practical knowledge of fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in the fiber optics industry. In addition, this training incorporates two days of individual hands-on training validating installer skills, including fiber terminations, cable preparations, fusion splicing, OTDR and optical loss testing. These skills are applicable to all the requirements to safely and competently install, maintain, and test fiber optic cabling systems. TR-FTTX CERTIFIED FFTX INSTALLER $1,600 Fiber to the X (FTTx) is the hottest network topic since TCP/IP. In this course we discuss various network designs, installations, maintenance and troubleshooting. This is a hands-on, four day course designed to provide students with a practical understanding of FTTx networks. FTTx Installer students will learn the difference between an Active and a Passive Optical Network (PON). The advantages and disadvantages of each system and how they are currently being implemented in the field are featured in this course. Students will learn splicing, testing and installing techniques for an FTTx network. TR-FTAI CERTIFIED FIBER TO THE ANTENNA / TOWER INSTALLER $1,600 Certified fiber to the antenna / tower installer training course is designed for those who install and test fiber optic cables installed within antenna towers. It identifies you as an tower installer with practical knowledge of fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in the wireless telecommunications industry. In addition, this training incorporates two days of individual hands-on training validating installer skills, including fiber cable installation, OTDR testing, connector cleaning and loss prevention. These skills are applicable to all the requirements to safely and competently install, maintain, and test fiber optic antenna systems. TR-FWTI CERTIFIED FIBER TO THE WIND TURBINE INSTALLER $1,600 This fiber optic installation training course is designed for those who layout, install or maintain fiber optic cabling systems to wind turbines. It identifies you as an installer who is able to demonstrate a practical knowledge of fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in the fiber optics industry. This training focuses on the supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) systems common to wind turbines utilizing fiber optics. In addition, this training incorporates two days of individual hands-on training validating installer skills, including fiber terminations, cable preparations, fusion splicing, OTDR and optical loss testing. These skills are applicable to all the requirements to safely and competently install, maintain, and test fiber optic cabling systems. TR-OGP FIBER OPTICS FOR PETROCHEM $1,600 This course provides the practical understanding and skills required to properly design, install, and maintain fiber optics systems in petrochemical environments such as offshore drilling, pipeline, refineries, and process plants and other industrial plant processes. Students will use the latest fiber optic technology and equipment to learn how to splice, connectorize, test, and troubleshoot petrochemical based harsh environment optical fiber networks in order to increase efficiency, reliability, and on-the-job safety requirements as well as reduce overall production cost and facilities downtime. TR-MIL FIBER OPTICS FOR MILITARY $1,600 Military intuitions have trusted FiberOptic.com to provide their students with the best training in fiber optics. Our courses feature real world hands on exercises that ensure that students leave the course prepared to tackle new installations, maintenance and repairs of fiber optic networks. Certification from TFS ensures that students have passed the most rigorous exams and understand the course material. Course lectures must be taken on line. 186

187 TRAINING COURSES Fiber Optic TR-MIN FIBER OPTICS MINING $1,600 This course addresses the challenges of deploying and maintaining fiber optic networks in harsh mine environments in order to improve employee safety, provide reliable communications, improve and measure process efficiency, and provide continuous monitoring and analysis of the hazardous environments. This course is tailored to the unique environment and applications of underground, open pit, and strip mines, and will provide the knowledge and skill sets required for those designing, installing, and maintaining fiber optic communication systems in harsh mine environments. Course lectures must be taken on line. TR-PAV FIBER OPTICS FOR PRO AUDIO/VIDEO $1,600 This three-day course will provide an overview of fiber optic transmission theory, system design parameters, installation guidelines, fiber optic connector and splice termination options, test equipment, testing, documentation, and troubleshooting tailored for Pro A/V applications and installations. The course includes extensive hands-on exposure to fiber optic cable preparation, terminations, testing, and troubleshooting. Course lectures must be taken online. TR-TEL FIBER OPTICS FOR TELECOMMUNICATIONS $1,600 Optical fibers can be used to transmit light and thus information over long distances. Fiber-based systems have largely replaced radio transmitter systems for long-haul optical data transmission. They are widely used for telephony, but also for Internet traffic, long high-speed local area networks (LANs), cable TV (CATV), and increasingly also for shorter distances within buildings. In most cases, silica fibers are used, except for very short distances, where plastic optical fibers can be advantageous. Course lectures must be taken online. TR-ITS FIBER OPTICS FOR TRAFFIC SYSTEMS $1,600 As the number of cars on the road increases, the need for traffic control grows exponentially. Fiber Optics are increasingly being used to tie together the enormously-complex networks that control the traffic lights, message signs, cameras and other traffic systems technology. This course teaches the essentials of splicing, testing and troubleshooting fiber optics systems, as well as the specialized Outside Plant knowledge required to work with Intelligent Transportation Systems (ITS) traffic systems. Course lectures must be taken online. TR-UTL FIBER OPTICS FOR UTILITIES $1,600 This fiber optics training course is designed for those who specify, design, install, or maintain aerial and underground fiber optics systems in investor owned, REA, Co-operatives, and municipal power networks. Students will learn about latest fiber optic technology and equipment, as well as how to splicing, termination, testing, and troubleshooting impact fiber optic based utility networks. Course lectures must be taken on line. CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN TR-OSP OUTSIDE PLANT TECHNICIAN $2,350 The Fiber Optic Outside Plant Technician course is similar to the Fiber Optic Technician (TR-FOT) course in that it is designed for workers with fundamental fiber optic knowledge or Installer Certification. It focuses specifically on outside plant installations (OSP). OSP includes communications such as building to building or long haul telecommunications (including customer-owned OSP.) TR-FOT FIBER OPTIC TECHNICIAN $2,350 The Fiber Optic Technician (TR-FOT) training is the second level of our Fiber Optic Installer certification training. It builds upon the Fiber Optic Installer (TR-CFI) training and is designed to provide a real-life experience with solid classroom instruction using various labs and practical exercises designed around advanced installation, and testing techniques and procedures. TR-ERC EMERGENCY RESTORATION $1,145 It is not a matter of if an outage will occur It is a matter of when an outage will occur! Network outages can cost a company thousands of dollars for every minute that your network is down. Having a recovery program in place is critical. Having a staff that has been trained and prepared to deal with the emergency when it occurs is also vital. MASTER LEVEL TR-MFS MASTER IN SPLICING $1,350 The Master in Splicing program is the first of its kind in the telecommunications field. It is designed to provide an unmatched real-life experience with solid classroom instruction using various labs designed around specific techniques. The Master in Splicing training is a perfect complement for experienced installers and technicians. Advanced hands-on design labs along with advanced fusing splicing techniques are featured in this course. TR-MFT MASTER IN TESTING $1,350 FiberOptic.com s Master in Testing program is the first of its kind in the telecommunications field. It is designed to provide an unmatched, reallife experience with solid classroom instruction. Using various labs designed around specific testing scenarios, the Master in Testing training is a perfect complement for experienced fiber optic installers and technicians. This course features advanced hands-on testing labs demonstrating advanced testing procedures and techniques. Students work with test equipment from several different manufacturers. TR-MFOT MASTER TECHNICIAN $3,525 The Master Fiber Optic Technician (TR-MFOT) training is the most comprehensive certification training available. It is our complete Fiber Optic Training; encompassing all aspects of our master splicing and testing programs into an intensive five-day certification experience that qualifies a Technician as a truly unique Craftsman. It is designed to provide an unmatched, real-life experience with solid classroom instruction using various labs designed around splicing, and testing scenarios. TRAINING COURSES 187

188 TRAINING COURSES Fiber Optic PROFESSIONAL TRACKS TRAINING COURSES TR-PFOS PROFESSIONAL FIBER OPTIC SPLICER $7,000 This specialty track is designed for the fiber optics professional who wishes to specialize in the splicing of fiber optic cable, with an emphasis on the indoor environment. The person who completes this track will demonstrate a high proficiency in splicing fiber, proper slack management in confined spaces, and the entry of both wall-mounted and rack mounted enclosures. TR-PFOT PROFESSIONAL FIBER OPTIC TESTER $7,000 This specialty track is designed for the fiber optics professional who wishes to specialize in the testing of fiber optic cable, with an emphasis on the indoor environment. The person who completes this track will demonstrate a high proficiency in fiber testing procedures and techniques as it applies to multi-mode fiber within confined spaces, as well as wall-mounted and rack mounted enclosures. TR-POPS PROFESSIONAL OUTSIDE PLANT SPLICER $7,000 This specialty track is designed for the fiber optics professional who wishes to specialize in the splicing of fiber optic cable, with an emphasis on the outdoor environment. The person who completes this track will demonstrate a high proficiency in splicing fiber, proper slack management in aerial and underground location, and the entry of a variety of outside rated fiber splice enclosures. TR-POPT PROFESSIONAL OUTSIDE PLANT TESTER $7,000 This specialty track is designed for the fiber optics professional who wishes to specialize in the testing of fiber optic cable, with an emphasis on the outdoor environment. The person who completes this track will demonstrate a high proficiency in fiber testing procedures and techniques as it applies to single-mode fiber over long-haul links, wide area networks, and point-to-point applications. FIBER CHARACTERIZATION TR-FCB FIBER CHARACTERIZATION BASICS $900 This fundamental online course will provide students with an introduction to fiber characterization and allow students to effectively communicate and interpret issues found during testing of optical infrastructure. Students will learn about the theory behind PMD, CD and attenuation profiling, and how to interpret the results obtained during testing. TR-FCT FIBER CHARACTERIZATION TECHNICIAN $3,995 This three-day course will provide you with all the knowledge and requirements that are needed to effectively characterize your optical infrastructure. You will learn about all the requirements for engineering and for qualifying the optical fiber links that utilize specific bit rates in regards to both metro and long haul spans. Where will your TFS Certification take you? Get Trained... Get Certified! The Fiber School Installer Technician Master Professional 188

189 TRAINING COURSES Premise Wiring TR-PWSF PREMISE WIRING SYSTEMS FUNDAMENTALS $600 Premise Wiring Systems Fundamentals is designed for new or experienced personnel who desire a fundamental knowledge of copper and fiber optic theory, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in commercial buildings and customer-owned outside plant facilities. This is an excellent course for those who install, supervise, design and\or oversee the installation of copper and fiber premise wiring systems in commercial buildings. TR-PWSI PREMISE WIRING SYSTEMS INSTALLER $1,350 The Premise Wiring Systems Installer training is designed for those who design, install or maintain copper and fiber optic systems in commercial buildings and outer facilities. It identifies you as an installer who demonstrates a practical knowledge of the copper and fiber optic theories, codes, standards and practices widely accepted in commercial buildings and customer-owned outside plants (campus environments). In addition, this training incorporates hands-on training of copper and fiber terminations, cable preparations, installation practices and certification testing procedures. Students will learn skills applicable to all of the functions required to safely and competently install advanced copper and fiber communications cabling. All procedures and practices are based on the latest EIA/TIA commercial building cabling standards. TR-PWST PREMISE WIRING SYSTEMS TECHNICIAN $2,500 The Premise Wiring Systems Technician (TR-PWST) is a follow-up course to Premise Wiring Installer (TR-PWSI). This course will give the most advanced level of understanding of how to assemble, wire, and test various commercial building cabling systems. Wireless & Security TR-WNF WIRELESS NETWORK FUNDAMENTALS $600 This course is designed to give students a firm understanding of radio frequency theory, standards, WLAN topologies, basic antenna theory and an introduction to WLAN security. Presentation material will explore WLAN applications in specific markets, WLAN topologies and design concerns, essential equipment, AP configuration, and site survey techniques. TR-WIT WIRELESS NETWORK INSTALLATION & TESTING $1,500 This course is designed to give students a firm understanding of WLAN security. Hands-on access point and client adapter labs provide attendees with experience setting up and securing a wireless LAN. Presentation material will explore WLAN design concerns, essential equipment, AP configuration, and site survey techniques. TR-LTEBT LONG TERM EVOLUTION (LTE) BASICS $1,495 LTE Basics, delivers true mobile broadband for the masses with a superior user experience. LTE provides improved performance, lower total cost of ownership and enables a new era of personalized services and covers the technical details of the next-generation network beyond 3G. This two day course provides an overview of LTE from both application and technical aspects. It gives an overview of the LTE/E-UTRAN network architecture, the underlying technologies, and call setup procedures. TR-LTENE LTE TRAINING FOR NON-ENGINEERS $1,495 LTE Training for Non-Engineers training course provides a high level view of LTE (Long Term Evolution) and its related technologies. This course is intended for managers, business professional and non-engineers who need to understand LTE and evolution of the mobile broadband to 4G. You ll gain a clear, cohesive understanding of LTE, SAE/EPC, OFDM, MIMO, VoLTE, IMS and from LTE fundamentals to the latest LTE technologies and services and how everything fits together. TR-LTEBC LTE TRAINING BOOT CAMP $3,995 LTE Training Boot Camp by TFS is an intensive 4-day learning experience that covers the essential elements of Long Term Evolution (LTE). LTE Training Crash Course covers the foundation of LTE, LTE RAN, concepts behind OFDMA/SC-FDMA, Overview of MIMO, LTE Cell Planning, LTE Capacity Planning, EPC, IMS, Diameter, EPC Signaling, Security, Voice over LTE, LTE-Advacned, LTE Backhaul (both Microwave and Metro Ethernet), PPE-TE, MPLS-TP and more. TRAINING COURSES TFS Long Term Evolution (LTE) Boot Camp introduces LTE and related technologies required to plan, design, implement and manage the evolution route for wireless and cellular network operators towards 4G broadband mobile networks. These courses range from basics technological overview programs to detailed engineering and design LTE courses. TR-IVS PANASONIC I-PRO INSTALLATION $1,350 In this course on the Panasonic i-pro interactive video surveillance system students will learn how they or their employees can monitor their home or business while they are away. Cameras may be set for motion detection and are IP ready so that students can manipulate the camera over the Internet. 189

190 TRAINING COURSES Juniper Networks TR-IJOS INTRO TO JUNOS OS $695 Introduction to the Junos Operating System (TR-IJOS) is a one-day course that provides students with the foundational knowledge required to work with the Junos operating system and to configure Junos devices. The course provides a brief overview of the Junos device families and discusses the key architectural components of the software. Key topics include user interface options with a heavy focus on the command-line interface (CLI), configuration tasks typically associated with the initial setup of devices, interface configuration basics with configuration examples, secondary system configuration, and the basics of operational monitoring and maintenance of Junos devices. TR-JNCIS-ENT JUNOS CERTIFICATION BOOT CAMP $3,495 The Junos Certification BootCamp (TR-JNCIS-ENT) course is a 5-day Blended-Learning event that covers technology aspects that meet the Junos Specialist Certification tier for the ENTERPRISE NETWORK ENGINEER. Students attending this course will take part in 4 courses as part of the certification, including a video-based Junos introduction, then Routing and EX Switching technologies running Junos Software. This course prepares students for the new JNCIS-ENT Certification exam, comprised of topics based on the content of the following courses: Introduction to the Junos Operating System (IJOS), Juno Routing Essentials (JRE), Juno Intermediate Routing (JIR) and Juno Enterprise Switching (JEX) TRSXBOOTCAMP JUNIPER NETWORKS SRX BOOT CAMP $3,195 The Juniper SRX BootCamp course is a 5-day leader-led event that provides the fundamental knowledge required to configure Juniper SRX devices running Junos Software. TRAINING COURSES 190 Key topics include initial setup of devices, interface configuration basics with configuration examples, secondary system configuration, and the basics of operational monitoring and maintenance of devices running JUNOS Software. As the course continues, students will learn class of service (CoS). TR-JRE JUNOS ROUTING ESSENTIALS $695 Junos Routing Essentials (TR-JRE) is a one-day, intensive course that provides students with foundational routing knowledge and configuration examples and includes an overview of general routing concepts, routing policy, firewall filters and Class of Service (CoS). TR-JIR JUNOS INTERMEDIATE ROUTING $1,395 Junos Intermediate Routing (TR-JIR) is a 2-day course that provides students with intermediate routing knowledge and configuration examples. The course includes an overview of protocol independent routing features, load balancing and filter-based forwarding, OSPF, BGP, IP tunneling, and high-availability (HA) features. TR-AJER ADVANCED JUNIPER ENTERPRISE ROUTING $2,095 Advanced Juniper Enterprise Routing (TR-AJER) is a three-day course designed to provide students with the tools required for implementing, monitoring, and troubleshooting Layer 3 components in an enterprise network. Detailed coverage of OSPF, BGP, class of service (CoS), and multicast is strongly emphasized. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring the Junos operating system and in monitoring device and protocol operations. TR-JSEC JUNOS FOR SECURITY PLATFORMS $2,095 Junos for Security Platforms is a 3-day course that covers the configuration, operation, and implementation of SRX Series Services Gateways in a typical network environment. Key topics within this course include security technologies such as security zones, security policies, intrusion detection and prevention (IDP), Network Address Translation (NAT), and high availability clusters, as well as details pertaining to basic implementation, configuration, and management. TR-AJSEC ADVANCED JUNOS SECURITY $2,095 Advanced Junos Security is a three-day course which is designed to build off of the current Junos Security (JSEC) offering. It delves deeper into Junos security with advanced coverage of IPsec deployments, virtualization, high availability, advanced Network Address Translation (NAT) deployments, and Layer 2 security with SRX Services Gateway devices. Through demonstrations and hands-on labs, students will gain experience in configuring and monitoring advanced security features of the Junos operating system. TR-CJFV CONFIGURING JUNIPER FIREWALL VPNS $2,495 The Configuring Juniper Firewall VPNs is a three-day course and is the first course in the Screen OS curriculum. The instructorled course focuses on configuration of the Juniper Firewall/VPN products in a variety of situations, including basic administrative access, routing, firewall policies and policy options, attack prevention features, address translation, and VPN implementations. TR-JEX JUNOS ENTERPRISE SWITCHING $1,395 The JUNOS Enterprise Switching Course (TR-JEX) is a two-day course that provides students with introductory switching knowledge and configuration examples. This course includes an overview of switching concepts and operations, virtual LANs, spanning tree protocol, port and device security features, and high-availability features. TR-JMV JUNOS MPLS VPNS $3,495 Junos MPLS VPNs is a five-day course is designed to provide students with MPLS-based virtual private network (VPN) knowledge and configuration examples. The course includes an overview of MPLS concepts such as control and forwarding plane, RSVP Traffic Engineering, LDP, Layer 3 VPNs, next-generation multicast virtual private networks (MVPNs), BGP Layer 2 VPNs, LDP Layer 2 Circuits, and virtual private LAN service (VPLS).

191 TRAINING COURSES Network Asset Management TR-FND FIBER OPTIC NETWORK DESIGN $1,350 This course provides a detailed review of the major developments in basic layout network designs, including BUS, Star, Ring and Collapsed. System migrations and moving to future networks are also described. TR-FBE FIBERBASE CERTIFIED ENGINEER $1,350 FiberBase Training Instructional / Managers - is a three-day course which provides participants with the training needed to create and maintain a relational database on a fiber distribution system. Students are asked to bring a sample of what they use to document their Fiber networks. On the last day of training students will further develop their skills by using a CAD/CAM drawing of a particular room or a design drawing of a portion of their long or short haul routes between network structures. TR-FBT FIBERBASE CERTIFIED TECHNICIAN $2,350 This FiberBase Certified Technician four-day FiberBase Training course provides participants with the training needed to create and maintain a relational database on a fiber distribution system. FiberBase training students are asked to bring a sample of what they use to document their Fiber networks. On the last day of training students will further develop their skills by using a CAD/CAM drawing of a particular room or a design drawing of a portion of their long or short haul routes between network structures. TR-NAME NETWORK MANAGEMENT ENGINEER $1,350 Network Asset Management Engineer is a three-day course which provides participants with the training needed to create and maintain a relational database on a fiber distribution system. Students are asked to bring a sample of what they use to document their Fiber networks. On the last day of training students will further develop their skills by using a CAD/CAM drawing of a particular room or a design drawing of a portion of their long or short haul routes between network structures. TR-NAM NETWORK ASSET MANAGEMENT TECHNICIAN $2,350 Certified Network Asset Management Technician Training is a four-day course which provides participants with the training needed to create and maintain a relational database on a fiber distribution system. Students are asked to bring a sample of what they use to document their Fiber networks. On the last day of training students will further develop their skills by using a CAD/CAM drawing of a particular room or a design drawing of a portion of their long or short haul routes between network structures. Ethernet TR-EBH ETHERNET BACKHAUL TESTING $1,995 With rising demand for mobile broadband services, network operators are seeing sharp increases in bandwidth requirements. The cellular network infrastructure must evolve to support newer technologies that require more and more bandwidth. Mobile service providers need to gain real-time, insight into their network performance in order to manage existing architectures and ensure a higher quality of service regardless of the underlying technology. TR-GBE GIGABIT ETHERNET $1,495 Gigabit Ethernet training by The Fiber School provides students with a detailed understanding of the capabilities of Gigabit Ethernet. Intended for Sales Engineers, Testers, Installers, Managers and other professionals, this course is useful for those who need to plan, design, implement and test the new generation of Ethernet. TR-GET 40/100 GIGABIT ETHERNET $1,600 40/100 Gigabit Ethernet Training covers all aspects of the 802.3ba-2010 in regards to implementation of 40/100 GbE AKA IEEE 802.3ba. It provides two implementations 40 GbE with four 10 GbE links (or lanes), or 100 GbE with ten links. An additional standard that uses 25 GbE links is currently under development. The main focus of the 100 GbE is Data Centers that need to manage huge amounts of data. TR-MET METRO ETHERNET $1,995 Metro Ethernet training from The Fiber School covers concepts and technologies behind Metro Ethernet including Layer 2 virtual private network (VPN), Ethernet deployment solutions, Ethernet Relay Service (ERS), Ethernet Wire Service (EWS), Ethernet Multipoint Service (EMS), Layer 2 VPNs over Multi protocol Label Switching (MPLS),and combination single and distributed provider edge solutions. TRAINING COURSES 191

192 TRAINING COURSES Optical Networking TR-CONT CERTIFIED OPTICAL NETWORK TECHNICIAN $2,955 This 3-day course provides an excellent overview of the complex field of optical networking. This course ties the optical hardware functionality into the overall networking picture. This course is a valuable reference for both practitioners and researchers. TR-CONE CERTIFIED OPTICAL NETWORK ENGINEER $3,995 The Fiber School s 4-day Certified Optical Networking Engineer training is the answer to your professional training. Whether you require an understanding existing network architecture or next generation network design, we articulate the mission critical demands of todays telecom systems. TRAINING COURSES The Fiber School s Certified Optical Networking Engineer training is an intensive, 4-day learning experience that covers the principle elements engineer within the Optical domain. This Certified Optical Network Engineer training is ideal for professionals who want to stay current in the optical networking field but have a limited schedule or availability to attend a standard training program. TR-ONT OPTICAL NETWORKING $4,995 The Fiber School s Optical Networking Training Hands-on Boot Camp is the answer to understanding Optical Networks technology. Exploring both public and private networks, our mission is to clarify highly-complex technical standards pertaining to the design and implementation of optical networks, with an emphasis on achieving optimum performance. TR-STC SONET SDH $1,495 This course is designed to provide a detailed knowledge on SONET/SDH for or technical managers, consultants, communications professionals, software engineers, system engineers, network professionals, and IT professionals. TR-DWM DWDM - DENSE WAVELENGTH DIVISION MULTIPLEXING $1,495 DWDM training provides an overview of Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) network planning, architecture, design, protocols, testing and implementation. TR-DWA DWDM - ADVANCED $1,495 This course provides an advanced technical overview of DWDM training and optical networking concepts. One of the major issues in the networking industry today is the rapidly increasing demand for greater bandwidth. With the development of optical networks and the use of Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) technology, a new and crucial milestone is being reached in network evolution. Radio Frequency TR-RFF RADIO FREQUENCY FUNDAMENTALS $1,495 The Fiber School s Radio Frequency Fundamentals training course is designed for people who work in the field of radio frequency communications as well as those who require a basic understanding of RF fundamentals. The Fiber School provides high-quality radio frequency training programs for government agencies, small businesses and Fortune 500 companies. Our RF courses are specifically designed by experts in the field, and the course materials are continuously updated with the latest techniques and industry best practices. TR-RFA RADIO FREQUENCY - ADVANCED $1,695 The Advanced RF training course, through The Fiber School, is an interactive, hands-on program intended for anybody working with Radio Frequency (RF) communications, who require a technical level of advanced RF principals. RF principles are employed in various communication technologies, such as Microwave, SATCOM, VSAT, GSM, GPRS/EDGE, CDMA, UMTS, HSPA+, LTE, LTE-Advanced, WiFi, Bluetooth, Zigbee, RFID, NFC and more. 192

193 TRAINING COURSES TR-CUST Custom Training Course FiberOptic.com will give you the exact training your company needs, we will train you and your employees exactly as needed to insure your field technicians will perform in a highly professional manner on the job. Most of our on-site course offerings are typically 4 days in length and feature agendas and hands-on exercises that can easily be adapted to your specific needs. In many cases these needs can be met within the standard 4 day course offerings but clients often require an additional day to address specific needs such as: Hands-On : You need your crafts people prepared to begin working immediately with the practical hands-on experience gained in class on the equipment you use. - With your specific connector - With your specific fusion splicer - With your specific splice closure - With your specific OLTS or OTDR. Mixed agendas: You construct a fiber optic course that meets your needs then add items from our available certification courses. - Cover basic copper cabling common to Premise Wiring Systems - Cover basic Audio Visual systems - Cover basic CCTV, CATV, FTTx topics - Cover specific topics from our Outside Plant course - Cover additional OTDR techniques Experience: Our skilled instructors and course developers have experience training all kinds of personnel including AT&T, Verizon, US Military, Government agencies, End Users and all categories of contractors enabling FiberOptic.com to easily customize any course. Take Action: 1. Select the course and certification desired a. Select a topic or issue you desired to be added 2. Contact Fiberoptic.com and request an OnSite Custom quote a. How many students? b. Your location or a location near you? c. Select a desired date that meets your needs and schedule 3. Review our proposal and book your training OnSite with Fiberoptic.com Client Testimonials I enjoyed the personalized class. The one on one time with the instructor and the hand on training were exactly what I needed. The instructor had a vast knowledge and was courteous and helpful. - W.M., Florida The course was great for me, the hands on portions made the difference. The instructor did a great job and really knew the equipment and was able to answer all of my questions. - R.C., Virginia PRICING COURSES & CERTIFICATIONS TR-CUST FiberOptic.com Custom Training (Includes course materials) Custom course prices can vary depending on depth of material and number of days. Call for an individualized quote. TRAINING COURSES 193

194 TRAINING COURSES ON-SITE Training Take advantage of our most efficient and cost effective way to train you and your valuable employees. FiberOptic.com can bring any of its existing courses and certification exams to your location or to a facility near you. It is always difficult to take valuable employees out of the field to attend the necessary training courses needed to obtain the certifications required to compete in today s fast paced competitive markets. If your employees are current certification holders, just keeping track of and scheduling their courses to get the required CEC s (Continuing Education Credits) is difficult. In addition ensuring your company field crafts people are scheduled into the right courses to get and keep the individual certifications that your company requires and your clients expect is a challenge. All this while getting the most out of your training budget. Let FiberOptic.com help you meet your training goals with our On-Site training because it is: On-Site Training - Rosebel Goldmine, Suriname TRAINING COURSES Convenient and Flexible: You select the course, the start time, the end time, the date, the location We bring everything to you: - Equipment (or use your equipment) - Training manuals, lab exercises and a qualified instructor - Certification Exams. Your crafts people remain close to the field for unforeseen emergencies Cost Effective: Reduce your company s travel expenses Increase your productivity and save time Save money - We ll help you stay within your Training budget Take Action: 1. Select the course and certification 2. Contact FiberOptic.com and request an OnSite quote a. How many students? b. Your location or a location near you? c. Select a desired date that meets your needs and schedule 3. Review our proposal and book your training OnSite with FiberOptic.com The Rosebel gold mine was in need of real world, in-line fiber training. The catch, the mine is in the middle of the Amazon! The unique requirements of maintaining a fiber optic infrastructure was no problem for FiberOptic.com. FiberOptic.com was able to develop hands-on training based on field applications. PRICING COURSES & CERTIFICATIONS On-Site course prices can vary depending on depth of material and number of days. Call for an individualized quote. On-Site Training - Fallujah, Iraq Bechtel the world s No. 1 choice for engineering, construction, and project management selected FiberOptic.com as the preferred fiber optic training vendor to create a customized class to train technicians in Fallujah, Iraq. 194

195 A Service Offering FS Are you protected from Fiber Damage? Real-time network status and performance Built to increase workforce productivity and facilitate the management of large optical networks with fewer technicians, FIBER SENTRY combines remote testing, network monitoring and service provisioning to deliver high-quality network performance. FIBER SENTRY increases customer satisfaction through improved network availability, simplifies the management of service level agreements (SLAs) and quality of service (QoS), and provides customers with precise information on service status. The system also enables efficient asset management by assuring high performance levels and the readiness of fiber optic cable for use when required. FIBER SENTRY continuously monitors the network, alerting operators and managers to faults as they occur. Events are logged, and details regarding faults, such as location and type, are provided to the network management center where the appropriate maintenance teams are automatically alerted. FIBER SENTRY s Performance Monitoring Services encompass the equipment, resources and highly skilled staff necessary to help you understand, analyze and optimize your LAN,WAN or ATM network fast, with minimal interruption to your everyday operations. FIBER SENTRY engineers focus on providing a broad spectrum of objective analyses ranging from, but not limited to capacity planning, network configuration evaluations, network migration and application deployment assessments, network optimization audits and troubleshooting. Performance Monitoring services are customized to fit your exact needs. Trace Analysis: FIBER SENTRY s Trace Analysis Service provides an analysis of all your OTDR traces and quickly provides a clear, concise report detailing all necessary OTDR trace data to properly commission your fiber optic cables. This is especially important when conducting dual wavelength, bi-directional testing of fiber optic cables that results in hundreds or thousands of OTDR trace signatures. Trace analysis can be conducted on any size cable. Spectral Analysis: FIBER SENTRY s Spectral Analysis Service provides an analysis of your DWDM network that enables you to optimize the operation, upgrade and performance of your DWDM system, ensuring maximum performance and reliability. FIBER SENTRY takes into consideration such parameters as Optical Signal to Noise Ratio, System Gain Tilt and Total Power in order to optimize the system and avoid potential non-linearities. SONET/SDH Testing: SONET/SDH rings are still a dynamic design implemented in today s fiber rings to provide redundancy and diversity. However, the proper test times and required equipment can be quite costly, both in capital and operational expenses. FIBER SENTRY s SONET/SDH Testing Service can help alleviate this situation by providing the equipment, engineers and time required to properly test and exercise your network. Our proactive approach saves you time and money and ensures reliable service. Fiber Characterization: Fast Alert Response At A Glance: Fibers are Continuously Monitored, 24x7x365 Quickly identify and locate fiber faults and degradations. ONMS has user defined fault thresholds (typically set at 1 db) that will identify degradations before they become service affecting outages. Reduce SLA fines by quickly locating faults and identify degradations before they become service affecting outages. Dispatch to fix, not to find Reduce truck rolls General desire to conduct Test & Maintenance Centrally and Remotely Improve overall Customer Satisfaction/Experience. 24/7 Monitoring FIBER SENTRY s Fiber Characterization Service is a series of tests taken on a fiber optic span to determine the integrity of the fiber, installation practices and performance of a desired transmission rate and/or Service. FIBER SENTRY s Fiber Characterization team is staffed to be able to respond to your needs on a timely basis. Analysis of the acquired data and corresponding reports are provided almost immediately after the testing is completed. The FIBER SENTRY team has the expertise to provide real-time, on-site corrective action when problems are identified. For example, if the fiber plant under test has any deficiencies, the FIBER SENTRY team is often able to assist you with immediate resolution by either dealing with the issue directly or providing root cause analysis. The result is an optimized network without having to redeploy crews at a later date, adding to the time needed for project completion. Typical problems resolved on-site by FIBER SENTRY engineers include Reflectance Optimization and Loss Optimization. The number one failure or marginal specification in the field is Optical Return Loss (ORL). Adtell Integrations engineers can work with you to isolate and correct or improve the major contributors to ORL while on-site. Network Optimization Services: The need to deliver new services, on-time and on-budget, while optimizing your existing network has never been greater. Working with your staff, FIBER SENTRY s Network Optimization Services enable you to reduce your time to market, lower equipment costs, reduce network downtime and plan for future upgrades. FIBER SENTRY offers a wide variety of Network Optimization Services including, but not limited to Fiber Characterization, Trace Analysis and Gigabit Ethernet Testing. Setup and Installation Services: FIBER SENTRY s Network Setup and Installation Services can provide the resources to build or expand your network. We help you chose the right design, technology and hardware that suits your business needs. ONT and ONU placement for FTTP projects Premise wiring for FTTP projects Emergency Maintenance agreements Network Audit Services (what do we have in the field?...) 195

196 GLOSSARY GLOSSARY A Attenuation C Cladding Core Coupler Course Wavelength Division Multiplexing (CWDM) D Data Rate Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing (DWDM) Dispersion Dispersion-Shifted Fiber (DSF) Duplex Cable E The decrease in signal strength along a fiber optic wave guide caused by absorption and scattering. Attenuation is usually expressed in db/km. Material that surrounds the core of an optical fiber. The lower index of refraction in the cladding causes the transmitted light to travel down the core. The light-conducting central portion of an optical fiber, composed of material with a higher index of refraction than the cladding; The portion that transmits light. A device that combines or splits power from optic fibers. See WDM for basic definition. If a WDM system does not need to be optically amplified or if only a few channels are needed, then much wider wavelength spacing is possible. This can potentially reduce cost by allowing un-cooled lasers and simpler wavelength Mux and Demux devices. The number of bits of information in a transmission system, expressed in bits per second (b/s or bps), and which may or may not be equal to the signal or baud rate. Multiplexing of signals by transmitting them at different wavelengths through the same fiber. The spreading out of light pulses as they travel in an optical fiber; proportional to length. Standard single-mode fibers exhibit optimum attenuation performance at 1550nm and optimum bandwidth at 1310 nm. Dispersion-shifted fibers are made so that both attenuation and bandwidth are optimum at 1550 nm. A two-fiber cable suitable for duplex transmission. Usually two-fiber strands surrounded by a common jacket. Electromagnetic Spectrum The range of frequencies and wavelengths emitted by atomic systems. Gamma rays Wavelength less than 10-13M X-rays Wavelength between and 10-9M Ultra-Violet Wavelength between 10-9 and 0.4x10-6M Visible Wavelength between 0.4x10-6 and 0.5x10-6M Infra red Wavelength between 0.5x10-6 and 0.3x10-3M Microwave Wavelength between 3x10-2 and 10-1M Radio & TV Wavelength greater than 0.3M F Fiber Optic Jumper Fiber Optics Fresnel Reflection G Graded-Index I Index of Refraction Light-Emitting Diode (LED) M Mechanical Splice Micro Bending Micrometer Modal Dispersion Used to interconnect transmission equipment to the fiber optic patch panel. A system of flexible quartz or glass fibers that use total internal reflection (TIR) to pass light through thousands of glancing (total internal) reflections. The reflection that occurs at the planar junction of two materials having different refractive indices; Fresnel reflection is not a function of the angle of incidence. An optical fiber whose core has a non-uniform index of refraction. The core is composed of concentric rings of glass whose refractive indices decrease from the center axis. The purpose is to reduce modal dispersion and thereby increase bandwidth. The ratio of the speed of light in a vacuum to the speed of light in a material. A semiconductor diode that emits incoherent, but chromatically pure light at the junction between p- and n-doped materials. LEDs emit light by spontaneous emission. A splice in which fibers are joined mechanically (e.g., glued, crimped, or otherwise held in place) but not fused together. Tiny bends in a fiber that allow light to leak out and thus increase loss. Microbending is worse at longer wavelengths. A unit of length in the International System of Units (SI) equal to one millionth of a meter (10-6m). Dispersion arising from differences in the times that different modes take to travel through multi-mode fibers. 196

197 GLOSSARY Mode Multimode Fiber Multiplexer (MUX) N Nanometer (nm) Non Zero Dispersion O Optical Amplifier Optical Return Loss OTDR P Photo Diode Pigtail Polarization Maintaining Fiber (PMF) Polarization Mode Power Meter R Rayleigh Scattering Refraction S Single Mode Fiber (SMF) Splice T Transceiver Transmitter V Visible Light W Wavelength (1) An electromagnetic field distribution that satisfies theoretical requirements for propagation in a waveguide or oscillation in a laser cavity. Light has modes in a fiber or laser. (See TEM.) (2) A particular functioning arrangement, setup,or condition for laser operation, such as continuous emission, pulses or grouped pulses. Fiber where light propagates in many modes. Used for shorter distances; usually a larger diameter fiber of plastic or other low-cost material. A device that combines two or more signals into a single output. A unit of length in the International System of Units (SI) equal to one billionth of a meter (10-9 meter). This type of fiber was designed to introduce a small amount of dispersion without the zero point crossing being in the WDM pass band. A device that amplifies the input optical signal without converting it to electrical form. The best developed are optical fibers doped with the rare earth element erbium. Is the ratio of the incident optical power to the reflected optical power in units of db. An optical test instrument that measures transmission characteristics by sending a short pulse of light down a fiber and observing the reflected, back scattered light. A diode that can produce an electrical signal proportional to the light falling upon it. A short length of optical fiber that is permanently affixed to an active device, e.g., laser diode or photo diode, and is used to couple the device, using a splice or connector, to a longer fiber. Fiber where light propagates predominately in one mode and maintains a fixed polarization. Used for maximum distance and bandwidth; usually a rectangular fiber of monolithic quartz. Panda fiber is an example of PMF. Light transmitted down a single mode fiber can be decomposed into two perpendicular polarization components. Distortion results due to each polarization propagating at different velocity. An accessory used to monitor laser beam power at the rear reflector, tune the beam for optimum power, or monitor power delivered to the work station. Scattering of radiation in the course of its passage through a medium containing particles, the sizes of which are small compared with the wavelength of the radiation. The change of direction of propagation of any wave, such as an electromagnetic wave, when it passes from one medium to another in which the wave velocity is different. The bending of incident rays as they pass from one medium to another. Fiber where light propagates predominately in one mode. Used for maximum distances; usually a small, precise diameter (8-9 microns) fiber of monolithic quartz. A permanent junction between two fiber ends. An integrated device that integrates laser source and detector in one package. In fiber optic communications, a light source whose beam can be modulated and sent along an optical fiber, and the electronics that support it. Electromagnetic radiation visible to the human eye from wavelengths of 400 nm (blue) nm (red) The peak of the human spectral response is about 555 nm. (see Light). The distance an electromagnetic wave travels in the time it takes to oscillate through a complete cycle. Wavelengths of light are measured in nanometers (nm) or micrometers (microns). The wavelength of a laser diode is determined from its emission spectrum: device structure; material composition; device fabrication and packaging; front and back facet reflectivity It is temperature dependent and approximately increases by three Angstroms for each Centigrade increase in diode temperature. GLOSSARY 197

198 CONVERSIONS & TERMS FLAMMABILITY CABLE RATINGS All premises cables shall be listed and have flammability ratings per NEC Cables without markings should never be installed inside buildings, as they do not comply with the National Electric Code. Optical cable markings are as follows: OFN OFC OFNG or OFCG OFNR or OFCR OFNP or OFCP OFN LS Optical Fiber Nonconductive Optical Fiber Conductive General Purpose Optical Fiber Amplifier Plenum Rated Cables for Use in Air handling Plenums Low Smoke Density METRIC/ENGLISH CONVERSIONS CONVERSIONS & TERMS DECIMAL PREFIXES G or giga = 10 9 ( 1,000,000,000 or 1 billion) M or mega = 10 6 ( 1,000,000 or 1 million) K or Kilo = 10 3 ( 1,000 or 1 thousand) m or milli = 10-3 ( 1/1,000 or 1 thousand) µ or micro = 10-6 (1/1,000,000 or 1 millionth) n or nano = 10-9 (1/1,000,000,000 or 1 billionth) ENGLISH MEASURE x FACTOR = METRIC MEASURE in (inches) x 25.4 = mm (millimeters) in (inches) x 2.54 = cm (centimeter) ft (feet) x = m (meters) mi (miles) x = km (kilometers) lbf (pound force) x = N (newtons) lbf-ft (foot pounds) x = N-m (newton/meter) lbf/in (pounds/force/inch) x = N/cm (newtons/ centimeters) lb (pounds) x = kg (kilograms) lb/1000 ft (pounds/thousand feet) x = kg/km (lkilograms/kilometer) F (degree Fahrenheit) - 32, then x = C (Celsius) METRIC MEASURE x FACTOR = ENGLISH MEASURE mm (millimeters) x = in (inches) cm (centimeter) x = in (inches) m (meters) x = ft (feet) km (kilometers) x = mi (miles) N (newtons) x = lbf (pound force) N-m (newton/meter) x = lbf-ft (foot pounds) N/cm (newtons/ centimeters) x = lbf/in (pounds/force/inch) kg (kilograms) x = lb (pounds) kg/km (lkilograms/kilometer) x = lb/1000 ft (pounds/thousand feet) C (Celsius) x 1.8 then + 32 = F (degree Fahrenheit) 198

199 CONVERSIONS & TERMS COLOR CODING CABLE & JACKETS Colors of cable jackets for identifying indoor fiber optic cable are not standardized. Typical colors are as follows: Premises Cables Orange or Gray Yellow Multimode Fiber Singlemode Fiber Outside Plant Cables These are typically black to prevent UV radiation damage. COLORS AND CODES Fiber Color codes are specified by TIA/EIA 598 A. In loose tube cables, this color code will be used for tubes as well as fibers within the tubes and subgroups. See the chart to the right. TUBE (OR FIBER) NUMBER COLOR 1 Blue 2 Orange 3 Green 4 Brown 5 Slate 6 White 7 Red 8 Black 9 Yellow 10 Violet 11 Pink (Rose) 12 Aqua ACRONYMS AND DEFINITIONS BER CD CW CWDM db dbm DSF DWDM EDFA EIA/TIA EMI FCC FDDI FOA FTTC FTTD FTTH Gbps HFC IC IEEE IP LAN LED Bit Error Rate Chromatic Dispersion Continuous Wave Coarse Wavelength Division Multiplexer Decibel Decibel with 1 mwatt reference level Dispersion Shifted Fiber Dense Wavelength Division Multiplexing Erbium Doped Fiber Amplifier Electronics Industry Association/ Telecommunications Industry Association Electromagnetic Interference Federal Communications Commission Fiber-Distribution Data Interface Fiber Optic Amplifier Fiber To The Curb Fiber To The Desk Fiber To The Home Gigabits per second (1,000 Mbps) Hybrid Fiber/Coax Integrated Circuit Institute of Electrical and Electronics Internet Protocol Local Area Network Light Emitting Diode MAN Mbps MUX NZDF OFA OTDR PD PHY PMD PON RX SDH SMF SONET Tbps TDM T/R TX UHF UV VoIP WAN WDM WPON Metropolitan Area Network Megabits per second (1,000 Kbps) Multiplexer Nonzero Dispersion Fiber Optical Fiber Amplifier Optical Time-Domain Reflectometer Photo Diode Physical Layer (WLAN) Polarization-Mode Dispersion Passive Optical Network Receiver Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (European telecommunication) Single Mode Fiber Synchronous Optical Network (US telecommunications) Terabits per second Time Division Multiplexing Transmit/Receive Transmit/Transmitter Ultra-High Frequency Ultraviolet Voice Over IP Wide Area Network Wavelength Division Multiplexing WDM PON CONVERSIONS & TERMS 199

200 Come Find The Value In... FIBER OPTIC MEMBERSHIP *For only $95 a year, members save 2% on ALL purchases from FiberOptic.com. Sign up today! Call Today TAKE IN EXCLUSIVE BENEFITS! V Corporate Headquarters One TEK Park, Suite Hamilton Boulevard Breinigsville, PA Part of the Group p: f: